2009 Saturn VUE Owner Manual: Seats and Restraint System

2009 Saturn VUE Owner Manual M
Seats and Restraint Universal Home Remote All-Wheel Drive ............. 5-35
System ............................... 1-1 System ..................... 2-37 Headlamp Aiming .......... 5-36
Head Restraints .............. 1-2 Storage Areas ............... 2-41 Bulb Replacement ......... 5-39
Front Seats .................... 1-3 Sunroof ........................ 2-45 Windshield Wiper Blade
Rear Seats .................... 1-9 Replacement ............. 5-42
Safety Belts .................. 1-10 Instrument Panel ............... 3-1 Tires ........................... 5-43
Instrument Panel
Child Restraints ............. 1-23 Overview .................... 3-4 Appearance Care .......... 5-72
Airbag System .............. 1-42 Climate Controls ............ 3-17 Vehicle Identification ...... 5-79
Restraint System Warning Lights, Gages, Electrical System ........... 5-79
Check ...................... 1-58 and Indicators ............ 3-26 Capacities and
Driver Information Specifications ............ 5-86
Features and Controls ...... 2-1
Keys ............................. 2-2 Center (DIC) ............. 3-42
Maintenance Schedule ...... 6-1
Doors and Locks ............ 2-7 Audio System(s) ............ 3-64 Maintenance Schedule ..... 6-1
Windows ...................... 2-10 Driving Your Vehicle ......... 4-1
Theft-Deterrent Customer Assistance
Your Driving, the Road,
Systems ................... 2-12 and the Vehicle ........... 4-1
Information ........................ 7-1
Customer Assistance and
Starting and Operating Towing ........................ 4-32 Information ................. 7-1
Your Vehicle ............. 2-15
Service and Reporting Safety
Mirrors ......................... 2-29 Defects ..................... 7-14
Object Detection Appearance Care ............... 5-1
Service .......................... 5-3 Vehicle Data Recording
Systems ................... 2-31 and Privacy ................. 16
OnStar® System ............ 2-33 Fuel .............................. 5-5
Checking Things Under Index ....................................i-1
the Hood .................. 5-10
ii Preface
Read this manual from beginning to Propriétaires Canadiens

end to learn about the vehicle’s
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
features and controls. Pictures,
ce guide en français auprès de
symbols, and words work together
concessionnaire ou à l’adresse
to explain vehicle operation.
suivante:
Keep this manual in the vehicle for Helm, Incorporated
quick reference. P.O. Box 07130
SATURN, the SATURN Emblem,
and the name VUE are registered Detroit, MI 48207
trademarks of Saturn Corporation. Canadian Owners 1-800-551-4123
GENERAL MOTORS and GM A French language copy of this www.helminc.com
are registered trademarks of manual can be obtained from your
General Motors Corporation. dealer/retailer or from: About Driving Your
This manual includes the latest Helm, Incorporated Vehicle
information at the time it was P.O. Box 07130 As with other vehicles of this type,
printed. Saturn reserves the right Detroit, MI 48207 failure to operate this vehicle
to make changes after that time 1-800-551-4123 correctly may result in loss of control
without further notice. www.helminc.com or an accident. Be sure to read the
This manual describes features “on-pavement” and “off-road” driving
that may or may not be on guidelines which follow in this
your specific vehicle. manual in the section called “Your
Driving, the Road, and Your Vehicle”,
and specifically Off-Road Driving on
page 4-13.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 25812262 B Second Printing 2008 General Motors Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Preface iii
Index Vehicle Symbols

To quickly locate information about
{ CAUTION The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the index in the back These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead
of the manual. It is an alphabetical that could hurt you or other people. of text. Symbols are shown along
list of what is in the manual and the with the text describing the operation
page number where it can be found. Cautions tell what the hazard is and or information relating to a specific
what to do to avoid or reduce the component, control, message,
Safety Warnings and hazard. Read these cautions. gage, or indicator.
Symbols A notice tells about something that M : This symbol is shown when
can damage the vehicle. you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
Notice: These mean there is information.
something that could damage
your vehicle. * : This symbol is shown when
Many times, this damage would not you need to see a service manual
be covered by the vehicle’s warranty, for additional instructions or
A circle with a slash through it is a and it could be costly. The notice information.
safety symbol which means “Do Not,” tells what to do to help avoid the
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this damage.
happen.”
There are also warning labels on
A box with the word CAUTION is the vehicle which use the same
used to tell about things that could words, CAUTION or Notice.
hurt you or others if you were to
ignore the warning.
iv Preface
Vehicle Symbol Chart I: Cruise Control }: Power

Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle B: Engine Coolant Temperature /: Remote Vehicle Start
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to O: Exterior Lamps >: Safety Belt Reminders
the index.
#: Fog Lamps 7: Tire Pressure Monitor
9: Airbag Readiness Light
.: Fuel Gage F: Traction Control
#: Air Conditioning
+: Fuses M: Windshield Washer Fluid
!: Antilock Brake System (ABS)
i : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
g: Audio Steering Wheel Changer
Controls or OnStar®
j: LATCH System Child Restraints
$: Brake System Warning Light
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
": Charging System
:: Oil Pressure
Seats and Restraint System 1-1
Seats and Child Restraints

Older Children .....................1-23
Restraint System Check
Checking the Restraint
Infants and Young Children ....1-26 Systems ...........................1-58
Restraint System Child Restraint Systems ........1-29 Replacing Restraint System
Where to Put the Restraint .....1-30 Parts After a Crash ............1-59
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH) ..........1-31
Head Restraints Securing a Child Restraint
Head Restraints ....................1-2 in a Rear Seat Position ......1-37
Securing a Child Restraint
Front Seats in the Right Front Seat
Manual Seats .......................1-3 Position ............................1-39
Seat Height Adjuster ..............1-4
Power Seat ..........................1-4 Airbag System
Manual Lumbar .....................1-5 Airbag System ....................1-42
Heated Seats .......................1-5 Where Are the Airbags? .......1-45
Reclining Seatbacks ..............1-6 When Should an Airbag
Passenger Folding Seatback ....1-8 Inflate? .............................1-47
What Makes an Airbag
Rear Seats Inflate? .............................1-49
Split Folding Rear Seat ..........1-9 How Does an Airbag
Safety Belts Restrain? ..........................1-49
Safety Belts: They Are What Will You See After
for Everyone .....................1-10 an Airbag Inflates? .............1-50
How to Wear Safety Passenger Sensing System ....1-51
Belts Properly ....................1-14 Servicing Your
Lap-Shoulder Belt ................1-19 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .....1-56
Safety Belt Use During Adding Equipment to Your
Pregnancy ........................1-23 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .....1-57
Safety Belt Extender ............1-23
1-2 Seats and Restraint System
Head Restraints
The front and rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ CAUTION
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/spinal
injury in a crash. Do not drive
Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull the head restraint up to raise it.
until the head restraints for all
top of the restraint is at the same To lower the head restraint, press
occupants are installed and
height as the top of the occupant’s the button, located on the top
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the of the seatback, and push the
chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraint down.
Push down on the head restraint

after the button is released to make
Front Seats To move a manual seat forward or
rearward:
sure that it is locked in place.
Manual Seats
The head restraints are not
designed to be removed.
{ CAUTION
Active Head Restraint System
You can lose control of the vehicle
The vehicle has an active head if you try to adjust a manual
restraint system in the front outboard driver’s seat while the vehicle is
seating positions. The active head moving. The sudden movement
restraints automatically tilt forward to
could startle and confuse you, or
reduce the risk of neck injury if
make you push a pedal when you
the vehicle is hit from behind.
do not want to. Adjust the driver’s
seat only when the vehicle is not
moving. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
Try to move the seat with your body
to be sure the seat is locked in
place.
Seat Height Adjuster Power Seat

a: To adjust the seat:
Raise or lower the front or rear part

of the seat cushion.
If the vehicle has a manual driver
seat height adjuster, it is located
on the outboard side of the seat Move the seat forward or rearward.
near the front of the seat cushion.
To raise the seat, move the lever
upward repeatedly until the seat is
at the desired height. To lower
the seat, move the lever downward
repeatedly until the seat is at the
desired height.
Manual Lumbar Turn the knob clockwise or M (Heated Seat): Press this button
counterclockwise to increase or to turn on the heated seat.
decrease the lumbar support.
The indicator light on the button
Heated Seats shows that the feature is on and the
level of heat, three being the highest.
On vehicles with heated front seats Press the button to choose the level
the controls are located on the center of heat.
console. The engine must be running
to operate the heated seats. The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
If the vehicle has this feature, the

knob is located on the inboard
side of the driver seatback.
Reclining Seatbacks To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the recline lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
2. Move the seatback to the desired
position, then release the lever to
{ CAUTION lock the seatback in place.
You can lose control of the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
vehicle if you try to adjust a make sure it is locked.
manual driver’s seat while the To return the seatback to an upright
vehicle is moving. The sudden position:
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a 1. Lift the lever fully without
pedal when you do not want to. applying pressure to the
On seats with manual reclining seatback and the seatback
Adjust the driver’s seat only when seatbacks, the lever used to operate returns to the upright position.
the vehicle is not moving. them is located on the outboard
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
side of the seat.
make sure it is locked.
{ CAUTION
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks

{ CAUTION
Sitting in a reclined position when
your vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even if you buckle up,
your safety belts cannot do their
job when you are reclined like this.
The shoulder belt cannot do its job.
In a crash, you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt cannot do its job
either. In a crash the belt could go Do not have a seatback reclined if
up over your abdomen. The belt the vehicle is moving.
If the seats have power reclining
seatbacks, the control used to forces would be there, not at your
recline them is located on the pelvic bones. This could cause
outboard side of the seat. serious internal injuries.
• To recline the seatback, tilt the For proper protection when the
top of the control rearward. vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
• To bring the seatback forward, tilt back in the seat and wear your
the top of the control forward.
safety belt properly.
Passenger Folding
Seatback { CAUTION
The front passenger seatback may Things you put on this seatback
fold flat. can strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
Remove or secure all items
{ CAUTION before driving.
If you fold the seatback forward to
carry longer objects, such as skis, To fold the seatback:
be sure any such cargo is not 1. Lower the head restraint all
near an airbag. In a crash, an the way.
inflating airbag might force that 3. Lift the recliner lever, located on
2. Lift the bar under the front of the
object toward a person. This seat to unlock it. Slide the seat the outboard side of the seat,
could cause severe injury or even as far back as it will go and up fully and fold the seatback
death. Secure objects away from release the bar. Try to move the forward until it disengages.
the area in which an airbag would seat back and forth to make 4. Continue to fold the seat forward
inflate. For more information, sure it is locked into place. into the folded position.
see Where Are the Airbags?
on page 1-45 and Loading the 5. Pull up on the seatback to be
Vehicle on page 4-28. sure it is locked.
To raise the seatback: Rear Seats { CAUTION

1. Lift the recliner lever, located on
the outboard side of the seat, Split Folding Rear Seat A safety belt that is improperly
up fully and push up on the routed, not properly attached,
seatback. The rear split bench seatbacks
can be folded forward, upright, or twisted will not provide the
2. Continue raising the seatback or partially reclined, independent protection needed in a crash.
until the seatback re-engages. of the other seatback position. The person wearing the belt could
be seriously injured. After raising
{ CAUTION the rear seatback, always check
{ CAUTION to be sure that the safety belts
If either seatback is not locked, it If either seatback is not locked, it are properly routed and attached,
could move forward in a sudden could move forward in a sudden and are not twisted.
stop or crash. That could cause stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. injury to the person sitting there. To fold the seatback down:
Always push and pull on the Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are Notice: Folding a rear seat with
seatbacks to be sure they are the safety belts still fastened may
locked. locked. cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
3. Push and pull on the seatback to safety belts and return them to
make sure it is locked in place. their normal stowed position
The recliner lever is also used before folding a rear seat.
to recline the seatback while a 1. Unbuckle all three safety belts
passenger is seated. See Reclining and put the front seatback in
Seatbacks on page 1-6. an upright position.
Safety Belts { CAUTION

Safety Belts: They Are It is extremely dangerous to ride
for Everyone in a cargo area, inside or outside
This section of the manual describes of a vehicle. In a collision, people
how to use safety belts properly. riding in these areas are more
It also describes some things not to likely to be seriously injured or
do with safety belts. killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that
is not equipped with seats and
{ CAUTION safety belts. Be sure everyone in
Do not let anyone ride where a your vehicle is in a seat and using
2. Lift the lever located on the top a safety belt properly.
of the seatback to release the safety belt cannot be worn
seatback and fold the seatback properly. In a crash, if you or your
forward. passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
safety belts, the injuries can be reminder to buckle the safety belts.
To recline the seatback: much worse. You can hit things See Safety Belt Reminders on
1. Lift and hold the lever located on inside the vehicle harder or be page 3-28 for additional information.
top of the seatback. ejected from the vehicle. You and In most states and in all Canadian
2. Tilt the seatback rearward, then your passenger(s) can be seriously provinces, the law requires wearing
release the lever. injured or killed. In the same crash, safety belts. Here is why:
you might not be, if you are
You never know if you will be in a
buckled up. Always fasten your
crash. If you do have a crash,
safety belt, and check that your
you do not know if it will be a
passenger(s) are restrained
serious one.
properly too.
A few crashes are mild, and some Why Safety Belts Work
crashes can be so serious that even
When you ride in or on anything,
buckled up, a person would not
you go as fast as it goes.
survive. But most crashes are in
between. In many of them, people
who buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without
safety belts they could have been
badly hurt or killed.
After more than 40 years of safety
belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
In most crashes buckling up does
matter... a lot!
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

it is just a seat on wheels.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until or the instrument panel...
vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real
vehicle, it could be the windshield...
Questions and Answers About Q: If I am a good driver, and I

Safety Belts never drive far from home,
why should I wear safety
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle belts?
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt? A: You may be an excellent driver,
but if you are in a crash — even
A: You could be — whether you are one that is not your fault — you
wearing a safety belt or not. But and your passenger(s) can be
your chance of being conscious hurt. Being a good driver does not
during and after an accident, so protect you from things beyond
you can unbuckle and get out, is your control, such as bad drivers.
much greater if you are belted.
And you can unbuckle a safety Most accidents occur within
or the safety belts! 25 miles (40 km) of home. And
belt, even if you are upside down.
With safety belts, you slow down as the greatest number of serious
the vehicle does. You get more time Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why injuries and deaths occur at
to stop. You stop over more distance, should I have to wear safety speeds of less than 40 mph
and your strongest bones take the belts? (65 km/h).
forces. That is why safety belts make A: Airbags are supplemental Safety belts are for everyone.
such good sense. systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That is true not only
in frontal collisions, but especially
in side and other collisions.
How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your In a crash, this applies force to the
passenger(s) wear a safety belt, strong pelvic bones and you would
Properly there is important information be less likely to slide under the lap
This section is only for people of you should know. belt. If you slid under it, the belt
adult size. would apply force on your abdomen.
This could cause serious or even
Be aware that there are special
fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
things to know about safety
should go over the shoulder and
belts and children. And there are
across the chest. These parts of
different rules for smaller children
the body are best able to take belt
and infants. If a child will be riding in
restraining forces.
the vehicle, see Older Children on
page 1-23 or Infants and Young The shoulder belt locks if there is a
Children on page 1-26. Follow those sudden stop or crash.
rules for everyone’s protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
Sit up straight and always keep your
in crashes than those who are
feet on the floor in front of you.
wearing safety belts.
The lap part of the belt should be
Occupants who are not buckled up worn low and snug on the hips, just
can be thrown out of the vehicle touching the thighs.
in a crash. And they can strike
others in the vehicle who are
wearing safety belts.
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ CAUTION
You can be seriously hurt if your
lap belt is too loose. In a crash,
you could slide under the lap belt
and apply force on your abdomen.
This could cause serious or even
fatal injuries. The lap belt should
be worn low and snug on the
hips, just touching the thighs.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will
It will not give as much not give nearly as much
protection this way. protection this way.
{ CAUTION
You can be seriously hurt if your
shoulder belt is too loose. In a
crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase
injury. The shoulder belt should fit
snugly against your body.

{ CAUTION
You can be seriously injured if
your belt is buckled in the wrong
place like this. In a crash, the belt
would go up over your abdomen.
The belt forces would be there,
not on the pelvic bones. This
could cause serious internal
injuries. Always buckle your belt
into the buckle nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong A: The belt is over an armrest.

buckle.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ CAUTION { CAUTION
You can be seriously injured if You can be seriously injured if you
your belt goes over an armrest wear the shoulder belt under your
like this. The belt would be much arm. In a crash, your body would
too high. In a crash, you can slide move too far forward, which would
under the belt. The belt force increase the chance of head and
would then be applied on the neck injury. Also, the belt would
abdomen, not on the pelvic apply too much force to the ribs,
bones, and that could cause which are not as strong as
serious or fatal injuries. Be sure shoulder bones. You could also
the belt goes under the armrests. severely injure internal organs like
your liver or spleen. The shoulder
A: The shoulder belt is worn under belt should go over the shoulder
the arm. It should be worn over and across the chest.
the shoulder at all times.

{ CAUTION
You can be seriously injured by
not wearing the lap-shoulder belt
properly. In a crash, you would
not be restrained by the shoulder
belt. Your body could move too
far forward increasing the chance
of head and neck injury. You
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
A: The belt is behind the body. injuries. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is twisted across
go over the shoulder and across the body.
the chest.
{ CAUTION
You can be seriously injured by a
twisted belt. In a crash, you would
not have the full width of the belt
to spread impact forces. If a belt
is twisted, make it straight so it
can work properly, or ask your
dealer/retailer to fix it.
Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if

you pull the belt across you
All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let
have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to
The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly.
properly. If the shoulder portion of a
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all
adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint
straight. To see how, see “Seats” locking feature may be engaged.
in the Index. If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
Engaging the child restraint 3. Push the latch plate into the
locking feature in the right front buckle until it clicks.
seating position may affect
the passenger sensing system. Pull up on the latch plate to
See Passenger Sensing make sure it is secure. If the belt
System on page 1-51 for more is not long enough, see Safety
information. Belt Extender on page 1-23.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

height adjuster, move it to the
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height that is right for you.
height adjuster for the driver
See “Shoulder Belt Height
and right front passenger seating
Adjustment” later in this section
positions.
for instructions on use and
important safety information. Adjust the height so that the
shoulder portion of the belt is
centered on the shoulder. The belt
should be away from the face and
neck, but not falling off of the
shoulder. Improper shoulder belt
height adjustment could reduce the
To unlatch the belt, push the button effectiveness of the safety belt in a
on the buckle. The belt should return crash.
to its stowed position. Slide the latch
plate up the safety belt webbing
when the safety belt is not in use.
The latch plate should rest on the
stitching on the safety belt, near the
5. To make the lap part tight, pull guide loop on the side wall.
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
It may be necessary to pull the safety belt is out of the way. If a
stitching on the safety belt door is slammed against a safety
through the latch plate to fully belt, damage can occur to both the
tighten the lap belt on smaller safety belt and the vehicle.
occupants.
are part of the safety belt assembly. There is one guide for each
They can help tighten the safety belts outboard passenger position in the
during the early stages of a moderate rear seat. Here is how to install
to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear a comfort guide to the safety belt:
crash if the threshold conditions for 1. Remove the guide from its
pretensioner activation are met. And, storage location, which is a
for vehicles with side impact airbags, pocket on the side of the seat.
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash or a rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
Squeeze the release buttons (A)
probably other new parts for the
together and move the height
vehicle’s safety belt system. See
adjuster up or down to the desired
Replacing Restraint System Parts
position.
After a Crash on page 1-59.
After the adjuster is set to the desired
position, try to move it up or down Rear Safety Belt Comfort
without squeezing the release Guides
buttons to make sure it has locked Rear shoulder belt comfort guides 2. Place the guide over the belt and
into position. may provide added safety belt insert the two edges of the belt
comfort for older children who have into the slots of the guide.
Safety Belt Pretensioners outgrown booster seats and for
This vehicle has safety belt some adults. When installed on a
pretensioners for the front outboard shoulder belt, the comfort guide
occupants. Although the safety belt positions the shoulder belt away
pretensioners cannot be seen, they from the neck and head.
{ CAUTION
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash.
The person wearing the belt could
be seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release
twisted and it lies flat. The elastic the safety belt as described
cord must be under the belt previously in this section. Make
and the guide on top. sure that the shoulder belt
crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Store the
comfort guide in its storage location,
which is a pocket on the side of
the seat.
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Child Restraints
to protect the mother. When a
Pregnancy safety belt is worn properly,
Safety belts work for everyone, it is more likely that the fetus will not Older Children
including pregnant women. Like all be hurt in a crash. For pregnant
occupants, they are more likely women, as for anyone, the key to
to be seriously injured if they do not making safety belts effective is
wear safety belts. wearing them properly.
Safety Belt Extender

If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer/retailer will order
you an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be Older children who have outgrown
long enough for you. To help avoid booster seats should wear the
personal injury, do not let someone vehicle’s safety belts.
else use it, and use it only for the
A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to fit. The extender
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion has been designed for adults.
should be worn as low as possible, Never use it for securing child seats.
below the rounding, throughout To wear it, attach it to the regular
the pregnancy. safety belt. For more information, see
the instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
The manufacturer’s instructions that • Can proper safety belt fit be Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
come with the booster seat, state maintained for the length of the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
the weight and height limitations for trip? If yes, continue. If no, return on page 1-19.
that booster. Use a booster seat to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,
with a lap-shoulder belt until
Q: What is the proper way to children and infants are safer when
the child passes the below fit test:
wear safety belts? properly restrained in a child
• Sit all the way back on the restraint system or infant restraint
seat. Do the knees bend at the A: An older child should wear a system secured in a rear seating
seat edge? If yes, continue. lap-shoulder belt and get the position.
If no, return to the booster seat. additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder In a crash, children who are not
• Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. buckled up can strike other people
Does the shoulder belt rest on the belt should not cross the face
who are buckled up, or can be
shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, or neck. The lap belt should
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
try using the rear safety belt fit snugly below the hips,
children need to use safety
comfort guide. See “Rear Safety just touching the top of the belts properly.
Belt Comfort Guides” under thighs. This applies belt force
Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 1-19 to the child’s pelvic bones
for more information. If the in a crash. It should never be
shoulder belt still does not rest worn over the abdomen,
on the shoulder, then return to which could cause severe or
the booster seat. even fatal internal injuries
• Does the lap belt fit low and snug in a crash.
on the hips, touching the thighs?
If yes, continue. If no, return to the
booster seat.
{ CAUTION { CAUTION
Never do this. Never do this.
Never allow two children to wear Never allow a child to wear the
the same safety belt. The safety safety belt with the shoulder belt
belt can not properly spread the behind their back. A child can be
impact forces. In a crash, the two seriously injured by not wearing
children can be crushed together the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
and seriously injured. A safety crash, the child would not be
belt must be used by only one restrained by the shoulder belt.
person at a time. The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Infants and Young Children who are not restrained

Children { CAUTION properly can strike other people, or
can be thrown out of the vehicle.
Everyone in a vehicle needs Children can be seriously injured
protection! This includes infants and or strangled if a shoulder belt is
all other children. Neither the wrapped around their neck and { CAUTION
distance traveled nor the age and the safety belt continues to
Never do this.
size of the traveler changes the tighten. Never leave children
need, for everyone, to use safety unattended in a vehicle and never Never hold an infant or a child
restraints. In fact, the law in allow children to play with the while riding in a vehicle. Due to
every state in the United States and safety belts. crash forces, an infant or a child
in every Canadian province says will become so heavy it is not
children up to some age must Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer possible to hold it during a crash.
be restrained while in a vehicle. protection for adults and older For example, in a crash at only
children, but not for young children 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12 lb (5.5 kg)
and infants. Neither the vehicle’s infant will suddenly become a
safety belt system nor its airbag 240 lb (110 kg) force on a
system is designed for them. Every person’s arms. An infant should
time infants and young children be secured in an appropriate
ride in vehicles, they should have restraint.
the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints.
{ CAUTION
Never do this.
Children who are up against, or
very close to, any airbag when it
inflates can be seriously injured or
killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the right front seat,
always move the front passenger
seat as far back as it will go.
Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular

add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, { CAUTION
A: Add-on child restraints, which there are many kinds of restraints
available for children with A young child’s hip bones are still
are purchased by the vehicle’s so small that the vehicle’s regular
owner, are available in four basic special needs.
safety belt may not remain low on
types. Selection of a particular the hip bones, as it should.
restraint should take into { CAUTION Instead, it may settle up around
consideration not only the child’s the child’s abdomen. In a crash,
weight, height, and age but also To reduce the risk of neck and the belt would apply force on a
whether or not the restraint will be head injury during a crash, infants body area that is unprotected by
compatible with the motor vehicle need complete support. This is any bony structure. This alone
in which it will be used. because an infant’s neck is not could cause serious or fatal
fully developed and its head injuries. To reduce the risk of
For most basic types of child weighs so much compared with
restraints, there are many serious or fatal injuries during a
the rest of its body. In a crash, an crash, young children should
different models available. infant in a rear-facing child
When purchasing a child always be secured in appropriate
restraint settles into the restraint, child restraints.
restraint, be sure it is designed so the crash forces can be
to be used in a motor vehicle. If it distributed across the strongest
is, the restraint will have a label part of an infant’s body, the back
saying that it meets federal motor and shoulders. Infants should
vehicle safety standards. always be secured in rear-facing
The restraint manufacturer’s child restraints.
instructions that come with
the restraint state the weight and
Child Restraint Systems
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats

(A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child
provides restraint for the child’s body restraint designed to improve the fit
A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides with the harness. of the vehicle’s safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in
the restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Where to Put the
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions that
come with the restraint which may be
Restraint
on the restraint itself or in a booklet, According to accident statistics,
{ CAUTION or both, and to this manual. The child children and infants are safer when
restraint instructions are important, properly restrained in a child
A child can be seriously injured or
so if they are not available, obtain a restraint system or infant restraint
killed in a crash if the child restraint
replacement copy from the system secured in a rear seating
is not properly secured in the manufacturer. position.
vehicle. Secure the child restraint
properly in the vehicle using the Keep in mind that an unsecured child We recommend that children and
vehicle’s safety belt or LATCH restraint can move around in a child restraints be secured in a rear
system, following the instructions collision or sudden stop and injure seat, including: an infant or a child
people in the vehicle. Be sure to riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
that came with that child restraint
properly secure any child restraint in a child riding in a forward-facing child
and the instructions in this manual.
the vehicle — even when no child is seat; an older child riding in a booster
in it. seat; and children, who are large
To help reduce the chance of injury, enough, using safety belts.
the child restraint must be secured Securing the Child Within the
in the vehicle. Child restraint Child Restraint A label on the sun visor says,
systems must be secured in vehicle “Never put a rear-facing child
seats by lap belts or the lap belt { CAUTION restraint in the front.” This is
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by because the risk to the rear-facing
the LATCH system. See Lower A child can be seriously injured or child is so great, if the airbag
Anchors and Tethers for Children killed in a crash if the child is not deploys.
(LATCH) on page 1-31 for more properly secured in the child
information. A child can be restraint. Secure the child properly
endangered in a crash if the child following the instructions that
restraint is not properly secured came with that child restraint.
in the vehicle.
Wherever a child restraint is

{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) installed, be sure to secure the
child restraint properly.
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
restraint can be seriously injured Keep in mind that an unsecured child
in a rear seat, even if the airbag is restraint can move around in a
or killed if the right front off. If you secure a forward-facing
passenger airbag inflates. collision or sudden stop and injure
child restraint in the right front seat, people in the vehicle. Be sure to
This is because the back of the always move the front passenger properly secure any child restraint in
rear-facing child restraint would seat as far back as it will go. It is the vehicle — even when no child is
be very close to the inflating better to secure the child restraint in it.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing in a rear seat.
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System Lower Anchors and
passenger airbag inflates and the on page 1-51 for additional Tethers for Children
passenger seat is in a forward information. (LATCH)
position. The LATCH system holds a child
Even if the passenger sensing If the vehicle does not have a restraint during driving or in a crash.
rear seat that will accommodate This system is designed to make
system has turned off the right
a rear-facing child restraint, a installation of a child restraint easier.
front passenger frontal airbag, no
rear-facing child restraint should The LATCH system uses anchors
system is fail-safe. No one can not be installed in the vehicle,
guarantee that an airbag will not in the vehicle and attachments
even if the airbag is off. on the child restraint that are made
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is When securing a child restraint in a for use with the LATCH system.
turned off. rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your child
(Continued) restraint to make sure it is compatible
with this vehicle.
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible The following explains how to Top Tether Anchor
child restraint is properly installed attach a child restraint with these
using the anchors, or use the attachments in your vehicle.
vehicle’s safety belts to secure the
Not all vehicle seating positions or
restraint, following the instructions
child restraints have lower anchors
that came with that restraint, and
and attachments or top tether
also the instructions in this manual.
anchors and attachments.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use either Lower Anchors
the lower anchors or the safety belts
to properly secure the child restraint.
A child restraint must never be
installed using only the top tether
and anchor.
In order to use the LATCH A top tether (A, C) anchors the
system in your vehicle, you need top of the child restraint to the
a child restraint that has LATCH Lower anchors (A) are metal vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
attachments. The child restraint bars built into the vehicle. There into the vehicle. The top tether
manufacturer will provide you with are two lower anchors for each attachment (B) on the child restraint
instructions on how to use the child LATCH seating position that will connects to the top tether anchor
restraint and its attachments. accommodate a child restraint with in the vehicle in order to reduce the
lower attachments (B). forward movement and rotation
of the child restraint during driving
or in a crash.
Your child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have top
tethers are designed for use To assist you in locating the lower
with or without the top tether being anchors, each seating position
attached. Others require the top with lower anchors has two labels,
tether always to be attached. near the crease between the
In Canada, the law requires that seatback and the seat cushion.
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether
be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your Rear Seat
child restraint.
If the child restraint does not have a i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
top tether, one can be obtained, positions with top tether anchors. To assist you in locating the top
in kit form, for many child restraints. tether anchors, the top tether anchor
Ask the child restraint manufacturer j (Lower Anchor): Seating positions symbol is located near the top
whether or not a kit is available. with two lower anchors. tether anchors.
The top tether anchors are located
on the back of the rear seatback.
Be sure to use an anchor located on
the same side of the vehicle as
the seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Securing a Child Restraint

Designed for the LATCH System { CAUTION
Do not attach more than one child
{ CAUTION restraint to a single anchor.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is Attaching more than one child
not attached to anchors, the child restraint to a single anchor could
restraint will not be able to protect cause the anchor or attachment to
the child correctly. In a crash, the come loose or even break during
child could be seriously injured or a crash. A child or others could
killed. Install a LATCH-type child be injured. To reduce the risk of
restraint properly using the serious or fatal injuries during a
anchors, or use the vehicle’s crash, attach only one child
Do not secure a child restraint in a safety belts to secure the restraint, restraint per anchor.
position without a top tether
following the instructions that came
anchor if a national or local law
with the child restraint and the
requires that the top tether be
instructions in this manual.
attached, or if the instructions that
come with the child restraint say that
the top tether must be attached.
Accident statistics show that children
are safer if they are restrained in
the rear rather than the front seat.
See Where to Put the Restraint on
page 1-30 for additional information.
Do not fold the empty rear seat 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
{ CAUTION with a safety belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether
could damage the safety belt or be attached, attach and tighten
Children can be seriously injured the seat. Unbuckle and return the the top tether to the top tether
or strangled if a shoulder belt is safety belt to its stowed position, anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
wrapped around their neck and before folding the seat. child restraint instructions and the
the safety belt continues to following steps:
1. Attach and tighten the lower
tighten. Buckle any unused safety attachments to the lower 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
belts behind the child restraint so anchors. If the child restraint 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
children cannot reach them. Pull does not have lower attachments the top tether according to
the shoulder belt all the way out or the desired seating position your child restraint
of the retractor to set the lock, if does not have lower anchors, instructions and the
your vehicle has one, after the secure the child restraint with the following instructions:
child restraint has been installed. top tether and the safety belts.
Refer to your child restraint
Notice: Do not let the LATCH manufacturer instructions and the
attachments rub against the instructions in this manual.
vehicle’s safety belts. This may 1.1. Find the lower anchors for
damage these parts. If necessary, the desired seating position.
move buckled safety belts to 1.2. Put the child restraint on
avoid rubbing the LATCH the seat.
attachments.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
If the position you are using
restraint to the lower
does not have a headrest or
anchors.
head restraint and you are
using a single tether, route
the tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using If the position you are using If the position you are using
does not have a headrest has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and or head restraint and you are or head restraint and you are
you are using a dual tether, using a dual tether, route the using a single tether, raise
route the tether over the tether around the headrest or the headrest or head
seatback. head restraint. restraint and route the tether
under the headrest or head
restraint and in between the
headrest or head restraint
posts.
3. Push and pull the child restraint
in different directions to be sure
it is secure.
Securing a Child that come with the child restraint

Restraint in a Rear Seat say that the top strap must be
anchored.
Position
In Canada, the law requires that
When securing a child restraint in forward-facing child restraints have
a rear seating position, study a top tether, and that the tether
the instructions that came with the be attached.
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle. If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be using
If the child restraint has the LATCH the safety belt to secure the child
system, see Lower Anchors and restraint in this position. Be sure to
Tethers for Children (LATCH) follow the instructions that came
on page 1-31 for how and where with the child restraint. Secure the 3. Push the latch plate into the
to install the child restraint child in the child restraint when buckle until it clicks.
using LATCH. If a child restraint is and as the instructions say. Position the release button on
secured in the vehicle using a
If more than one child restraint the buckle so that the safety belt
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
needs to be installed in the could be quickly unbuckled if
see Lower Anchors and Tethers
rear seat, be sure to read Where to necessary.
for Children (LATCH) on page 1-31
for top tether anchor locations. Put the Restraint on page 1-30.
Do not secure a child seat in 1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
a position without a top tether 2. Pick up the latch plate, and
anchor if a national or local run the lap and shoulder portions
law requires that the top tether be of the vehicle’s safety belt
anchored, or if the instructions through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH)
on page 1-31 for more
information.
it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,
4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 5. To tighten the belt, push down unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the let it return to the stowed position.
set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt to If the top tether is attached to a top
tighten the lap portion of the belt tether anchor, disconnect it.
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Securing a Child
Restraint in the Right { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)
Front Seat Position A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
The vehicle has airbags. A rear restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag is
seat is a safer place to secure or killed if the right front off. If you secure a forward-facing
a forward-facing child restraint. passenger airbag inflates. child restraint in the right front seat,
See Where to Put the Restraint This is because the back of the always move the front passenger
on page 1-30. rear-facing child restraint would seat as far back as it will go. It is
be very close to the inflating better to secure the child restraint
In addition, the vehicle has a airbag. A child in a forward-facing
passenger sensing system which in a rear seat.
child restraint can be seriously
is designed to turn off the right front See Passenger Sensing System
injured or killed if the right front
passenger frontal airbag under on page 1-51 for additional
passenger airbag inflates and the
certain conditions. See Passenger information.
passenger seat is in a forward
Sensing System on page 1-51
and Passenger Airbag Status position.
Indicator on page 3-30 for more Even if the passenger sensing If the vehicle does not have a
information, including important rear seat that will accommodate
system has turned off the right
safety information. a rear-facing child restraint, a
front passenger frontal airbag, no
rear-facing child restraint should not
A label on the sun visor says, system is fail-safe. No one can be installed in the vehicle, even if the
“Never put a rear-facing child seat guarantee that an airbag will not airbag is off.
in the front.” This is because the risk deploy under some unusual
to the rear-facing child is so great, circumstance, even though it is
if the airbag deploys. turned off.
(Continued)
If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder
system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in
Tethers for Children (LATCH) this position. Follow the instructions
on page 1-31 for how and where that came with the child restraint.
to install the child restraint 1. Move the seat as far back as it
using LATCH. If a child restraint is will go before securing the
secured using a safety belt and forward-facing child restraint.
it uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children When the passenger sensing
(LATCH) on page 1-31 for top tether system has turned off the
anchor locations. right front passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
Do not secure a child seat in a passenger airbag status indicator
position without a top tether anchor should light and stay lit when 4. Push the latch plate into the
if a national or local law requires the vehicle is started. See buckle until it clicks.
that the top tether be anchored, Passenger Airbag Status
or if the instructions that come with Position the release button on
Indicator on page 3-30.
the child restraint say that the the buckle so that the safety belt
top strap must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on could be quickly unbuckled if
the seat. necessary.
In Canada, the law requires that
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
forward-facing child restraints have
the lap and shoulder portions
a top tether, and that the tether
of the vehicle’s safety belt
be attached.
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
7. If the vehicle does not have a

rear seat and the child restraint
has a top tether, follow the
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions regarding the use
of the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH) on page 1-31 for
more information.
it is secure.
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 6. To tighten the belt, push down If the airbag is off, the off indicator
all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the in the passenger airbag status
set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt to indicator will come on and stay
tighten the lap portion of the belt on when the vehicle is started.
and feed the shoulder belt back
If a child restraint has been installed
into the retractor. When installing
and the on indicator is lit, see
a forward-facing child restraint, it
“If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
may be helpful to use your knee
Restraint ” under Passenger Sensing
to push down on the child
System on page 1-51 for more
restraint as you tighten the belt.
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG will appear on the middle { CAUTION
The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for
airbags: the driver and on the instrument Be sure that cargo is not near an
• A frontal airbag for the driver. panel for the right front passenger. airbag. In a crash, an inflating
airbag might force that object
• A frontal airbag for the right front With seat-mounted side impact toward a person. This could
passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG
cause severe injury or even
will appear on the side of the
• A seat-mounted side impact seatback closest to the door.
death. Secure objects away from
airbag for the driver. the area in which an airbag would
With roof-rail airbags, the word inflate. For more information,
• A seat-mounted side impact
AIRBAG will appear along the see Where Are the Airbags?
airbag for the right front
headliner or trim. on page 1-45 and Loading the
passenger.
Even if you do not have a right front Vehicle on page 4-28.
• A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated passenger seat in the vehicle
directly behind the driver. there is still an active frontal airbag Airbags are designed to supplement
in the right side of the instrument the protection provided by safety
• A roof-rail airbag for the right panel. Do not place cargo in front of belts. Even though today’s airbags
front passenger and the this airbag. are also designed to help reduce
passenger seated directly behind the risk of injury from the force of
the right front passenger. an inflating bag, all airbags must
All of the airbags in the vehicle will inflate very quickly to do their job.
have the word AIRBAG embossed in
the trim or on an attached label near
the deployment opening.
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: CAUTION (Continued) CAUTION (Continued)
Wearing your safety belt during a be if you were sitting on the edge
{ CAUTION crash helps reduce your chance of your seat or leaning forward.
of hitting things inside the vehicle Safety belts help keep you in
You can be severely injured or
or being ejected from it. Airbags position before and during a
killed in a crash if you are not
are “supplemental restraints” to crash. Always wear your safety
wearing your safety belt — even if
the safety belts. Everyone in your belt, even with airbags. The driver
you have airbags. Airbags are
vehicle should wear a safety belt should sit as far back as possible
designed to work with safety
properly — whether or not there is while still maintaining control of
belts, but do not replace them.
an airbag for that person. the vehicle.
Also, airbags are not designed to
deploy in every crash. In some Occupants should not lean on or
crashes safety belts are your only sleep against the door or side
restraint. See When Should an { CAUTION windows in seating positions with
Airbag Inflate? on page 1-47. seat-mounted side impact airbags
Airbags inflate with great force, and/or roof-rail airbags.
(Continued) faster than the blink of an eye.
Anyone who is up against, or
very close to, any airbag when it
inflates can be seriously injured or
killed. Do not sit unnecessarily
close to the airbag, as you would
(Continued)
{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

Children who are up against, or designed for them. Young children
very close to, any airbag when it and infants need the protection
inflates can be seriously injured or that a child restraint system can
killed. Airbags plus lap-shoulder provide. Always secure children
belts offer protection for adults properly in your vehicle. To read There is an airbag readiness light
and older children, but not for how, see Older Children on on the instrument panel cluster,
young children and infants. page 1-23 or Infants and Young which shows the airbag symbol.
Neither the vehicle’s safety belt Children on page 1-26. The system checks the airbag
system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
(Continued)
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 3-29 for
more information.
Where Are the Airbags?
Driver Side shown, Passenger

The right front passenger frontal
Side similar
airbag is in the instrument panel on
The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. The seat-mounted side impact
middle of the steering wheel.
airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

If something is between an Do not use seat accessories that
occupant and an airbag, the block the inflation path of a
airbag might not inflate properly or seat-mounted side impact airbag.
it might force the object into that
person causing severe injury or Never secure anything to the roof
even death. The path of an of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
inflating airbag must be kept by routing a rope or tie down
clear. Do not put anything through any door or window
between an occupant and an opening. If you do, the path of an
airbag, and do not attach or put inflating roof-rail airbag will be
Driver Side shown, Passenger blocked.
Side similar anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, airbag covering.
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the (Continued)
ceiling above the side windows.
When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at Thresholds can also vary with
different crash speeds. For example: specific vehicle design.
Inflate?
• If the vehicle hits a stationary Frontal airbags are not intended to
Frontal airbags are designed to object, the airbags could inflate at inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
inflate in moderate to severe frontal a different crash speed than if the impacts, or in many side impacts.
or near-frontal crashes to help vehicle hits a moving object.
reduce the potential for severe In addition, the vehicle has
injuries mainly to the driver’s or right • If the vehicle hits an object that dual-stage frontal airbags.
front passenger’s head and chest. deforms, the airbags could inflate Dual-stage airbags adjust the
However, they are only designed at a different crash speed than if restraint according to crash severity.
to inflate if the impact exceeds a the vehicle hits an object that The vehicle has electronic frontal
predetermined deployment does not deform. sensors, which help the sensing
threshold. Deployment thresholds • If the vehicle hits a narrow object system distinguish between a
are used to predict how severe a (like a pole), the airbags could moderate frontal impact and a more
crash is likely to be in time for the inflate at a different crash speed severe frontal impact. For moderate
airbags to inflate and help restrain than if the vehicle hits a wide frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
the occupants. object (like a wall). inflate at a level less than full
deployment. For more severe frontal
Whether the frontal airbags will or • If the vehicle goes into an object impacts, full deployment occurs.
should deploy is not based on at an angle, the airbags could
how fast your vehicle is traveling. inflate at a different crash speed
It depends largely on what you than if the vehicle goes straight
hit, the direction of the impact, into the object.
and how quickly your vehicle
slows down.
The vehicle has seat-mounted Seat-mounted side impact airbags In any particular crash, no one
side impact and roof-rail airbags. are not intended to inflate in can say whether an airbag should
See Airbag System on page 1-42. frontal impacts, near-frontal impacts, have inflated simply because of the
Seat-mounted side impact and rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail damage to a vehicle or because
roof-rail airbags are intended airbags are not intended to inflate of what the repair costs were.
to inflate in moderate to severe side in rear impacts. A seat-mounted For frontal airbags, inflation is
crashes. In addition, these roof-rail side impact airbag is intended determined by what the vehicle hits,
airbags are intended to inflate during to deploy on the side of the vehicle the angle of the impact, and how
a rollover or in a severe frontal that is struck. Both roof-rail quickly the vehicle slows down.
impact. Seat-mounted side impact airbags will deploy when either side For seat-mounted side impact and
and roof-rail airbags will inflate if of the vehicle is struck, or if the roof-rail airbags, deployment is
the crash severity is above the sensing system predicts that determined by the location and
system’s designed threshold level. the vehicle is about to roll over, severity of the side impact. In a
The threshold level can vary or in a severe frontal impact. rollover event, roof-rail airbag
with specific vehicle design. deployment is determined by the
direction of the roll.
What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
Inflate? Restrain? head and chest of occupants in the
In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted first and second rows. The rollover
triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills wheel or the instrument panel. designed to help reduce the risk of
the airbag causing the bag to In moderate to severe side full or partial ejection in rollover
break out of the cover and deploy. collisions, even belted occupants events, although no system can
The inflator, the airbag, and can contact the inside of the vehicle. prevent all such ejections.
related hardware are all part
Airbags supplement the protection But airbags would not help in
of the airbag module.
provided by safety belts. Frontal many types of collisions, primarily
Frontal airbag modules are located airbags distribute the force of because the occupant’s motion
inside the steering wheel and the impact more evenly over the is not toward those airbags.
instrument panel. For vehicles with occupant’s upper body, stopping See When Should an Airbag Inflate?
seat-mounted side impact airbags, the occupant more gradually. on page 1-47 for more information.
there are airbag modules in the side Seat-mounted side impact and
Airbags should never be regarded
of the front seatbacks closest to roof-rail airbags distribute the force
as anything more than a supplement
the door. For vehicles with roof-rail of the impact more evenly over
to safety belts.
airbags, there are airbag modules the occupant’s upper body.
in the ceiling of the vehicle, near the
side windows that have occupant
seating positions.
What Will You See After The vehicle has a feature that may
an Airbag Inflates? { CAUTION automatically unlock the doors,
turn the interior lamps on, and turn
After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there the hazard warning flashers on
seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust when the airbags inflate. You can
inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems lock the doors, turn the interior
quickly that some people may not for people with a history of lamps off, and turn the hazard
even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble. warning flashers off by using the
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the controls for those features. You
partially inflated for some time vehicle should get out as soon as must first, however, turn the ignition
after they deploy. Some components it is safe to do so. If you have key to the following ignition switch
of the airbag module may be hot breathing problems but cannot get positions:
for several minutes. For location of out of the vehicle after an airbag 1. Turn the ignition key to
the airbag modules, see What inflates, then get fresh air by LOCK/OFF.
Makes an Airbag Inflate? on opening a window or a door.
page 1-49. 2. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN.
If you experience breathing
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek
but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention.
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
In many crashes severe enough to • Let only qualified technicians work

inflate the airbag, windshields on the airbag systems. Improper
are broken by vehicle deformation. service can mean that an airbag
Additional windshield breakage system will not work properly.
may also occur from the right front See your dealer/retailer for
passenger airbag. service.
• Airbags are designed to inflate Canada
only once. After an airbag inflates, Passenger Sensing
you will need some new parts for System The words ON and OFF, or the
the airbag system. If you do not symbol for on and off, are visible
get them, the airbag system will The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the right front during the system check. If you are
not be there to help protect you in using remote start, if equipped,
another crash. A new system will passenger position. The passenger
airbag status indicator will be to start the vehicle from a distance,
include airbag modules and you may not see the system
possibly other parts. The service visible on the instrument panel
when the vehicle is started. check. When the system check is
manual for your vehicle covers complete, either the word ON
the need to replace other parts. or OFF, or the symbol for on or off,
• The vehicle has a crash sensing will be visible. See Passenger
and diagnostic module which Airbag Status Indicator on
records information after a crash. page 3-30.
See Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy on page 7-16 and Event
Data Recorders on page 7-16. United States
The passenger sensing system According to accident statistics,

turns off the right front passenger children are safer when properly { CAUTION
frontal airbag and seat-mounted secured in a rear seat in a correct
side impact airbag under certain child restraint for their weight A child in a rear-facing child
conditions. The driver airbags and size. restraint can be seriously injured
and the roof-rail airbags are not or killed if the right front
We recommend that children be passenger airbag inflates.
affected by the passenger sensing
secured in a rear seat, including: an
system. This is because the back of the
infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint would
The passenger sensing system rear-facing child restraint; a child
be very close to the inflating
works with sensors that are part of riding in a forward-facing child seat;
the right front passenger seat and an older child riding in a booster airbag. A child in a forward-facing
safety belt. The sensors are seat; and children, who are child restraint can be seriously
designed to detect the presence large enough, using safety belts. injured or killed if the right front
of a properly-seated occupant and passenger airbag inflates and the
A label on the sun visor says, passenger seat is in a forward
determine if the right front passenger
“Never put a rear-facing child seat position.
frontal airbag and seat-mounted side
in the front.” This is because the risk
impact airbag should be enabled (Continued)
to the rear-facing child is so great,
(may inflate) or not.
if the airbag deploys.
The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing

CAUTION (Continued) designed to turn off the right system has turned off the right
front passenger airbag and front passenger frontal airbag and
Even if the passenger sensing seat-mounted side impact airbag if: seat-mounted side impact airbag,
system has turned off the right • The right front passenger seat the off indicator will light and stay lit
front passenger frontal airbag and is unoccupied. to remind you that the airbags
seat-mounted side impact airbag are off. See Passenger Airbag
• The system determines that an Status Indicator on page 3-30.
(if equipped), no system is infant is present in a rear-facing
fail-safe. No one can guarantee infant seat. The passenger sensing system is
that an airbag will not deploy under designed to turn on (may inflate) the
some unusual circumstance, even • The system determines that a right front passenger frontal airbag
though the airbag(s) are off. small child is present in a and seat-mounted side impact
child restraint. airbag anytime the system senses
Secure rear-facing child restraints
• The system determines that a that a person of adult size is
in a rear seat, even if the airbag(s)
small child is present in a sitting properly in the right front
are off. If you secure a
booster seat. passenger seat.
forward-facing child restraint in the
right front seat, always move the • A right front passenger takes When the passenger sensing
front passenger seat as far back as his/her weight off of the seat system has allowed the airbags to
it will go. It is better to secure the for a period of time. be enabled, the on indicator will light
child restraint in a rear seat. • The right front passenger seat is and stay lit to remind you that the
occupied by a smaller person, airbags are active.
If the vehicle does not have a such as a child who has
rear seat that will accommodate outgrown child restraints.
a rear-facing child restraint, a • Or, if there is a critical problem
rear-facing child restraint should not with the airbag system or the
be installed in the vehicle, even if the passenger sensing system.
airbag is off.
For some children who have If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child
outgrown child restraints and for very Child Restraint restraint and restarting the
small adults, the passenger sensing vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
system may or may not turn off the If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then
right front passenger frontal airbag and the on indicator is lit: slightly recline the vehicle
and seat-mounted side impact 1. Turn the vehicle off. seatback and adjust the seat
airbag, depending upon the person’s 2. Remove the child restraint from cushion, if adjustable, to
seating posture and body build. the vehicle. make sure that the vehicle
Everyone in the vehicle who has seatback is not pushing the child
outgrown child restraints should wear 3. Remove any additional items restraint into the seat cushion.
a safety belt properly — whether or from the seat such as blankets,
Also make sure the child restraint
not there is an airbag for that person. cushions, seat covers, seat
is not trapped under the vehicle
heaters, or seat massagers.
head restraint. If this happens,
{ CAUTION 4. Reinstall the child restraint adjust the head restraint.
following the directions provided See Head Restraints on
If the airbag readiness light ever by the child restraint manufacturer page 1-2.
comes on and stays on, it means and refer to Securing a Child
6. Restart the vehicle.
that something may be wrong with Restraint in the Right Front Seat
Position on page 1-39. If the on indicator is still lit with an
the airbag system. To help avoid
infant present in a child restraint,
injury to yourself or others, have secure the child restraint in a rear
the vehicle serviced right away. seat position in the vehicle and
See Airbag Readiness Light on see your dealer/retailer.
page 3-29 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an If this happens, use the following Additional Factors Affecting
Adult-Size Occupant steps to allow the system to detect System Operation
that person and enable the right
front passenger frontal airbag Safety belts help keep the passenger
and seat-mounted side impact in position on the seat during vehicle
airbag: maneuvers and braking, which helps
the passenger sensing system
1. Turn the vehicle off. maintain the passenger airbag
2. Remove any additional material status. See “Safety Belts” and “Child
from the seat, such as blankets, Restraints” in the Index for additional
cushions, seat covers, seat information about the importance of
heaters, or seat massagers. proper restraint use.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
If a person of adult-size is sitting in the seat, centered on the seat
the right front passenger seat, cushion, with legs comfortably
but the off indicator is lit, it could be extended.
because that person is not sitting 5. Restart the vehicle and have the
properly in the seat. person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the
on indicator is lit.
A thick layer of additional material, Servicing Your

such as a blanket or cushion,
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle { CAUTION
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat Airbags affect how the vehicle For up to 10 seconds after the
massagers can affect how well the should be serviced. There are parts ignition is turned off and the
passenger sensing system operates. of the airbag system in several battery is disconnected, an airbag
We recommend that you not use places around the vehicle. Your can still inflate during improper
seat covers or other aftermarket dealer/retailer and the service service. You can be injured if you
equipment except when approved manual have information about are close to an airbag when it
by GM for your specific vehicle. servicing the vehicle and the airbag inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
See Adding Equipment to Your system. To purchase a service They are probably part of the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on manual, see Service Publications airbag system. Be sure to follow
page 1-57 for more information Ordering Information on page 7-15. proper service procedures, and
about modifications that can affect make sure the person performing
how the system operates. work for you is qualified to do so.
{ CAUTION
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Adding Equipment to In addition, the vehicle has a If you have questions, call
Your Airbag-Equipped passenger sensing system for the Customer Assistance. The phone
right front passenger position, numbers and addresses for
Vehicle which includes sensors that Customer Assistance are in
Q: Is there anything I might add are part of the passenger seat. Step Two of the Customer
to or change about the The passenger sensing system Satisfaction Procedure in
vehicle that could keep the may not operate properly if the this manual. See Customer
airbags from working original seat trim is replaced Satisfaction Procedure on
properly? with non-GM covers, upholstery page 7-1.
A: Yes. If you add things that or trim, or with GM covers, If the vehicle has rollover
change the vehicle’s frame, upholstery or trim designed for a roof-rail airbags, see Different
bumper system, height, front end different vehicle. Any object, such Size Tires and Wheels on
or side sheet metal, they may as an aftermarket seat heater or a page 5-59 for additional
keep the airbag system from comfort enhancing pad or device, important information.
working properly. Changing or installed under or on top of the
moving any parts of the front seat fabric, could also interfere
seats, safety belts, the airbag with the operation of the
sensing and diagnostic module, passenger sensing system.
steering wheel, instrument This could either prevent proper
panel, roof-rail airbag modules, deployment of the passenger
ceiling headliner or pillar airbag(s) or prevent the
garnish trim, front sensors, passenger sensing system from
side impact sensors, rollover properly turning off the passenger
sensor module, or airbag wiring airbag(s). See Passenger
can affect the operation of Sensing System on page 1-51.
the airbag system.
Q: Because I have a disability, Restraint System Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Care of Safety Belts on
I have to get my vehicle
modified. How can I find out Check page 5-74.
whether this will affect my
airbag system? Checking the Restraint Airbags
A: If you have questions, call Systems The airbag system does not need
Customer Assistance. The phone regularly scheduled maintenance
Safety Belts or replacement. Make sure the
numbers and addresses for
Now and then, check that the safety airbag readiness light is working.
Customer Assistance are in
belt reminder light, safety belts, See Airbag Readiness Light
Step Two of the Customer on page 3-29 for more information.
Satisfaction Procedure in buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
this manual. See Customer anchorages are all working properly. Notice: If an airbag covering
Satisfaction Procedure on Look for any other loose or damaged is damaged, opened, or broken,
page 7-1. safety belt system parts that might the airbag may not work properly.
keep a safety belt system from doing Do not open or break the airbag
In addition, your dealer/retailer and coverings. If there are any opened
its job. See your dealer/retailer to
the service manual have information or broken airbag covers, have
have it repaired. Torn or frayed
about the location of the airbag the airbag covering and/or airbag
safety belts may not protect you in a
sensors, sensing and diagnostic module replaced. For the
crash. They can rip apart under
module and airbag wiring. location of the airbag modules,
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away. see What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? on page 1-49. See your
Make sure the safety belt reminder dealer/retailer for service.
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 3-28 for more
information.
Replacing Restraint If the vehicle has been in a crash, New parts and repairs may be
System Parts After a do you need new safety belts necessary even if the safety belt
or LATCH system (if equipped) or LATCH system (if equipped), was
Crash parts? not being used at the time of the
crash.
After a very minor crash, nothing
{ CAUTION may be necessary. But the If an airbag inflates, you will need
safety belt assemblies that were to replace airbag system parts.
A crash can damage the used during any crash may See the part on the airbag system
restraint systems in your vehicle. have been stressed or damaged. earlier in this section.
A damaged restraint system may See your dealer/retailer to have the
not properly protect the person Have the safety belt pretensioners
safety belt assemblies inspected
using it, resulting in serious injury checked if the vehicle has been in a
or replaced.
or even death in a crash. To help crash, if the airbag readiness light
make sure your restraint systems If the vehicle has the LATCH stays on after the vehicle is started,
are working properly after a crash, system and it was being used or while you are driving. See
have them inspected and any during a crash, you may need Airbag Readiness Light on
new LATCH system parts. page 3-29.
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
✍ NOTES
Features and Controls 2-1
Features and Theft-Deterrent Systems

Theft-Deterrent Systems .......2-12
Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror ........2-29
Content Theft-Deterrent ........2-12
Controls PASS-Key® III+ Electronic
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror .................2-29
Immobilizer .......................2-13 Outside Power Mirrors ..........2-29
Keys PASS-Key® III+ Electronic Outside Convex Mirror ..........2-30
Keys ...................................2-2 Immobilizer Operation .........2-14 Outside Heated Mirrors .........2-30
Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System .............2-3 Starting and Operating Your Object Detection Systems
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Vehicle Rear Vision
System Operation ................2-4 New Vehicle Break-In ...........2-15 Camera (RVC) ...................2-31
Remote Vehicle Start .............2-5 Ignition Positions .................2-16
Retained Accessory OnStar® System
Doors and Locks Power (RAP) .....................2-17 OnStar® System ..................2-33
Door Locks ..........................2-7 Starting the Engine ..............2-17
Power Door Locks .................2-8 Universal Home Remote
Engine Coolant Heater .........2-18
Delayed Locking ...................2-8 Automatic Transmission System
Automatic Door Lock .............2-8 Operation (Uplevel) ............2-19 Universal Home Remote
Automatic Door Unlock ...........2-8 Automatic Transmission System .............................2-37
Rear Door Security Locks .......2-8 Operation (Base) ...............2-22 Universal Home Remote
Lockout Protection .................2-8 Parking Brake .....................2-24 System Operation ..............2-37
Liftgate ................................2-9 Shifting Into Park (Automatic Storage Areas
Transmission) ....................2-25 Glove Box ..........................2-41
Windows Shifting Out of Park .............2-27
Windows ............................2-10 Cupholders .........................2-41
Parking Over Things Instrument Panel Storage ......2-42
Power Windows ..................2-10 That Burn .........................2-27
Sun Visors .........................2-11 Sunglasses Storage
Engine Exhaust ...................2-28 Compartment .....................2-42
Running the Vehicle Front Storage Area ..............2-42
While Parked ....................2-28 Center Console Storage .......2-42
2-2 Features and Controls
Luggage Carrier ..................2-43 Keys

Rear Seat Armrest ...............2-44
Convenience Net .................2-44
Cargo Cover .......................2-44 { CAUTION
Cargo Tie Downs ................2-44
Cargo Management Leaving children in a vehicle with
System .............................2-44 the ignition key is dangerous for
Sunroof many reasons, children or others
Sunroof ..............................2-45 could be badly injured or even
killed. They could operate the
power windows or other controls
or even make the vehicle move.
The windows will function with the
The two keys can be used for the
keys in the ignition and children
ignition and all locks.
could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing The key code is stamped on the
window. Do not leave the keys in key number plate and can be used
a vehicle with children. to make new keys at any dealer/
retailer. Store this information in
a safe place outside the vehicle.
Notice: If you ever lock your
keys in the vehicle, you may have
to damage the vehicle to get in.
Be sure you have spare keys.
If you are locked out of the vehicle,
contact Roadside Assistance.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 7-6 for more information.
Remote Keyless This device complies with RSS-210 If there is a decrease in the RKE
of Industry Canada. Operation is operating range, try this:
Entry (RKE) System subject to the following two • Check the distance. The
If this vehicle has the Remote conditions: transmitter may be too far from
Keyless Entry (RKE) system, 1. This device may not cause the vehicle. Stand closer during
it operates on a radio frequency interference. rainy or snowy weather.
subject to Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules and 2. This device must accept any • Check the location. Other vehicles
with Industry Canada. interference received, including or objects may be blocking the
interference that may cause signal. Take a few steps to the
This device complies with Part 15 of undesired operation of the left or right, hold the transmitter
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject device. higher, and try again.
to the following two conditions:
Changes or modifications to • Check the transmitter’s battery.
1. This device may not cause this system by other than an See “Battery Replacement” later
interference. authorized service facility could void in this section.
2. This device must accept any authorization to use this equipment. • If the transmitter is still not
interference received, including working correctly, see your
interference that may cause dealer/retailer or a qualified
undesired operation of the technician for service.
device.
Remote Keyless Entry / (Remote Vehicle Start): off when the ignition is turned to
(RKE) System Operation For vehicles with this feature, this ON/RUN or when L is pressed
button is used to operate the remote again. The ignition must be in
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) start feature. See Remote Vehicle LOCK/OFF for the panic alarm
transmitter functions work up to Start on page 2-5 for additional to work.
195 feet (60 m) away from the information.
vehicle. Programming Transmitters
There are other conditions which Q (Lock): Press to lock all the to the Vehicle
can affect the performance of the doors, including the liftgate. Only RKE transmitters
transmitter. See Remote Keyless programmed to the vehicle
Entry (RKE) System on page 2-3.
K (Unlock): Press once to unlock will work. If a transmitter is lost
the driver door. If K is pressed again or stolen, a replacement can be
within five seconds, all remaining purchased and programmed
doors unlock. The interior lamps through your dealer/retailer.
come on and stay on for 20 seconds When the replacement transmitter
or until the ignition is turned on. is programmed to the vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also
L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm): be programmed. Any lost or stolen
Press and release to locate the transmitters no longer work once
vehicle. The turn signal lamps flash the new transmitter is programmed.
and the horn sounds three times. Each vehicle can have up to eight
Press and hold L to activate the transmitters programmed to it.
panic alarm. The turn signal lamps See “Relearn Remote Key” under
flash and the horn sounds repeatedly DIC Operation and Displays on
Without Remote Start Shown for 30 seconds. The alarm turns page 3-42.
(With Remote Start Similar)
Battery Replacement Remote Vehicle Start

Replace the battery if the This vehicle may have a remote
REPLACE REMOTE KEY FOB starting feature that starts the engine
BATTERY message displays on from outside of the vehicle.
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See “REPLACE REMOTE KEY FOB It may also start the vehicle’s
BATTERY” under DIC Warnings and heating or air conditioning systems
Messages on page 3-49. and rear window defogger. Normal
operation of the climate control
Notice: When replacing the system returns after the key is
battery, do not touch any of the turned to the ON/RUN position.
circuitry on the transmitter. Static
from your body could damage The climate control system turns
the transmitter. To replace the battery: on at the setting the vehicle was
set to when the vehicle was
1. Separate the transmitter with a last turned off.
flat, thin object inserted into the
notch on the side. Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
2. Remove the old battery. Do not For example, some laws may require
use a metal object. a person using the remote start to
3. Insert the new battery, positive have the vehicle in view when doing
side facing down. Replace with so. Check local regulations for any
a CR2032 or equivalent battery. requirements on remote starting of
4. Reassemble the transmitter. vehicles.
If the vehicle is low on fuel, only one
10 minute remote start is allowed to
help avoid running out of fuel.
If the vehicle has the remote start least two seconds. The vehicle’s To manually shut off a remote start:
feature, the RKE transmitter doors lock. Pressing / again, • Aim the RKE transmitter at the
functions have an increased range after the vehicle has started,
of operation. However, the range vehicle and press / until the
shuts the vehicle off. parking lamps turn off.
may be less while the vehicle
is running. When the vehicle starts, the
• Turn on the hazard warning
parking lamps turn on and
There are other conditions which flashers.
remain on while the vehicle
can affect the performance of is running. • Turn the ignition switch on and
the transmitter, see Remote Keyless then off.
3. After entering the vehicle during
Entry (RKE) System on page 2-3
a remote start, and the engine The vehicle can be remote started
for additional information.
is still running, turn the key to two separate times between driving
/ (Remote Start): This button is the ON/RUN position to drive sequences. The engine runs for
located on the RKE transmitter if the the vehicle. 10 minutes after each remote start.
vehicle has remote start. Or, the engine run time can be
If the vehicle is left running it
extended another 10 minutes within
To start the vehicle: automatically shuts off after
the first 10 minute remote start time
10 minutes unless a time extension
1. Aim the transmitter at the frame, and before the engine stops.
has been done.
vehicle. For example, if Q and then / are
If it is the vehicle’s first remote start
2. Press and release Q, then since it was last driven, repeat these pressed again after the vehicle
immediately press and hold / steps while the engine is still running has been running for five minutes,
to give a 10 minute time extension. 10 minutes are added, allowing
until the turn signal lamps flash.
Remote start can be extended the engine to run for 15 minutes.
If the vehicle’s lamps cannot be
one time. The additional 10 minutes are
seen, press and hold / for at
considered a second remote
vehicle start.
The vehicle must be started with

the key once two remote starts, or a
Doors and Locks CAUTION (Continued)
single remote start with one time
extension has been done. Door Locks • Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
The vehicle can be started using
the remote start feature again after { CAUTION unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
the key is removed from the ignition.
Unlocked doors can be and can suffer permanent
The vehicle cannot be started using dangerous. injuries or even death from
the remote start feature if the key is • Passengers, especially heat stroke. Always lock the
in the ignition, the hood is open, or if children, can easily open vehicle whenever leaving it.
there is an emission control system the doors and fall out of a • Outsiders can easily enter
malfunction. moving vehicle. When a through an unlocked door
The engine turns off during a remote door is locked, the handle when you slow down or stop
start if the coolant temperature gets will not open it. The chance your vehicle. Locking your
too high or if the oil pressure gets low. of being thrown out of the doors can help prevent this
vehicle in a crash is increased from happening.
Remote Start Ready if the doors are not locked.
If the vehicle does not have the So, all passengers should To lock or unlock a door, use the
remote vehicle start feature, it may wear safety belts properly key from the outside or the door lock
have the remote start ready feature. and the doors should be from the inside.
This feature allows your dealer/ locked whenever the vehicle
retailer to add the manufacturer’s is driven.
remote vehicle start feature. (Continued)
To add the manufacturer’s remote
vehicle start feature to the vehicle,
see your dealer/retailer.
Power Door Locks Automatic Door Unlock To set the locks, insert a key into
the slot and turn it to the horizontal
T: The power door lock switches The doors will automatically position. The door can only be
are located on the driver door. unlock when the shift lever is opened from the outside with the
moved into (P) Park. door unlocked. To return the door
• Press the right side of the switch
to normal operation, turn the
to unlock the doors. Rear Door Security slot to the vertical position.
• Remove the ignition key and Locks
press the left side of the switch Lockout Protection
to lock all of the doors. The vehicle has rear door security
locks to prevent passengers from When the power door lock switch is
opening the rear doors from the pressed with the key in the ignition,
Delayed Locking inside. and any door is open, all the doors
A chime will sound to indicate a lock and the driver door unlocks.
door or liftgate is open when you try When doors are closed with the key
to lock the doors with the power door in the ignition, the horn will sound as
lock switch. The doors will not lock, a reminder.
and the theft-deterrent system will
not arm until all the doors are closed If the doors are locked with the
and five seconds have passed. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter, and the key is in the
ignition, a chime sounds and
Automatic Door Lock all except the driver door lock.
The doors are programmed to The lockout protection feature can
automatically lock when the shift be overridden by holding the power
lever is moved into a forward gear. door lock switch for three seconds.
The automatic door lock feature Open the rear doors to access the
cannot be disabled. security locks on the inside edge
of each door.
Liftgate Liftgate Operation with Loss of

CAUTION (Continued) Power
{ CAUTION • Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
Exhaust gases can enter the brings in only outside air
vehicle if it is driven with the and set the fan speed to the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or highest setting. See Climate
with any objects that pass through Control System in the Index.
the seal between the body and • If the vehicle is equipped with
the trunk/hatch or liftgate. a power liftgate, disable the
Engine exhaust contains Carbon power liftgate function.
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause For more information about
unconsciousness and even death. carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 2-28.
If the vehicle must be driven with To open the liftgate if the vehicle’s
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: battery is disconnected or the
To lock or unlock the liftgate, press
• Close all of the windows. voltage is low, access the release
the button on the Remote Keyless
lever. Remove the interior trim cover
• Fully open the air outlets on or Entry (RKE) transmitter twice
on the inside of the liftgate. Use a
under the instrument panel. or the power door lock switch.
tool to push the lever on the latch
(Continued) To open the liftgate, press until the liftgate releases.
the touchpad on the underside of
the liftgate handle and pull up.
To close the liftgate, pull down using
the handle and close until it latches.
Windows Power Windows
{ CAUTION { CAUTION
Leaving children, helpless adults, Leaving children in a vehicle with
or pets in a vehicle with the the keys is dangerous for many
windows closed is dangerous. reasons, children or others could
They can be overcome by be badly injured or even killed.
the extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power
permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or
from heat stroke. Never leave a even make the vehicle move.
child, a helpless adult, or a pet The windows will function and
alone in a vehicle, especially with they could be seriously injured
the windows closed in warm or or killed if caught in the path of a
hot weather. closing window. Do not leave keys
in a vehicle with children.
When there are children in the rear
seat use the window lockout button
to prevent unintentional operation
of the windows.
The power windows operate Window Lockout

when the ignition is in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY, or while in o (Window Lockout): The vehicle
Retained Accessory Power (RAP). has a lockout feature to prevent rear
See Retained Accessory Power seat passengers from operating the
(RAP) on page 2-17. windows. Press the lockout button,
located with the power window
Express-Down Window switches, to turn the feature on
The driver window switch has an and off.
express-down feature that lowers the
window without holding the switch. Sun Visors
Press the switch part way and the To block out glare, swing the sun
window will open a small amount. visor down, or detach the driver sun
The window switches for all doors Press the switch down all the way
are located on the driver door. visor from the center mount and slide
and release it and the window it along the rod from side-to-side.
Each door also has a switch. lowers all the way.
To open or close a window, press On a visor with a mirror, lift the
To stop the window while it is cover to use it.
or pull up on the switch. lowering, press and release the
switch.
Theft-Deterrent To arm the theft-deterrent system, the RKE transmitter is not pressed,
the alarm sounds and periodically
press Q on the RKE transmitter
Systems when all doors and the hood repeats. If the system does not
Vehicle theft is big business, (vehicles started with the remote operate as described above, see
especially in some cities. start feature only) are closed. your dealer/retailer for service.
This vehicle has theft-deterrent The security light will come on solid The theft-deterrent system also
features, however, they do not for approximately 30 seconds and activates if you lock the doors
make it impossible to steal. then flashes slowly. If Q on the RKE with a key.
transmitter is pressed a second time, To avoid setting off the alarm by
Content Theft-Deterrent the theft-deterrent system will accident, always unlock a door
activate immediately, bypassing the with the RKE transmitter or a key.
Your vehicle may have a content
30 second delay. The content theft Unlocking a door any other way
theft-deterrent alarm system.
deterrent alarm is not armed until will set off the alarm if the system
the security light flashes slowly. has been armed.
If any door, liftgate or the hood If you set off the alarm by accident,
(vehicles started with the remote
start feature only) are opened turn off the alarm by pressing Q or K
on the RKE transmitter or by placing
without using the key or pressing K
the key in the ignition and turning it to
on the RKE transmitter, the exterior START.
United States shown, lamps flash and the horn will sound
Canada similar
for about 30 seconds. If Q or K on
The security light is located near the
center of the instrument panel.
Testing the Alarm PASS-Key® III+ Electronic This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry Canada. Operation is
To test the alarm: Immobilizer subject to the following two
1. From inside the vehicle, lower The PASS-Key III+ system conditions:
the driver window and open operates on a radio frequency 1. This device may not cause
the driver door. subject to Federal Communications interference.
2. Get out of the vehicle, close the Commission (FCC) Rules and with
Industry Canada. 2. This device must accept any
door and activate the system by
interference received, including
locking the doors with the RKE This device complies with Part 15 of interference that may cause
transmitter. the FCC Rules. Operation is subject undesired operation of the
3. Wait for the security light to flash to the following two conditions: device.
slowly. 1. This device may not cause Changes or modifications to this
4. Then reach in through the harmful interference. system by other than an authorized
window, unlock the door with 2. This device must accept any service facility could void
the manual door lock and open interference received, including authorization to use this equipment.
the door. This should set off the interference that may cause
alarm. PASS-Key III+ uses a radio
undesired operation.
frequency transponder in the key
If the alarm does not sound when it that matches a decoder in the
should, but the vehicle’s headlamps vehicle.
flash, check to see if the horn works.
The horn fuse may be blown.
To replace the fuse, see Fuses and
Circuit Breakers on page 5-80.
If the alarm does not sound or the
vehicle’s headlamps do not flash,
see your dealer/retailer for service.
PASS-Key® III+ Electronic When trying to start the vehicle It is possible for the PASS-Key® III+
if the engine does not start and the decoder to “learn” the transponder
Immobilizer Operation security light on the instrument panel value of a new or replacement key.
This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+ cluster comes on, there may be a Up to 10 keys may be programmed
(Personalized Automotive Security problem with your theft-deterrent for the vehicle. The following
System) theft-deterrent system. system. Turn the ignition off and procedure is for programming
PASS-Key® III+ is a passive try again. additional keys only. If all the
theft-deterrent system. currently programmed keys are
If the engine still does not start,
lost or do not operate, you must see
The system is automatically armed and the key appears to be not
your dealer/retailer or a locksmith
when the key is removed from damaged, wait about five minutes
who can service PASS-Key® III+ to
the ignition. and try another ignition key and
have keys made and programmed
check the fuse. See Fuses and
You do not have to manually arm or to the system.
Circuit Breakers on page 5-80.
disarm the system.
If the engine still does not start with See your dealer/retailer or
The security light comes on if the other key, the vehicle needs a locksmith who can service
there is a problem with arming or service. If the vehicle does start, PASS-Key® III+ to get a new key
disarming the theft-deterrent system. the first key may be faulty. See your blank that is cut exactly as the
dealer/retailer who can service the ignition key that operates the system.
When the PASS-Key® III+ system
PASS-Key® III+ to have a new key
senses that someone is using
made. In an emergency, contact
the wrong key, it prevents the
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
vehicle from starting. Anyone using
Assistance Program on page 7-6.
a trial-and-error method to start
the vehicle will be discouraged
because of the high number
of electrical key codes.
To program the new key: Starting and • Avoid making hard stops for
1. Verify that the new key has the first 200 miles (322 km) or
a 1 stamped on it.
Operating Your so. During this time the new
2. Insert the already programmed
Vehicle brake linings are not yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings
key in the ignition and start the can mean premature wear and
engine. If the engine does not New Vehicle Break-In earlier replacement. Follow this
start, see your dealer/retailer for Notice: The vehicle does breaking-in guideline every
service. not need an elaborate break-in. time you get new brake linings.
3. After the engine has started, But it will perform better in
turn the key to LOCK/OFF, • Do not tow a trailer during
the long run if you follow these break-in. See Towing a Trailer
and remove the key. guidelines: on page 4-35 for the trailer
4. Insert the key to be programmed • Do not drive at any one towing capabilities of your
and turn it to the ON/RUN constant speed, fast or slow, vehicle and more information.
position within five seconds of for the first 500 miles (805 km).
the original key being turned Following break-in, engine speed
Do not make full-throttle and load can be gradually
to the LOCK/OFF position. starts. Avoid downshifting
The security light turns off once increased.
to brake or slow the vehicle.
the key has been programmed.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4
if additional keys are to be
programmed.
If the PASS-Key® III+ key is lost or
damaged, see your dealer/retailer or
a locksmith to have a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the theft
deterrent system in the vehicle.
Ignition Positions LOCK/OFF: This position locks the ON/RUN: This position can be used
ignition. It also locks the steering to operate the electrical accessories
wheel and the transmission. The key and to display some instrument
can only be removed in LOCK/OFF. panel cluster warning and indicator
The shift lever must be in P (Park) lights. The switch stays in this
to turn the ignition switch to position when the engine is running.
LOCK/OFF. The transmission is also unlocked in
this position. If you leave the key in
The steering can bind with the the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
wheels turned off center. If this positions with the engine off, the
happens, move the steering wheel battery could be drained. You may
from right to left while turning the key not be able to start the vehicle if the
to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this doesn’t battery is allowed to drain for an
work, the vehicle needs service. extended period of time.
ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is START: This is the position that
The ignition switch has four different
the position in which you can operate starts the engine. When the engine
positions.
the electrical accessories or items starts, release the key. The ignition
To shift out of P (Park), turn the plugged into the accessory power switch returns to ON/RUN for driving.
ignition to ON/RUN and apply outlets.
the regular brake pedal. A warning tone will sound when the
Use this position if the vehicle must driver door is opened, the ignition is
Notice: Using a tool to force the be pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
key to turn in the ignition could and the key is in the ignition.
cause damage to the switch or
break the key. Use the correct key,
make sure it is all the way in, and
turn it only with your hand. If the
key cannot be turned by hand,
see your dealer/retailer.
Retained Accessory Notice: Do not try to shift to cranking, the engine will continue
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. cranking for a few seconds or
Power (RAP) If you do, you could damage until the vehicle starts. If the
These vehicle accessories may be the transmission. Shift to P (Park) engine does not start and the key
used for up to 10 minutes after the only when the vehicle is stopped. is held in START, cranking will
ignition key is turned to the LOCK be stopped after 15 seconds to
position: Starting Procedure prevent cranking motor damage.
• Outside Mirror 1. With your foot off the accelerator To prevent gear damage, this
pedal, turn the ignition to START. system also prevents cranking if
• Power Windows When the engine starts, let go of the engine is already running.
• Sunroof (if equipped) the key. The idle speed will slow Engine cranking can be stopped
down as the engine warms. Do by turning the ignition switch to
• Radio not race the engine immediately the ACC/ACCESSORY or
The outside mirror, power windows after starting it. Operate the LOCK/OFF position.
and sunroof will function until a engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and Notice: Cranking the engine for
door is opened.
lubricate all moving parts. long periods of time, by returning
The radio will function until the the key to the START position
driver door is opened. The vehicle has a immediately after cranking has
Computer-Controlled ended, can overheat and damage
Cranking System. This feature
Starting the Engine assists in starting the engine
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or and protects components. between each try, to let the
N (Neutral). The engine will not start If the ignition key is turned to cranking motor cool down.
in any other position. To restart the the START position, and then
engine when the vehicle is already released when the engine begins
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
2. If the engine does not start Notice: The engine is designed To Use the Engine Coolant
after 5-10 seconds, especially in to work with the electronics in Heater
very cold weather (below 0°F or the vehicle. If you add electrical
1. Turn off the engine.
−18°C), it could be flooded with parts or accessories, you could
too much gasoline. Try pushing change the way the engine 2. Open the hood and unwrap
the accelerator pedal all the way operates. Before adding electrical the electrical cord. The engine
to the floor and holding it there as equipment, check with your coolant heater cord is located
you hold the key in START for up dealer/retailer. If you do not, near the air cleaner box on the
to a maximum of 15 seconds. the engine might not perform passenger side of the engine
Wait at least 15 seconds between properly. Any resulting damage compartment. See Engine
each try, to allow the cranking would not be covered by the Compartment Overview on
motor to cool down. When the vehicle warranty. page 5-12 for more information
engine starts, let go of the key on location.
and accelerator. If the vehicle Engine Coolant Heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
starts briefly but then stops again, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
repeat these steps. This clears The engine coolant heater can
the extra gasoline from the provide easier starting and better fuel
engine. Do not race the engine economy during engine warm-up in
immediately after starting it. cold weather conditions at or below
Operate the engine and 0°F (−18°C). Vehicles with an engine
transmission gently until the coolant heater should be plugged in
oil warms up and lubricates at least four hours before starting.
all moving parts. Some models may have an internal
thermostat in the cord which will
prevent engine coolant heater
operation at temperatures above
0°F (−18°C).
Automatic Transmission
{ CAUTION Operation (Uplevel) { CAUTION
Plugging the cord into an The shift lever is located on the It is dangerous to get out of the
ungrounded outlet could cause console between the seats. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
an electrical shock. Also, the in P (Park) with the parking brake
wrong kind of extension cord firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
could overheat and cause a fire. Do not leave the vehicle when
You could be seriously injured. the engine is running unless you
Plug the cord into a properly have to. If you have left the
grounded three-prong 110-volt AC engine running, the vehicle can
outlet. If the cord will not reach, move suddenly. You or others
use a heavy-duty three-prong could be injured. To be sure the
extension cord rated for at least vehicle will not move, even when
15 amps. you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
4. Before starting the engine, be move the shift lever to P (Park).
sure to unplug and store the cord See Shifting Into Park (Automatic
as it was before to keep it away There are several different positions Transmission) on page 2-25. If
from moving engine parts. If you for the automatic transmission. you are pulling a trailer, see
do not, it could be damaged.
P (Park): This position locks the Towing a Trailer on page 4-35.
The length of time the heater front wheels. It is the best position
should remain plugged in depends to use when starting the engine Make sure the shift lever is
on several factors. Ask a dealer/ because the vehicle cannot move fully in P (Park) before starting
retailer in the area where you will easily. the engine. The vehicle has
be parking the vehicle for the best an automatic transmission
advice on this. shift lock control system.
The regular brakes must be applied N (Neutral): In this position, D (Drive): This position is for
first and then the shift lever button the engine does not connect with normal driving with the automatic
pressed before you can shift from the wheels. To restart the engine transmission. It provides the best
P (Park) when the ignition key is in when the vehicle is already moving, fuel economy. If you need more
ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of use N (Neutral) only. Also, use power for passing, and you are:
P (Park), ease pressure on the shift N (Neutral) when the vehicle is • Going less than about 35 mph
lever and push the shift lever all the being towed. (55 km/h), push the accelerator
way into P (Park) as you maintain pedal about halfway down.
brake application. Then press the
shift lever button and move the shift
{ CAUTION • Going about 35 mph (55 km/h),
lever into another gear. See Shifting push the accelerator all the
Shifting into a drive gear while the way down.
Out of Park on page 2-27. engine is running at high speed is
R (Reverse): Use this gear to dangerous. Unless your foot is Downshifting the transmission in
back up. firmly on the brake pedal, the slippery road conditions could result
vehicle could move very rapidly. in skidding, see “Skidding” under
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) You could lose control and hit Loss of Control on page 4-12.
while the vehicle is moving people or objects. Do not shift
forward could damage the Notice: Spinning the tires
into a drive gear while the engine or holding the vehicle in one
transmission. The repairs would
is running at high speed. place on a hill using only the
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) accelerator pedal may damage
only after the vehicle is stopped. Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) the transmission. The repair will
or N (Neutral) with the engine not be covered by the vehicle
To rock the vehicle back and forth to running at high speed may warranty. If you are stuck, do not
get out of snow, ice or sand without damage the transmission. The spin the tires. When stopping on
damaging the transmission, see If repairs would not be covered by a hill, use the brakes to hold the
Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand, Mud, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the vehicle in place.
Ice, or Snow on page 4-27. engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Manual Shift Mode (MSM) While using the MSM feature the 2 (Second) and 3 (Third) Gear
(Automatic Transmission) vehicle will have operation similar to Start Feature
a manual transmission. You can use
To use this feature, do the following: this for sport driving or when driving When accelerating the vehicle from
1. Move the shift lever from hilly roads to stay in gear longer or to a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
D (Drive) to the left into the downshift for more power or engine you may want to select 2 (Second)
manual gate. braking. and 3 (Third) gear. A higher gear,
and light application of the gas pedal,
While driving in manual The transmission will only allow you may allow you to gain more traction
shift mode, the transmission to shift into gears appropriate for on slippery surfaces.
will remain in the driver gear the vehicle speed:
selected. When coming to a With the Manual Shift Mode, the
stop in the manual position, • The transmission will not vehicle can accelerate from a stop
the vehicle will automatically automatically shift to the next in 2 (Second) or 3 (Third).
shift to 1 (First) gear. higher gear without moving
the shift lever. 1. Move the shift lever from
2. Push the shift lever forward D (Drive) into the manual gate.
toward the plus (+) to upshift or • The transmission will not allow
shifting to the next lower gear 2. With the vehicle stopped,
rearward toward the minus (−) to move the shift lever forward to
downshift. The instrument panel if the vehicle speed is too high.
select 2 (Second) or 3 (Third).
will display the actual gear If the vehicle does not respond to a The vehicle will start from a
selected. gear change, or detects a problem stop position in 2 (Second)
In manual shift mode all six forward with the transmission, the range of or 3 (Third).
gears can be selected. gears may be reduced and the
3. Once the vehicle is moving
Malfunction Indicator Lamp will come
select the desired drive gear
on. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
or move the shift lever to
on page 3-35.
the D (Drive) position.
Automatic Transmission regular brakes first and then press

Operation (Base) { CAUTION the shift lever button before you can
shift from P (Park) when the ignition
The shift lever is located on the It is dangerous to get out of the key is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift
console between the seats. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully out of P (Park), ease pressure on the
in P (Park) with the parking brake shift lever and push the shift lever all
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the way into P (Park) as you maintain
Do not leave the vehicle when the brake application. Then press the
engine is running unless you have shift lever button and move the shift
to. If you have left the engine lever into another gear. See Shifting
Out of Park on page 2-27.
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be R (Reverse): Use this gear to
injured. To be sure the vehicle will back up.
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, always set the Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
parking brake and move the shift
forward could damage the
lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into
transmission. The repairs would
Park (Automatic Transmission) on not be covered by the vehicle
There are several different positions page 2-25. If you are pulling a
for the automatic transmission. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse)
trailer, see Towing a Trailer on only after the vehicle is stopped.
P (Park): This position locks the page 4-35.
front wheels. It is the best position To rock the vehicle back and forth
to use when you start the engine to get out of snow, ice or sand
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
because the vehicle cannot move without damaging the transmission,
P (Park) before starting the engine.
easily. see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand,
The vehicle has an automatic
Mud, Ice, or Snow on page 4-27.
transmission shift lock control
system. You have to fully apply the
N (Neutral): In this position, the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) Downshifting the transmission in
engine does not connect with or N (Neutral) with the engine slippery road conditions could result
the wheels. To restart the engine running at high speed may in skidding, see “Skidding” under
when the vehicle is already moving, damage the transmission. The Loss of Control on page 4-12.
use N (Neutral) only. Also, use repairs would not be covered by
N (Neutral) when the vehicle the vehicle warranty. Be sure the M (Manual): This position allows
is being towed. engine is not running at high you to change gears similar to a
speed when shifting the vehicle. manual transmission. If the vehicle
has this feature, see Manual
{ CAUTION D (Drive): This position is for Shift Mode.
normal driving with the automatic
Shifting into a drive gear while the transmission. It provides the best Notice: Spinning the tires
engine is running at high speed is fuel economy. If you need more or holding the vehicle in one
dangerous. Unless your foot is power for passing, and you are: place on a hill using only the
firmly on the brake pedal, the accelerator pedal may damage
• Going less than about 35 mph the transmission. The repair will
vehicle could move very rapidly. (55 km/h), push the accelerator
You could lose control and hit not be covered by the vehicle
pedal about halfway down. warranty. If you are stuck, do not
people or objects. Do not shift into
• Going about 35 mph (55 km/h), spin the tires. When stopping on
a drive gear while the engine is
push the accelerator all the a hill, use the brakes to hold the
running at high speed.
way down. vehicle in place.
Manual Shift Mode (MSM) While using the MSM feature Parking Brake
(Automatic Transmission) the vehicle will have sportier
performance. You can use this
To use this feature, do the following: when driving hilly roads to stay
1. Move the shift lever from in gear longer or to downshift for
D (Drive) rearward to M (Manual). more power or engine braking.
The six-speed transmission will The transmission will only allow you
downshift to a lower gear and the to shift into a gear range appropriate
instrument panel will display the for the vehicle speed.
gear range selected. If equipped
with a 4-speed transmission it will • The transmission will not
display a 3 for third gear range. automatically shift to the next
higher gear range without
When coming to a stop in pressing the button on the
the manual position, the vehicle shifter handle.
will automatically shift to The parking brake lever is located
1 (First) gear. • The transmission will not allow in the center console between
shifting to the next lower gear if the front seats.
2. Press the plus (+) button to the vehicle speed is too high.
upshift or the minus (−) button To set the parking brake, hold the
to downshift. If the vehicle does not respond brake pedal down and pull up on the
to a gear change, or detects a parking brake lever. If the ignition
problem with the transmission, the is in ON/RUN, the brake system
range of gears may be reduced and warning light will come on.
the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will
come on. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 3-35.
To release the parking brake, Shifting Into Park To shift into P (Park):
hold the brake pedal down. Pull the
parking brake lever up until you can
(Automatic Transmission) 1. Hold the brake pedal down
and set the parking brake.
press the release button. Hold the See Parking Brake on page 2-24
release button in as you move the { CAUTION for more information.
brake lever all the way down.
It can be dangerous to get out of 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
Release the parking brake before the vehicle if the shift lever is not by holding in the button on the
driving the vehicle. shift lever and pushing the lever
fully in P (Park) with the parking
Notice: Driving with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can all the way toward the front of the
brake on can overheat the brake roll. If you have left the engine vehicle.
system and cause premature wear running, the vehicle can move 3. Turn the ignition key to
or damage to brake system parts. suddenly. You or others could be LOCK/OFF.
Make sure that the parking brake injured. To be sure the vehicle will
is fully released and the brake not move, even when you are on
warning light is off before driving. fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you are pulling a
trailer, see Towing a Trailer on
page 4-35.
Leaving the Vehicle With If you have to leave an automatic To prevent torque lock, set the
the Engine Running transmission vehicle with the engine parking brake and then shift into
(Automatic Transmission) running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) properly before you leave
P (Park) and the parking brake is the driver seat. To find out how,
firmly set before you leave it. After see Shifting Into Park (Automatic
{ CAUTION you have moved the shift lever into Transmission) on page 2-25.
P (Park), hold the brake pedal down.
It can be dangerous to leave the Move the shift lever out of P (Park)
Then, see if you can move the shift
vehicle with the engine running. before you release the parking
lever away from P (Park) without first
The vehicle could move suddenly brake.
pushing the button. If you can, it
if the shift lever is not fully in means that the shift lever was not If torque lock does occur, you may
P (Park) with the parking brake fully locked into P (Park). need to have another vehicle push
firmly set. And, if you leave the yours a little uphill to take some of
vehicle with the engine running, it Torque Lock the pressure from the parking pawl in
could overheat and even catch fire. (Automatic Transmission) the transmission, so you can pull the
You or others could be injured. If you are parking on a hill and you shift lever out of P (Park).
Do not leave the vehicle with the do not shift into P (Park) properly,
engine running. the weight of the vehicle may put too
much force on the parking pawl in
the transmission. You may find it
difficult to pull the shift lever out of
P (Park). This is called “torque lock.”
Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P (Park): Parking Over Things

The vehicle has an electronic shift 1. Apply the brake pedal. That Burn
lock release system. The shift 2. Press the shift lever button.
lock release is designed to: { CAUTION
3. Move the shift lever to the
• Prevent ignition key removal desired position.
unless the shift lever is in Things that can burn could touch
P (Park) with the shift lever If you still are unable to shift out of hot exhaust parts under the
button fully released. P (Park): vehicle and ignite. Do not park
1. Fully release the shift lever over papers, leaves, dry grass,
• Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless button. or other things that can burn.
the ignition is in ON/RUN and the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
regular brake pedal is applied. press the shift lever button again.
The shift lock release is always 3. Move the shift lever to the
functional except in the case of desired position.
an uncharged or low voltage If you still cannot move the shift
(less than 9 volt) battery. lever from P (Park), consult your
If the vehicle has an uncharged dealer/retailer or a professional
battery or a battery with low voltage, towing service.
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 5-31 for more information.
Engine Exhaust Running the Vehicle

CAUTION (Continued)
While Parked
{ CAUTION • The vehicle’s exhaust system It is better not to park with the
has been modified, damaged engine running. But if you ever have
Engine exhaust contains Carbon or improperly repaired. to, here are some things to know.
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be
• There are holes or openings
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
in the vehicle body from { CAUTION
can cause unconsciousness and
damage or after-market
even death. modifications that are not Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: completely sealed. area with poor ventilation is
• The vehicle idles in areas If unusual fumes are detected or dangerous. Engine exhaust may
with poor ventilation (parking if it is suspected that exhaust is enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
garages, tunnels, deep snow coming into the vehicle: contains Carbon Monoxide (CO)
that may block underbody • Drive it only with the windows which cannot be seen or smelled.
airflow or tail pipes). completely down. It can cause unconsciousness
• The exhaust smells or • Have the vehicle repaired and even death. Never run the
sounds strange or different. immediately. engine in an enclosed area that
• The exhaust system leaks has no fresh air ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage. Never park the vehicle with the For more information, see Engine
engine running in an enclosed Exhaust on page 2-28.
(Continued) area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
{ CAUTION Mirrors Your vehicle may also have a Rear

Vision Camera. See Rear Vision
Manual Rearview Mirror Camera (RVC) on page 2-31
It can be dangerous to get out for more information.
of the vehicle if the automatic If the vehicle has the manual
transmission shift lever is not fully rearview mirror, it can be adjusted Automatic Dimming Mirror
in P (Park) with the parking brake by holding the mirror in the center Operation
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. to move it for a clearer view behind The automatic dimming mirror
Do not leave the vehicle when your vehicle. Reduce the glare of reduces the glare from the
the engine is running unless you headlamps from behind by pushing headlamps of the vehicle behind you.
have to. If you have left the engine the lever forward or pulling it back The dimming feature comes on and
running, the vehicle can move for daytime/nighttime use. the indicator light illuminates each
suddenly. You or others could be time the ignition is turned to start.
injured. To be sure the vehicle will Automatic Dimming
not move, even when you are on Rearview Mirror Outside Power Mirrors
fairly level ground, always set the The vehicle may have an automatic
parking brake and move the shift dimming inside rearview mirror.
lever to P (Park).
Vehicles with OnStar® have three
additional control buttons for the
Follow the proper steps to be
OnStar® system. See your dealer/
sure the vehicle will not move.
retailer for more information about
See Shifting Into Park (Automatic
OnStar® and how to subscribe to it.
Transmission) on page 2-25.
See OnStar® System on page 2-33
If parking on a hill and pulling a for more information about the
trailer, see Towing a Trailer services OnStar® provides.
on page 4-35. Controls for the outside power
O (On/Off): Press to turn the mirrors are located on the driver door.
dimming feature on or off.
To adjust the power mirrors: Outside Convex Mirror Outside Heated Mirrors
1. Turn the knob to choose the For vehicles with outside heated
left (L) or the (R) right mirror. { CAUTION mirrors:
2. Adjust each mirror so that you
can see the side of your vehicle A convex mirror can make things = (Rear Window Defogger):
and the area behind your vehicle. (like other vehicles) look farther Press to heat the outside rearview
away than they really are. If you mirrors. See “Rear Window
3. Return the control to the center Defogger” under Automatic Climate
cut too sharply into the right lane,
position so the mirror cannot be Control System on page 3-20 for
moved. you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or more information.
The mirrors can be manually folded glance over your shoulder before
inward toward the vehicle. Return to changing lanes.
the original position to use correctly.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror’s surface
is curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Object Detection CAUTION (Continued)

When the key is in the ON/RUN
position and the driver shifts the
Systems vehicle into R (Reverse), the video
Do not back the vehicle by only image automatically appears on the
Rear Vision looking at the rear vision camera inside rear view mirror. Once the
Camera (RVC) screen, or use the screen during driver shifts out of R (Reverse),
longer, higher speed backing the video image automatically
The vehicle may have a Rear Vision maneuvers or where there could disappears from the inside rear
Camera system. Read this entire be cross-traffic. Your judged view mirror.
section before using it. distances using the screen will Turning the Rear Vision Camera
differ from actual distances. System Off or On
{ CAUTION So if you do not use proper care
To turn off the rear vision camera
before backing up, you could hit a
The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) vehicle, child, pedestrian, bicyclist, system, press and hold z, located
system does not replace driver or pet, resulting in vehicle damage, on the inside rearview mirror, until
vision. RVC does not: injury, or death. Even though the the left indicator light turns off.
• Detect objects that are vehicle has the RVC system, The rear vision camera display
outside the camera’s field is now disabled.
always check carefully before
of view, below the bumper, backing up by checking behind To turn the rear vision camera
or underneath the vehicle. and around the vehicle. system on again, press and
• Detect children, pedestrians, hold z until the left indicator light
bicyclists, or pets. The rear vision camera system is illuminates. The rear vision camera
(Continued) designed to help the driver when system display is now enabled and
backing up by displaying a view of the display will appear in the mirror
the area behind the vehicle. normally.
Rear Vision Camera Location When the System Does Not

The camera is located in the Seem To Work Properly
rear of the vehicle. The rear vision camera system
The area displayed by the might not work properly or display
camera is limited and does not a clear image if:
display objects that are close to • The RVC is turned off.
either corner or under the bumper. See “Turning the Rear
The area displayed can vary Camera System On or Off”
depending on vehicle orientation or earlier in this section.
road conditions. The distance of the • It is dark.
image that appears on the screen
differs from the actual distance. • The sun or the beam of
headlights is shining directly
The following illustration shows into the camera lens.
the field of view that the camera
provides. • Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with water,
and wipe it with a soft cloth.
A. View displayed by the camera.

B. Corner of the rear bumper.
• The back of the vehicle is in • A fast flash may indicate that OnStar® System
an accident, the position and the display has been on for the
mounting angle of the camera maximum allowable time during a
can change or the camera can reverse cycle, or the display has
be affected. Be sure to have the reached an Over Temperature
camera and its position and limit.
mounting angle checked at your The fast flash conditions are used OnStar uses several innovative
dealer/retailer. to protect the video device from technologies and live advisors to
• There are extreme temperature high temperature conditions. provide a wide range of safety,
changes. Once conditions return to normal security, information, and
the device will reset and the green convenience services. If the airbags
The rear vision camera system indicator will stop flashing. deploy, the system is designed to
display in the rearview mirror may make an automatic call to OnStar
turn off or not appear as expected During any of these fault conditions,
Emergency advisors who can
due to one of the following the display will be blank and the
request emergency services be sent
conditions. If this occurs the left indicator will continue to flash as long
to your location. If the keys are
indicator light on the mirror will flash. as the vehicle is in R (Reverse) or
locked in the vehicle, call OnStar at
until the conditions return to normal.
• A slow flash may indicate a loss of 1-888-4-ONSTAR to have a signal
video signal, or no video signal Pressing and holding z when the sent to unlock the doors. OnStar
present during the reverse cycle. left indicator light is flashing will turn Hands-Free Calling, including
off the video display along with 30 trial minutes good for 60 days, is
the left indicator light. available on most vehicles. OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation service,
with one trial route, is available on
most vehicles. Press the OnStar
button to have an OnStar advisor
contact Roadside Service.
OnStar service is provided subject Not all OnStar services are OnStar Services Available
to the OnStar Terms and Conditions available on all vehicles. To check with the Safe & Sound Plan
included in the OnStar Subscriber if this vehicle is able to provide the
• Automatic Notification of
glove box literature. services described below, or for a full
Airbag Deployment
description of OnStar services and
Some services such as Remote • Advanced Automatic Crash
system limitations, see the OnStar
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Notification (AACN) (If equipped)
Owner’s Guide in the glove box or
Location Assistance may not be
visit onstar.com (U.S.) or onstar.ca • Link to Emergency Services
available until the owner of the
(Canada), contact OnStar at
vehicle registers with OnStar. • Roadside Assistance
1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
After the first prepaid year, contact
or TTY 1-877-248-2080, or press • Stolen Vehicle Location
OnStar to select a monthly or
the OnStar button to speak with Assistance
annual subscription payment plan.
an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day,
If a payment plan is not selected, • Remote Door Unlock/Vehicle
7 days a week.
the OnStar system and all services, Alert
including airbag notification and • OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Email
emergency services, may be
deactivated and no longer available. • GM Goodwrench On Demand
For more information visit onstar.com Diagnostics
(U.S.) or onstar.ca (Canada), or • OnStar Hands-Free Calling with
press the OnStar button to speak 30 trial minutes
with an advisor.
• OnStar Virtual Advisor
(U.S. Only)
OnStar Services Included with To find out more, refer to the OnStar OnStar Virtual Advisor
Directions & Connections Plan Owner’s Guide in the vehicle’s glove
OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature
box, visit onstar.com or onstar.ca, or
• All Safe and Sound Plan Services of OnStar Hands-Free Calling
speak with an OnStar advisor by
• OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation that uses minutes to access
pressing the OnStar button or calling
(If equipped) or Driving location-based weather, local traffic
1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
Directions - Advisor delivered reports, and stock quotes. Press the
OnStar Turn-by-Turn phone button and give a few simple
• RideAssist voice commands to browse through
Navigation
• Information and Convenience the various topics. See the OnStar
Vehicles with the OnStar Owner’s Guide for more information.
Services
Turn-by-Turn Navigation system This feature is only available in the
OnStar Hands-Free Calling can provide voice-guided driving continental U.S.
directions. Press the OnStar button
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows to have an OnStar advisor locate a OnStar Steering Wheel
eligible OnStar subscribers to business or address and download Controls
make and receive calls using voice driving directions to the vehicle.
commands. Hands-Free Calling is This vehicle may have a Talk/Mute
Voice-guided directions to the
fully integrated into the vehicle, and button that can be used to interact
desired destination will play through
can be used with OnStar Pre-Paid with OnStar Hands-Free Calling.
the audio system speakers. See the
Minute Packages. Most vehicles See Audio Steering Wheel Controls
OnStar Owner’s Guide for more
include 30 trial minutes good for on page 3-92 for more information.
information.
60 days. Hands-Free Calling OnStar voice command does not
can also be linked to a Verizon work unless Personal Calling is
Wireless service plan in the U.S. or activated. To activate Personal
a Bell Mobility service plan in Calling, see the OnStar Owner’s
Canada, depending on eligibility. Guide.
On some vehicles, the mute button OnStar service cannot work other problems OnStar cannot
can be used to dial numbers into unless the vehicle is in a place control that may prevent OnStar
voice mail systems, or to dial phone where OnStar has an agreement from providing OnStar service at
extensions. See the OnStar Owner’s with a wireless service provider for any particular time or place. Some
Guide for more information. service in that area. OnStar service examples are damage to important
also cannot work unless the vehicle parts of the vehicle in a crash, hills,
How OnStar Service Works is in a place where the wireless tall buildings, tunnels, weather or
The OnStar system can record service provider OnStar has hired wireless phone network congestion.
and transmit vehicle information. for that area has coverage, network
capacity and reception when the Your Responsibility
This information is automatically
sent to an OnStar Call Center when service is needed, and technology Increase the volume of the radio if
the OnStar button is pressed, the that is compatible with the OnStar the OnStar advisor cannot be heard.
emergency button is pressed, or if service. Not all services are available If the light next to the OnStar buttons
the airbags or AACN system deploy. everywhere, particularly in remote is red, the system may not be
This information usually includes or enclosed areas, or at all times. functioning properly. Press the
the vehicle’s GPS location and, Location information about the OnStar button and request a vehicle
in the event of a crash, additional vehicle is only available if the GPS diagnostic. If the light appears clear
information regarding the crash that satellite signals are unobstructed (no light is appearing), your OnStar
the vehicle was involved in (e.g. the and available. subscription has expired and all
direction from which the vehicle was services have been deactivated.
hit). When the Virtual Advisor feature The vehicle must have a working Press the OnStar button to confirm
of OnStar Hands-Free Calling is electrical system, including adequate that the OnStar equipment is active.
used, the vehicle also sends OnStar battery power, for the OnStar
the vehicle’s GPS location so they equipment to operate. There are
can provide services where it is
located.
Universal Home This device complies with RSS-210 Universal Home Remote
of Industry Canada. Operation
Remote System is subject to the following two
System Operation
The Universal Home Remote conditions:
System provides a way to 1. This device may not cause
replace up to three hand-held interference.
Radio-Frequency (RF) transmitters 2. This device must accept any
used to activate devices such interference received, including
as garage door openers, security interference that may cause
systems, and home lighting. undesired operation of the If there is one triangular Light
This device complies with Part 15 of device. Emitting Diode (LED) indicator light
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject Changes or modifications to above the Universal Home Remote
to the following two conditions: this system by other than an buttons, follow the instructions
1. This device may not cause authorized service facility could void below.
harmful interference. authorization to use this equipment. This system provides a way to
2. This device must accept any replace up to three remote control
interference received, including transmitters used to activate devices
interference that may cause such as garage door openers,
undesired operation. security systems, and home
automation devices.
Do not use the Universal Home When programming a garage To program up to three devices:
Remote with any garage door door, park outside of the garage.
opener that does not have the stop Park directly in line with and facing
and reverse feature. This includes the garage door opener motor-head
any garage door opener model or gate motor-head. Be sure that
manufactured before April 1, 1982. people and objects are clear of the
garage door or gate that is being
Read the instructions completely
programmed.
before attempting to program the
Universal Home Remote. Because of It is recommended that a new
the steps involved, it may be helpful battery be installed in your hand-held
to have another person available to transmitter for quicker and more
assist you in the programming the accurate transmission of the
Universal Home Remote. radio-frequency signal.
Keep the original hand-held Programming the Universal 1. From inside the vehicle, press
transmitter for use in other vehicles Home Remote System and hold down the two outside
as well as for future Universal Home buttons at the same time,
Remote programming. It is also For questions or help programming
the Universal Home Remote System, releasing only when the Universal
recommended that upon the sale Home Remote indicator light
of the vehicle, the programmed call 1-800-355-3515 or go to
homelink.com. begins to flash, after 20 seconds.
Universal Home Remote buttons This step will erase the factory
should be erased for security Programming a garage door opener settings or all previously
purposes. See “Erasing Universal involves time-sensitive actions, so programmed buttons.
Home Remote Buttons” later in this read the entire procedure before
section. Do not hold down the buttons for
starting. Otherwise, the device will
longer than 30 seconds and do
time out and the procedure will have
not repeat this step to program
to be repeated.
the remaining two Universal
Home Remote buttons.
2. Hold the end of your hand-held 4. The indicator light on the It may be helpful to have another
transmitter about 1 to 3 inches Universal Home Remote will person assist with the remaining
(3 to 8 cm) away from the flash slowly at first and then steps.
Universal Home Remote buttons rapidly after Universal Home
while keeping the indicator light in Remote successfully receives
view. The hand-held transmitter the frequency signal from the
was supplied by the manufacturer hand-held transmitter. Release
of your garage door opener both buttons.
receiver (motor head unit). 5. Press and hold the newly-trained
3. At the same time, press and hold Universal Home Remote button
both the Universal Home Remote and observe the indicator light.
button to be used to control the If the indicator light stays on
garage door and the hand-held continuously, the programming is
transmitter button. Do not release complete and the garage door
the Universal Home Remote should move when the Universal
button or the hand-held Home Remote button is pressed
transmitter button until Step 4 and released. There is no need to 6. After Steps 1 through 5 have
has been completed. continue programming Steps 6 been completed, locate inside
Some entry gates and through 8. the garage the garage door
garage door openers may opener receiver (motor-head
If the Universal Home Remote unit). Locate the “Learn” or
require substitution of Step 3 indicator light blinks rapidly
with the procedure noted in “Smart” button. The name and
for two seconds and then turns color of the button may vary
“Gate Operator and Canadian to a constant light, continue
Programming” later in this by manufacturer.
with the programming Steps 6
section. through 8.
7. Firmly press and release the as this will erase all previous regardless of where you live,
“Learn” or “Smart” button. programming from the Universal replace Step 3 under “Programming
After you press this button, Home Remote buttons. Universal Home Remote” with the
you will have 30 seconds following:
to complete Step 8. Gate Operator and Canadian
Programming Continue to press and hold the
8. Immediately return to the vehicle. Universal Home Remote button
Firmly press and hold the If you have questions or need while you press and release every
Universal Home Remote button, help programming the Universal two seconds (cycle) the hand-held
chosen in Step 3 to control the Home Remote System, call transmitter button until the frequency
garage door, for two seconds, 1-800-355-3515 or go to signal has been successfully
and then release it. If the garage homelink.com. accepted by the Universal Home
door does not move, press and Canadian radio-frequency laws Remote. The Universal Home
hold the same button a second require transmitter signals to time Remote indicator light will flash
time for two seconds, and then out or quit after several seconds slowly at first and then rapidly.
release it. Again, if the door does of transmission. This may not be Proceed with Step 4 under
not move, press and hold the long enough for Universal Home “Programming Universal Home
same button a third time for Remote to pick up the signal during Remote” to complete.
two seconds, and then release. programming. Similarly, some U.S.
The Universal Home Remote gate operators are manufactured to Using Universal Home Remote
should now activate the time out in the same manner. Press and hold the appropriate
garage door. Universal Home Remote button for at
If you live in Canada, or you are
least half of a second. The indicator
To program the remaining two having difficulty programming a
light will come on while the signal is
Universal Home Remote buttons, gate operator or garage door opener
being transmitted.
begin with Step 2 of “Programming by using the “Programming Universal
the Universal Home Remote Home Remote” procedures,
System.” Do not repeat Step 1,
Erasing Universal Home Reprogramming a Single Storage Areas

Remote Buttons Universal Home Remote
The programmed buttons should Button Glove Box
be erased when the vehicle is sold To reprogram any of the three To open the glove box, lift up on
or the lease ends. Universal Home Remote buttons, the lever. If the glove box has a lock
repeat the programming instructions use the key to lock and unlock it.
To erase all programmed buttons on
earlier in this section, beginning The glove box divider can be
the Universal Home Remote device:
with Step 2. removed. The slots on the left side
For help or information on the are for storing the divider.
Universal Home Remote System,
call the customer assistance phone Cupholders
number under Customer Assistance
There are cupholders located in front
Offices on page 7-5.
of and behind the center console.
1. Press and hold down the

two outside buttons until the
indicator light begins to flash,
after 20 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
To access the cupholders behind
the center console, push the button.
Instrument Panel Storage Front Storage Area Center Console Storage

Your vehicle has a storage area
located to left of the steering wheel.
Pull down on the handle to access.
Sunglasses Storage
Compartment
Your vehicle may have a
sunglasses storage compartment
located near the rearview mirror.
Push the cover to open.
For vehicles with a storage area Your vehicle has a center console
located under the front passenger with an upper, lower and rear
seat, lift up on the end of the storage area. To access the upper
tray and pull it forward to access it. storage area, lift up on the top
lever. To access the lower storage
area, lift up on the bottom lever.
The top of the center console can
extend forward. To adjust, hold
the top of the lever up and pull the
top of the center console forward.
Luggage Carrier If your vehicle has a luggage carrier,

items can be loaded onto the top of
the vehicle. Crossrails may be
{ CAUTION purchased at your dealer/retailer.
If something is carried on top Notice: Loading cargo on the
of the vehicle that is longer luggage carrier that weighs more
or wider than the luggage than 200 lbs (91 kg) or hangs
carrier — like paneling, plywood, over the rear or sides of the
or a mattress — the wind can vehicle can damage the vehicle.
catch it while the vehicle is being Load cargo so that it rests as
driven. This can cause a driver to far forward as possible and
lose control. The item being against the side rails, making
To open the cover of the rear carried could be violently torn off, sure to fasten it securely.
storage area, push the button and this could cause a collision, Do not exceed the maximum vehicle
located at the top. and damage the vehicle. Items capacity when loading your vehicle.
may be carried inside. Never carry For more information on vehicle
something longer or wider than capacity and loading, see Loading
the luggage carrier on top of the the Vehicle on page 4-28.
vehicle. Check that all cargo is securely
fastened to prevent damage or loss
while driving.
Rear Seat Armrest Cargo Cover

For vehicles with a cargo cover, use
it to cover items in the rear of the
vehicle.
To remove the cover and remove
it from the vehicle, pull both ends
toward each other. To reinstall, place
each end of the cover in the holes
behind the rear seat.
Cargo Tie Downs

Four cargo tie-downs are located in The adapters are used to hold
the rear compartment of the vehicle. the net. Slide the adapters to the
To access the rear seat armrest, pull The tie-downs can be used to secure desired location on the upper and
the handle down. Lift the top of the small loads. lower rail and turn the handle up to
armrest to access the storage area. lock it in place. Compress the rods
Cargo Management of the net and insert them into the
Convenience Net System corresponding openings of the
Use the convenience net, located in adapter. The longer rod is for the
If the vehicle has a cargo upper adapter.
the rear, to store small loads as far management system in the rear of
forward as possible. The net should the vehicle, it will have rails with The hooks hold the mesh pocket.
not be used to store heavy loads. adapters and hooks. These are used To insert a hook on the rail, place the
to hold the net and mesh pocket. hook in the upper groove of the rail
and press it into the lower groove.
Sunroof Open/Close: Slide and release the

switch rearward to express open
the sunroof. Slide the switch forward
or rearward to stop movement.
The sun shade opens automatically
with the sunroof or can be manually
operated. The sunshade cannot be
closed with the sunroof open.
Slide and hold the switch forward to
close the sunroof. The sunshade
must be closed manually.
Vent Open/Close: Press and
hold the switch to vent the sunroof.
The sunroof switch is located Pull and hold the switch to close it.
between the sun visors. The sunshade must be manually
operated when the sunroof is in the
To operate the sunroof, the vent position.
ignition must be in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 2-17.
✍ NOTES
Instrument Panel 3-1
Instrument Panel Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) ....................3-13
Warning Lights, Gages,
and Indicators
Automatic Headlamp Warning Lights, Gages,
System .............................3-13 and Indicators ...................3-26
Fog Lamps .........................3-14 Instrument Panel Cluster .......3-27
Instrument Panel Overview Instrument Panel Speedometer and
Instrument Panel Overview .....3-4 Brightness .........................3-14 Odometer .........................3-28
Hazard Warning Flashers .......3-5 Dome Lamp ........................3-14 Trip Odometer .....................3-28
Horn ....................................3-5 Entry Lighting ......................3-14 Tachometer ........................3-28
Tilt Wheel ............................3-6 Reading Lamps ...................3-15 Safety Belt Reminders ..........3-28
Turn Signal/Multifunction Electric Power Airbag Readiness Light .........3-29
Lever .................................3-6 Management .....................3-15 Passenger Airbag
Turn and Lane-Change Battery Run-Down Status Indicator .................3-30
Signals ...............................3-6 Protection .........................3-16 Charging System Light .........3-31
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Accessory Power Outlet(s) ....3-16 Brake System
Changer .............................3-7 Warning Light ....................3-31
Flash-to-Pass ........................3-7 Climate Controls Antilock Brake System
Windshield Wipers .................3-7 Climate Control System ........3-17 (ABS) Warning Light ...........3-32
Rainsense™ II Wipers ...........3-8 Automatic Climate Power Steering
Windshield Washer ................3-8 Control System ..................3-20 Warning Lights ..................3-33
Rear Window Wiper/Washer ....3-9 Outlet Adjustment ................3-24 Traction Control System
Cruise Control ......................3-9 Passenger Compartment (TCS) Warning Light ...........3-33
Exterior Lamps ....................3-12 Air Filter ...........................3-24 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light ....3-33
Wiper Activated
Headlamps ........................3-12
3-2 Instrument Panel
Engine Coolant Temperature Driver Information

Warning Light ....................3-34 Center (DIC)
Tire Pressure Light ..............3-34 Driver Information
Malfunction Center (DIC) .....................3-42
Indicator Lamp ..................3-35 DIC Operation and Displays ...3-42
Oil Pressure Light ................3-37 DIC Compass .....................3-47
Change Engine Oil Light .......3-38 DIC Warnings and
Security Light ......................3-38 Messages .........................3-49
Fog Lamp Light ...................3-38 DIC Vehicle Customization .....3-57
Cruise Control Light .............3-38
Reduced Engine Audio System(s)
Power Light ......................3-39 Audio System(s) ..................3-64
Highbeam On Light ..............3-39 Setting the Clock .................3-65
Daytime Running Lamps Radio(s) .............................3-67
(DRL) Indicator Light ..........3-39 Using an MP3 .....................3-75
Low Washer Fluid XM Radio Messages ............3-79
Warning Light ....................3-40 Navigation/Radio System ......3-81
All-Wheel Drive Bluetooth® ..........................3-81
Disabled Light ...................3-40 Theft-Deterrent Feature ........3-91
Gate Ajar Light ....................3-40 Audio Steering Wheel
Door Ajar Light ....................3-40 Controls ............................3-92
Service Vehicle Soon Light .....3-40 Radio Reception ..................3-92
Fuel Gage ..........................3-41 Fixed Mast Antenna .............3-93
Low Fuel Warning Light ........3-41 XM™ Satellite Radio
Antenna System ................3-93
Chime Level Adjustment .......3-93
✍ NOTES
Instrument Panel Overview

The main components of the N. Horn on page 3-5. Hazard Warning Flashers
instrument panel are the following: O. Audio Steering Wheel Controls
A. Outlet Adjustment on on page 3-92. | (Hazard Warning Flasher):
page 3-24. Press this button located on the
P. Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
instrument panel, to make the front
B. Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3-9.
and rear turn signal lamps flash on
page 3-14. Q. Traction Control System (TCS) and off. This warns others that you
C. Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever on page 4-8. are having trouble.
on page 3-6. R. Shift Lever. See Automatic
D. Instrument Panel Cluster on Transmission Operation Press | again to turn the
page 3-27. (Uplevel) on page 2-19 or flashers off.
E. Windshield Wipers on page 3-7. Automatic Transmission
F. Audio System(s) on page 3-64.
Operation (Base) on page 2-22. Horn
S. Climate Control System on Press near or on the horn symbols
G. Auxiliary Input Jack. page 3-17 or Automatic Climate
See Radio(s) on page 3-67. on the steering wheel pad to sound
Control System on page 3-20 the horn.
H. Fog Lamps on page 3-14. (If Equipped).
Exterior Lamps on page 3-12. T. Hazard Warning Flashers on
I. Driver Information Center (DIC) page 3-5.
on page 3-42. U. Passenger Airbag Status
J. Instrument Panel Storage on Indicator on page 3-30.
page 2-42. V. Safety Belt Reminders on
K. Hood Release on page 5-11. page 3-28.
L. Cruise Control on page 3-9. W. Glove Box on page 2-41.
M. Tilt Wheel on page 3-6.
Tilt Wheel Turn Signal/Multifunction Turn and Lane-Change

The tilt lever lets the steering wheel Lever Signals
be adjusted.
An arrow on the instrument panel

cluster flashes in the direction of
the turn or lane change.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
The lever on the left side of the Raise or lower the lever until
The tilt lever is located on the left steering column includes: the arrow starts to flash and then
side of the steering column. release, to signal a lane change.
G : Turn and Lane-Change The turn signal flashes automatically
To adjust the steering wheel, Signals three times.
hold the wheel and push the lever
down. Then move the wheel to 3: Headlamp High/Low-Beam The lever returns to its starting
a comfortable position and pull the position whenever it is released.
Changer
lever up firmly to lock the steering If after signaling a turn or lane
column in place. Flash-to-Pass Feature.
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
Information for these features is on does not come on, a signal bulb
the pages following. may be burned out.
Have the bulbs replaced. If a bulb Flash-to-Pass Push up or pull down on the lever
is not burned out, check the fuse. to place it in one of the following
See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on This feature lets you use your positions.
page 5-80 and for burned-out bulbs. high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want 8 (Mist): For a single wiping
Headlamp High/ to pass. cycle. The lever returns to its
starting position when released.
Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams from
For more cycles, hold the lever
low beam, pull the turn signal/
2 3 Headlamp High/Low Beam multifunction lever all the way down before releasing it.
Changer: Push the turn signal/ towards you. Then release it.
multifunction lever away from you
9 (Off): Turns the wipers off.
to turn the high beams on. Windshield Wipers & (Intermittent): Sets a delay
Pull the lever towards you to return to between wipes. To set for a shorter
low beams. or longer delay between wipes,
move the switch on top of the
lever left or right to decrease
or increase wiper movement.
a (Low): For slow, steady wiping

cycles.
1 (High): For rapid wiping cycles.

This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the Clear ice and snow from the
high beam headlamps are on. wiper blades before using them.
If the wiper blades are frozen
The windshield wiper lever is to the windshield, gently
located on the right side of the loosen or thaw them.
steering column.
If they become damaged, install Since different drivers have Windshield Washer
new blades or blade inserts. different setting preferences, it is
See Windshield Wiper Blade recommended that the mid-range
Replacement on page 5-42. setting (position 3) be used initially. { CAUTION
For more wipes, select the higher
Heavy snow or ice can overload the In freezing weather, do not use
settings; for fewer wipes, select the
wiper motor. A circuit breaker will your washer until the windshield is
lower settings located closer to the
stop the motor until it cools down. warmed. Otherwise the washer
off position on the multifunction lever.
fluid can form ice on the
Rainsense™ II Wipers The sensor will automatically control windshield, blocking your vision.
the frequency of the wipes from the
For vehicles with Rainsense™ II off setting to the high speed setting
windshield wipers, the moisture Pull the windshield wiper lever
according to the weather conditions.
sensor is located next to the inside toward you to spray washer fluid
The wipers can be left in a rainsense
rearview mirror and is mounted on the windshield. The wipers will
mode even when it is not raining.
on the windshield. When active, run for a few cycles to clear the
these sensors are able to detect When Rainsense is active, the windshield. For more wash cycles,
moisture on the windshield and headlamps will turn on automatically pull the lever forward and hold.
automatically turn on the wipers. if the exterior lamp control is in the
AUTO position and the wipers are Heated Windshield Washer
To turn on the Rainsense feature, active. Nozzles
the wipers must be set to one This feature prevents the windshield
of the five delay settings on the Notice: Going through an washer fluid from freezing on the
multifunction lever. Each of the automatic car wash with the nozzle during cold conditions.
five settings adjusts the sensitivity wipers on can damage them. The heated nozzles are turned on
of the sensor. Turn the wipers off when going when the rear window defogger is
through an automatic car wash. activated. See Automatic Climate
Control System on page 3-20.
Rear Window Cruise Control

Wiper/Washer With cruise control, the vehicle can
{ CAUTION
The rear wiper and rear wash maintain a speed of about 25 mph Cruise control can be dangerous
button is located on the instrument (40 km/h) or more without keeping where you cannot drive safely at
panel above the climate control your foot on the accelerator. Cruise a steady speed. So, do not use
system. control does not work at speeds the cruise control on winding
below 25 mph (40 km/h). roads or in heavy traffic.
= (Rear Wiper/Washer): Press to On vehicles with the StabiliTrak® Cruise control can be dangerous
wash and wipe the rear window. feature, the system may begin to limit on slippery roads. On such roads,
The rear window washer uses the wheel spin while you are using cruise fast changes in tire traction can
same reservoir as the windshield control. If this happens, the cruise cause excessive wheel slip, and
washer. Check the windshield control will automatically disengage. you could lose control. Do not use
washer reservoir level if the front See StabiliTrak® System on cruise control on slippery roads.
windshield can be worked, but no page 4-7.
fluid is sprayed when the rear washer
is activated. See Windshield Washer
Fluid on page 5-27.
5 (Delay): Press to turn the

delayed wiping on or off.
Setting Cruise Control E (On/Off): Press to turn the Resuming a Set Speed
cruise control system on and off. If the cruise control is set at a
{ CAUTION An indicator light comes on. desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
If you leave your cruise control RES+ (Resume/Accel): Move
disengaged. The indicator light on
on when you are not using cruise, the thumbwheel up to resume a set
the instrument panel cluster goes
speed or to accelerate to a higher
you might hit a button and go into out when the cruise is no longer
speed.
cruise when you do not want to. engaged. To return to the previously
You could be startled and even −SET (Set/Coast): Move the set speed, press the thumbwheel
lose control. Keep the cruise thumbwheel down to set a speed up toward RES+ briefly when the
control switch off until you want or to decrease the speed. vehicle has reached a speed of
to use cruise control. about 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
To set a speed:
This accelerates the vehicle to the
1. Press E to turn cruise control on. previously selected speed.
The indicator light on the button
comes on. Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
2. Get to the speed desired.
To increase the cruise speed while
3. Press the thumbwheel toward using cruise control:
−SET and release it.
• Move the thumbwheel up toward
4. Take your foot off the accelerator RES+ and hold it until the vehicle
pedal. accelerates to the desired speed,
When the brakes are applied, and then release the switch.
the cruise control shuts off.
The cruise control buttons are
located on the left side of the
steering wheel.
• To increase the speed in small Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control
amounts, move the thumbwheel Using Cruise Control There are three ways to disengage
up toward RES+ briefly and then Use the accelerator pedal to the cruise control:
release it. Each time this is done, increase the vehicle’s speed.
the vehicle goes about 1 mph • Step lightly on the brake pedal
When you take your foot off the or clutch; when cruise control
(1.6 km/h) faster. pedal, the vehicle will slow down disengages, the indicator light
• Use the accelerator pedal to to the previously set cruise control on the instrument panel cluster
reach the desired speed and speed. goes out.
move the thumbwheel towards
−SET. The new desired speed Using Cruise Control on Hills • Press E to turn off the cruise
must be greater than the previous How well the cruise control works control system.
set speed by a least 5 mph. on hills depends upon the vehicle’s
speed, load, and the steepness of Erasing Speed Memory
Reducing Speed While Using the hills. When going up steep hills, The cruise control set speed
Cruise Control you might have to step on the memory is erased when the
If the cruise control system is accelerator pedal to maintain the cruise control or the ignition is
already engaged, vehicle’s speed. When going turned off.
• Move the thumbwheel toward downhill, you might have to brake or
−SET and hold until the desired shift to a lower gear to maintain the
lower speed is reached, then vehicle’s speed. For some vehicles
release it. the transmission may automatically
downshift when going down hills to
• To slow down in very small help maintain the vehicle’s speed.
amounts, move the thumbwheel When the brakes are applied the
toward −SET briefly. Each time cruise control shuts off.
this is done, the vehicle goes
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.
Exterior Lamps AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Wiper Activated

turns the exterior lamps on and
off, depending on outside lighting.
Headlamps
This feature automatically turns
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on on the headlamps and parking
the parking lamps together with the lamps if the exterior lamp control is
following: set in the AUTO position and the
• Sidemarker Lamps windshield wipers are turned on and
have completed eight wipe cycles.
• Taillamps See Exterior Lamps on page 3-12
• License Plate Lamps for additional information.
• Instrument Panel Lights When the ignition is turned off,
the wiper-activated headlamps
2 (Headlamps): Turns on the immediately turn off. They also turn
The exterior lamp control is located headlamps, together with the off if the windshield wiper control is
on the instrument panel to the previously listed lamps and lights. turned off.
left of the steering wheel. Lamps On Reminder
The exterior lamp control can be A warning chime sounds, if the
turned to the following positions: driver door is opened while the
ignition is off and the lamps are on.
9 (Off): Turns off the exterior
lamps. The knob returns to the
AUTO position after it is released.
Daytime Running When the DRL are on, the Automatic Headlamp
low-beam headlamps will be on.
Lamps (DRL) The taillamps, sidemarker,
System
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can instrument panel lights and When it is dark enough outside, the
make it easier for others to see the other lamps will not be on. headlamps come on automatically.
front of your vehicle during the day.
When the exterior lamp band is
Fully functional daytime running
turned to the headlamp position,
lamps are required on all vehicles
the regular headlamps will come on.
first sold in Canada.
The other lamps that come on with
The DRL system makes the the headlamps will also come on.
low-beam headlamps come on
When the headlamps are turned off,
in daylight when the following
the regular lamps also turn off, and
conditions are met:
the low-beam headlamps turn on.
• The engine is running,
The regular headlamp system
• The exterior lamp band is in should be used when needed.
AUTO, and
• The light sensor determines it is
daytime. There is a light sensor located on
top of the instrument panel. Do not
cover the sensor or the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
Fog Lamps Instrument Panel Dome Lamp

For vehicles with fog lamps, the Brightness * (Dome Lamp Override): Press
button is located on the instrument
This feature controls the brightness this button to keep the dome lamps
panel next to the exterior lamps
of the instrument panel lights. and other interior lamps turned off
switch.
while any door is open. Press this
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on button again to return it to the out
or off. position and the lamps automatically
The fog lamp indicator in the come on when any door is opened.
instrument panel comes on when + (On/Off): Press this button
the fog lamps are in use.
to turn the dome lamps on and off
The parking lamps or low-beam while the doors are closed.
headlamps must be on, before the
fog lamps can be turned on. Entry Lighting
If the exterior lamp control is set
to AUTO mode, the parking lamps If the dome lamp override button is
and low-beam headlamps come on in the out position, the lamps inside
simultaneously when the fog lamps the vehicle automatically come on
The thumbwheel for this feature when any door is opened or when
are turned on. is located on the left side of the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
When the high-beam headlamps the steering wheel next to the unlock button is pressed. After the
are turned on, the fog lamps turn off exterior lamps control. door is opened the lights remain on
automatically. When the high-beam and stay on for 20 seconds after the
headlamps are turned off, the fog Turn the thumbwheel to the right or
left to brighten or dim the lights. doors are closed, or until the key is
lamps come on again. put into the ignition and turned to
Some localities have laws that the ACC/ACCESSORY position.
require the headlamps to be The lights will then gradually dim
on along with the fog lamps. until they are no longer lit.
Reading Lamps Center (DIC), you may see the It can increase engine idle speed to
voltage move up or down. This is generate more power, whenever
The reading lamps are located on normal. If there is a problem, an alert needed. It can temporarily reduce
the overhead console. will be displayed. the power demands of some
To turn the reading lamps on or off, accessories.
The battery can be discharged at
press the button located next to idle if the electrical loads are very Normally, these actions occur
each lamp. high. This is true for all vehicles. This in steps or levels, without being
is because the generator (alternator) noticeable. In rare cases at the
Electric Power may not be spinning fast enough at highest levels of corrective action,
Management idle to produce all the power that is this action may be noticeable to the
needed for very high electrical loads. driver. If so, a Driver Information
The vehicle has Electric Power Center (DIC) message might be
Management (EPM) that estimates A high electrical load occurs when
displayed, such as BATTERY
the battery’s temperature and state several of the following are on,
SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage such as: headlamps, high beams,
VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY.
for best performance and extended fog lamps, rear window defogger,
If this message is displayed, it is
life of the battery. climate control fan at high speed,
recommended that the driver reduce
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
When the battery’s state of charge is the electrical loads as much as
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
low, the voltage is raised slightly to possible. See DIC Warnings and
accessory power outlets.
quickly bring the charge back up. Messages on page 3-49.
When the state of charge is high, EPM works to prevent excessive
the voltage is lowered slightly to discharge of the battery. It does this
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle by balancing the generator’s output
has a voltmeter gage or a voltage and the vehicle’s electrical needs.
display on the Driver Information
Battery Run-Down To use the outlets, remove the Notice: Adding any electrical
cover. When not in use, always cover equipment to your vehicle
Protection the outlet with the protective cap. may damage it or keep other
The battery saver feature is components from working as
designed to protect the vehicle’s Notice: Leaving electrical they should. The repairs would
battery. equipment on for extended not be covered by your warranty.
periods will drain the battery. Check with your dealer/retailer
If any interior or exterior lamp is left Always turn off electrical before adding electrical
on and the ignition is turned off, the equipment when not in use and equipment.
battery rundown protection system do not plug in equipment that
automatically turns the lamp off after exceeds the maximum 20 ampere When adding electrical equipment,
10 minutes. rating. be sure to follow the installation
instructions included with the
Certain electrical accessories
Accessory Power may not be compatible with the
equipment.
Outlet(s) accessory power outlet and could Notice: Improper use of the
The accessory power outlets can be result in blown vehicle or adapter power outlet can cause damage
used to connect electrical equipment, fuses. If you experience a problem, not covered by the warranty.
such as a cellular phone. see your dealer/retailer for additional Do not hang any type of accessory
information on the accessory power or accessory bracket from the
The accessory power outlets are outlet. plug because the power outlets
located on the rear of the center are designed for accessory power
storage console and in the rear cargo plugs only.
compartment. There may be a power
outlet located inside the instrument
panel storage area below the climate
controls.
Climate Controls A (Fan Control): Turn clockwise

or counterclockwise to increase or
Climate Control System decrease the fan speed. To turn
the fan off, turn the left knob all
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this the way counterclockwise. In any
system. For vehicles with the remote start feature, the climate control system setting other than off, the fan runs
functions as part of the remote start feature. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) continuously with the ignition on.
System Operation on page 2-4. There will be some airflow noticeable
from the various outlets when driving,
even with the fan in the off position.
To turn off the air completely, turn the
fan to 9 and select the recirculation
button.
Temperature Control: Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
temperature inside the vehicle.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise
to change the current airflow mode.
A. Fan Control E. Outside Air
B. Temperature Control F. Recirculation Select from the following air
delivery modes:
C. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger
D. Air Conditioning H (Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
) (Bi-Level): Air is divided 0 (Defrost): This mode removes On hot days, open the windows to
between the instrument panel fog or frost from the windshield let hot inside air escape; then close
and the floor outlets. more quickly. Air is directed to the them. This helps reduce the time it
windshield and the side window takes for the vehicle to cool down
6 (Floor): Air is directed to the outlets. In this mode, the system and helps the system to operate
floor outlets with some air directed turns the recirculation mode off more efficiently.
to the windshield. automatically and runs the air For quick cool down on hot days,
conditioning compressor unless the select the following settings
When this mode is selected, the
outside air is at or below freezing. together:
system turns the recirculation mode
Recirculation mode cannot be
off. Recirculation mode cannot 1. Select H mode.
selected while in defrost mode.
be selected while in floor mode.
This helps prevent window fogging.
This helps prevent window fogging. 2. Select ;.
For best results, clear all snow and
- (Defog): This mode clears ice from the windshield before 3. Turn the # on.
the windows of fog or moisture. defrosting. 4. Select the coolest temperature
Air is directed to the floor outlets, and highest fan speed.
with some air directed to the # (Air Conditioning): Press to
windshield and side window outlets. turn the air conditioning system on 5. Once the vehicle’s interior
In this mode, the system turns the or off. An indicator light comes on to temperature is below the outside
recirculation mode off and runs the show that the air conditioning is on. temperature, select recirculation
air conditioning compressor unless The air conditioning can be selected mode for enhanced cooling.
the outside air is at or below freezing. in any mode as long as the fan is on Using these settings together for
Recirculation mode cannot be and the outside temperature is above long periods of time may cause the
selected while in defog mode. freezing. A flashing indicator light air inside the vehicle to become too
This helps prevent window fogging. indicates that the air conditioning dry. To prevent this from happening,
compressor is currently not available. after the air inside of the vehicle
has cooled, turn the recirculation
mode off.
The air conditioning system @ (Recirculation): Press to Rear Window Defogger

removes moisture from the air, so a turn on the recirculation mode. The rear window defogger uses a
small amount of water might drip An indicator light comes on to show warming grid to remove fog from the
under the vehicle while idling or after that recirculation is on. This mode rear window.
turning off the engine. This is normal. recirculates and helps to quickly
cool or heat the air inside the vehicle. The rear window defogger only
; (Outside Air): Press to turn the
It can be used to prevent outside air works when the ignition is in
outside air mode on. An indicator and odors from entering the vehicle. ON/RUN.
light comes on to show that outside Avoid using the recirculation mode
air is on. Air from outside the vehicle during high periods of humidity
< (Rear Window Defogger):
will circulate throughout the vehicle. and cool outside temperatures Press to turn the rear window
The outside air mode can be used since this may result in increased defogger on or off. An indicator light
with all modes, but it cannot be window fogging. If window fogging on the button comes on to show
used with the recirculation mode. is experienced, select the that the rear window is activated.
Pressing this button will cancel the defrost mode. The rear window defogger stays
recirculation mode.
on for approximately 10 minutes
Recirculation mode is not available in
after the button is pressed, unless
floor, defog or defrost modes and will
the ignition is turned to ACC/
shut off automatically and change to
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
outside air. The indicator will flash if
If turned on again, the defogger only
the button is selected in any of these
runs for approximately five minutes
modes. This helps prevent window
before turning off again. At higher
fogging and moisture building up
vehicle speeds, the defogger may
inside the vehicle.
stay on continuously. The defogger
can also be turned off by turning off
the engine.
For vehicles with the remote start Automatic Climate Control System
feature, the rear defogger will
automatically turn on. The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Notice: Do not use anything this system. For vehicles with the remote start feature, the climate control
sharp on the inside of the rear system functions as part of the remote start feature. See Remote Keyless
window. If you do, you could cut Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-4.
or damage the warming grid, and
the repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
attach a temporary vehicle
license, tape, a decal or anything
similar to the defogger grid.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation
For vehicles with the remote start
feature and if it is activated, the
climate control system heats and
cools the inside of the vehicle using
the modes that were set before the United States version shown, Canada version similar.
vehicle was turned off and the rear A. Fan Control E. Outside Air
defogger automatically turns on.
B. Temperature Control F. Recirculation
C. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger
D. Air Conditioning
Automatic Operation AUTO (Automatic Air Delivery change modes as the vehicle
Mode): Turn the air delivery mode warms up to maintain the chosen
This climate control system
knob to AUTO for the system to temperature setting. The length of
automatically maintains the desired
automatically control the direction time needed to warm the interior
temperature inside the vehicle.
of the airflow to help reach the depends on the outside temperature
Do not cover the sensor located on
desired inside temperature. and inside temperature of the
the top of the instrument panel near
vehicle.
the windshield or the sensor grille The system automatically controls
below the climate control faceplate. the air inlet to supply the outside Manual Operation
These two sensors help regulate the air or recirculated inside air needed
inside air temperature. to heat or cool the vehicle faster. A (Fan Control): Turn clockwise
The recirculation button indicator or counterclockwise to increase
AUTO (Automatic Fan): Turn the light is lit whenever the recirculation or decrease the fan speed. To turn
fan knob to AUTO for the system mode is on. the fan off, turn the left knob to
to automatically adjust the fan
speed to reach the desired inside Press the outside air button to the 9 position. In any setting other
temperature. change to outside air. However, than off, the fan runs continuously
the recirculation mode may with the ignition on. The fan must be
Temperature Control: Select turn back on automatically. turned on to run the air conditioning
the desired cabin air temperature compressor. There will be some
between 60-90°F (16-32°C). In cold weather, if the fan and air airflow noticeable from the various
Choosing the coldest or warmest delivery modes are in automatic, outlets when driving, even with the
temperature setting does not cause the system starts at lower fan speeds fan in the off position. To turn off the
the system to heat or cool any faster. to avoid directing cold air into the
vehicle until warmer air is available. air completely, turn the fan to 9 and
The climate control system directs select the recirculation button.
air to the floor, but may automatically
Temperature Control: Turn 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the 0 (Defrost): This mode removes
clockwise or counterclockwise floor outlets with some air directed fog or frost from the windshield
to increase or decrease the to the windshield. more quickly. Air is directed to the
temperature. Select the desired windshield and the side window
cabin air temperature between When this mode is selected, the outlets. In this mode, the system
60-90°F (16-32°C). Typically, the system turns the recirculation mode turns the recirculation mode off
best setting is near 75°F (23°C). off. Recirculation mode cannot be automatically and runs the air
Choosing the coldest or warmest selected while in floor mode. This is conditioning compressor unless the
temperature setting does not cause to help prevent window fogging. outside air is at or below freezing.
the system to heat or cool any Recirculation mode cannot be
faster. - (Defog): This mode clears selected while in defrost mode.
the windows of fog or moisture.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn This helps prevent window fogging.
Air is directed to the floor outlets,
clockwise or counterclockwise with some air directed to the For best results, clear all snow and
to change the current airflow mode. windshield and side window outlets. ice from the windshield before
Select from the following air In this mode, the system turns the defrosting.
delivery modes: recirculation mode off and runs the
air conditioning compressor unless # (Air Conditioning): Press to
H (Vent): Air is directed to the the outside air is at or below freezing. turn the air conditioning system on
instrument panel outlets. Recirculation mode cannot be or off. An indicator light comes on to
selected while in defog mode. show that the air conditioning is on.
) (Bi-Level): Air is divided This helps prevent window fogging. The air conditioning can be selected
between the instrument panel in any mode as long as the fan is on
outlets and the floor outlets. and the outside temperature is above
freezing. A flashing indicator light
indicates that the air conditioning
compressor is currently not available.
On hot days, use the automatic fan @ (Recirculation): Press to Rear Window Defogger
and automatic air delivery mode turn on the recirculation mode. The rear window defogger uses a
settings and the vehicle will reach the An indicator light comes on to show warming grid to remove fog from the
desired temperature more quickly. that recirculation is on. This mode rear window.
The desired fan and air delivery recirculates and helps to quickly cool
mode settings can still be adjusted or heat the air inside the vehicle. The rear window defogger only
manually. Open the windows to let It can be used to prevent outside air works when the ignition is in
the hot inside air escape, then close and odors from entering the vehicle. ON/RUN.
them. This helps reduce the time it Avoid using the recirculation mode
takes for the vehicle to cool down during high periods of humidity
< (Rear Window Defogger):
and helps the system to operate and cool outside temperatures Press to turn the rear window
more efficiently. since this may result in increased defogger on or off. An indicator light
window fogging. If window fogging on the button comes on to show
The air conditioning system removes that it is activated.
moisture from the air, so a small is experienced, select the
amount of water might drip under the defrost mode. The rear window defogger stays
vehicle while idling or after turning off on for approximately 10 minutes
Recirculation mode is not available in
the engine. after the button is pressed, unless
floor, defog or defrost modes and will
the ignition is turned to ACC/
shut off automatically and change to
; (Outside Air): Press to turn
outside air. If the button is selected
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
the outside air mode on. An indicator If turned on again, the defogger only
in any of these modes, the indicator
light comes on to show that outside runs for approximately five minutes
will flash. This helps prevent window
air is on. Air from outside the vehicle before turning off. At higher vehicle
fogging and moisture building up
will circulate throughout the vehicle. speeds, the defogger may stay on
inside the vehicle.
The outside air mode can be used continuously. The defogger can
with all modes, but it cannot be also be turned off by turning off
used with the recirculation mode. the engine.
Pressing this button will cancel the
recirculation mode.
For vehicles with the remote start Outlet Adjustment Passenger Compartment
feature, the rear defogger will
automatically turn on when remote Use the louvers located on the air Air Filter
start is activated. outlets to change the direction of the The filter removes dust, pollen, and
airflow. other airborne irritants from outside
Notice: Do not use anything air that is pulled into the vehicle.
sharp on the inside of the rear Operation Tips
window. If you do, you could cut The filter should be replaced as part
or damage the warming grid, and • Clear away any ice, snow, of routine scheduled maintenance.
the repairs would not be covered or leaves from the air inlets See Scheduled Maintenance on
by the vehicle warranty. Do not at the base of the vehicle that page 6-3 for replacement intervals.
attach a temporary vehicle may block the flow of air into To find out what type of filter to use,
license, tape, a decal or anything the vehicle. see Maintenance Replacement Parts
similar to the defogger grid. • Do not use any non-GM on page 6-15.
approved hood deflectors The passenger compartment air
Remote Start Climate Control
that could adversely affect the filter can be accessed by removing
Operation
performance of the system. the entire glove box.
For vehicles with the remote start
• Keep the path under the front 1. Remove the six screws from
feature and if it is activated, the
seats clear of objects to help around the glove box and
climate control system heats and
circulate the air inside of detach the three inner clips
cools the inside of the vehicle using
the vehicle more effectively. from the glove box.
the modes that were set before the
vehicle was turned off.
2. Lower the loosened glove box 3. Unplug both wire cables and 4. Remove the air filter cover
housing. remove the glove box. screw.
Warning Lights, Gages can indicate when there may

be or is a problem with one of the
Gages, and Indicators vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
Warning lights and gages can warning lights work together to
signal that something is wrong indicate a problem with the vehicle.
before it becomes serious enough When one of the warning lights
to cause an expensive repair or comes on and stays on while driving,
replacement. Paying attention to or when one of the gages shows
the warning lights and gages could there may be a problem, check the
prevent injury. section that explains what to do.
Warning lights come on when Follow this manual’s advice. Waiting
there may be or is a problem with to do repairs can be costly and even
5. Remove the filter cover and pull one of the vehicle’s functions. Some dangerous.
out the old air filter. warning lights come on briefly when
6. Install the new air filter. the engine is started to indicate they
are working.
7. Reinstall the air filter cover.
Reconnect the wire cabling
and re-install the glove box.
See your dealer/retailer if additional
assistance is needed.
Instrument Panel Cluster

The instrument cluster is designed to indicate how the vehicle is running. It shows how fast the vehicle is going,
about how much fuel the vehicle has left, and many other things needed to drive safely and economically.
United States Base version shown, Canada and Uplevel similar

Speedometer and Trip Odometer Safety Belt Reminders

Odometer The trip odometer can record Driver Safety Belt Reminder
The speedometer shows the the number of miles, used in the Light
vehicle’s speed in both miles per United States, or kilometers, used in
Canada, traveled for up to two trips. When the engine is started,
hour (mph) and kilometers per a chime sounds for several seconds
hour (km/h). Cycle between the odometer and to remind the driver to fasten their
The odometer shows how far trip odometers A and B by pressing safety belt, unless it is already
the vehicle has been driven, in the reset button located in the buckled.
either miles or kilometers. lower right area of the speedometer.
Press the reset button to tell how
If the vehicle needs a new odometer many miles or kilometers have been
installed, the new one is set to the recorded on either Trip A or Trip B
mileage total of the old odometer. since the trip odometer was last
If it cannot, it will be set at zero and set back to zero.
a label must be put on the driver’s The safety belt light comes on
door to show the old mileage reading To reset each trip odometer to zero, and stays on for several seconds,
when the new odometer was press and hold the reset button. then flashes for several more.
installed. If the mileage is unknown, The reset button resets only the trip This chime and light are repeated
the label should then indicate that the odometer that is being displayed. if the driver safety belt remains
previous mileage is unknown. Each trip odometer must be reset unbuckled and the vehicle is
individually. in motion. If the driver safety belt
is already buckled, neither the
Tachometer chime nor the light comes on.
The tachometer displays the
engine speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt

Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on { CAUTION
if an object is put on the seat such as
Several seconds after the engine a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, If the airbag readiness light stays
is started, a chime sounds for laptop or other electronic device. on after the vehicle is started or
several seconds to remind the front To turn off the warning light and or comes on while driving, it means
passenger to buckle their safety belt. chime, remove the object from the the airbag system might not be
This only occurs if the passenger seat or buckle the safety belt. working properly. The airbags in
airbag is enabled. See Passenger the vehicle might not inflate in a
Sensing System on page 1-51 for
more information. The passenger Airbag Readiness Light crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
safety belt light, located on the There is an airbag readiness light injury, have the vehicle serviced
instrument panel, comes on and on the instrument panel cluster,
stays on for several seconds and right away.
which shows the airbag symbol.
then flashes for several more. The system checks the airbag’s
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light indicates if there is an
electrical problem. The system
check includes the airbag sensor,
the pretensioners, the airbag
This chime and light are repeated if modules, the wiring and the crash The airbag readiness light comes
the passenger remains unbuckled sensing and diagnostic module. on when the vehicle is started, and
and the vehicle is in motion. For more information on the airbag flashes for a few seconds. The light
system, see Airbag System on goes out when the system is ready.
If the passenger safety belt is page 1-42.
buckled before the engine is started,
neither the chime nor the light
comes on.
If the airbag readiness light stays on Passenger Airbag Status When the vehicle is started, the
after the vehicle is started or comes passenger airbag status indicator will
on while driving, the airbag system
Indicator light ON and OFF, or the symbol for
may not work properly. Have the The vehicle has the passenger on and off, for several seconds as a
vehicle serviced right away. sensing system. See Passenger system check. Then, after several
Sensing System on page 1-51 more seconds, the status indicator
The airbag readiness light should
for important safety information. will light either ON or OFF, or either
flash for a few seconds when the
The instrument panel has a the on or off symbol to let you know
engine is started. If the light does
passenger airbag status indicator. the status of the right front passenger
not come on then, have it fixed
frontal and seat-mounted side impact
immediately. If there is a problem
airbags.
with the airbag system, an airbag
Driver Information Center (DIC) If the word ON or the on symbol is
message may also come on. See lit on the passenger airbag status
DIC Warnings and Messages on indicator, it means that the right
page 3-49 for more information. front passenger frontal airbag and
seat-mounted side impact airbag
United States
are enabled (may inflate).
If the word OFF or the off symbol
is lit on the airbag status indicator,
it means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag and
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Canada
If, after several seconds, both Charging System Light Brake System Warning
status indicator lights remain on,
or if there are no lights at all, there
Light
may be a problem with the lights
or the passenger sensing system.
See your dealer/retailer for service.
{ CAUTION
The charging system light comes on
If the airbag readiness light ever briefly when the ignition is turned on, United States Canada
comes on and stays on, it means but the engine is not running, as a
The brake indicator light should
that something may be wrong with check to show the light is working.
come on briefly as the engine
the airbag system. To help avoid It should go out when the engine is
is started. If it does not come
injury to yourself or others, have started.
on have the vehicle serviced
the vehicle serviced right away. If the light stays on, or comes by your dealer/retailer.
See Airbag Readiness Light on on while driving, there could be a
page 3-29 for more information, When the ignition is on, the
problem with the electrical charging
including important safety brake system warning light comes
system. Have it checked by your
information. on when the parking brake is set.
dealer/retailer. Driving while this light
The light stays on if the parking
is on could drain the battery.
brake does not fully release.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn
off all accessories, such as the
radio and air conditioner.
If it stays on after the parking brake Antilock Brake System If the ABS light remains on after
is fully released, there is a brake resetting the system or comes on
problem. Have the brake system
(ABS) Warning Light again while driving, the vehicle
inspected immediately. needs service. If the ABS light is on,
but the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the antilock brakes are
{ CAUTION not working properly, but the regular
The brake system might not be brakes are still functioning. Have the
working properly if the brake vehicle serviced right away. If both
brake lights are on, the vehicle does
system warning light is on. Driving For vehicles with the Antilock Brake not have antilock brakes, and there
with the brake system warning System (ABS), this light should come is a problem with the regular brakes
light on can lead to a crash. If the on briefly as the engine is started. If it as well. Have the vehicle towed for
light is still on after the vehicle does not come on have the vehicle service. See Towing Your Vehicle
has been pulled off the road and serviced by your dealer/retailer. on page 4-32.
carefully stopped, have the
If the ABS light stays on longer than
vehicle towed for service.
a few seconds after engine is started,
or comes on and stays on while
If the light comes on while driving, driving, try resetting the system.
a chime sounds. Pull off the road and To reset the system:
stop. The pedal might be harder to
push or go closer to the floor. It might 1. While driving, pull over when it is
also take longer to stop. If the light is safe to do so.
still on, have the vehicle towed for 2. Place the vehicle in P (PARK).
service. See Towing Your Vehicle 3. Turn off the ignition.
on page 4-32.
4. Then restart the engine.
Power Steering Warning Traction Control System StabiliTrak® Indicator

Lights (TCS) Warning Light Light
For 4-cylinder vehicles with Electric
Power Steering (EPS), this light
comes on briefly when the ignition
is turned to ON/RUN as a check
to show it is working.
If it does not come on have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer/ The Traction Control System (TCS) The StabiliTrak® light comes on
retailer. Warning Light shows one of these briefly as the engine is started.
If the EPS light stays on, or comes two symbols. If it does not come on have
on while driving, the EPS system the vehicle serviced by your
This light comes on briefly as the
may not be working. If this happens, dealer/retailer.
engine is started. If it does not come
see your dealer/retailer for service. on have the vehicle serviced by This light flashes while the
your dealer/retailer. StabiliTrack or the Traction Control
System (TCS) is working. The light
It also comes on when the Traction
comes on when the ESP has been
Control System (TCS) has been
turned off and if there is a problem
turned off or when the Electronic
with the StabiliTrak or the TCS.
Stability Program (ESP) is not ready.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
If there is a problem with the TCS
on page 4-8 and StabiliTrak® System
or the ESP, this light and the TCS
warning light comes on at the
same time. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 4-8 and
StabiliTrak® System on page 4-7
for more information.
Engine Coolant If this light comes on and stays on, When the Light is On Steady
Temperature Warning the engine has overheated. Pull over This indicates that one or
and see Engine Overheating on more of the tires are significantly
Light page 5-25 for more information. underinflated.
The engine coolant temperature
light should come on briefly as Tire Pressure Light A tire pressure message in the
the engine is started. If it does not Driver Information Center (DIC),
come on have the vehicle serviced can accompany the light. See DIC
by your dealer/retailer. Warnings and Messages on
Stop and check the tires as soon
as it is safe to do so. If underinflated,
inflate to the proper pressure.
See Tires on page 5-43 for more
If the vehicle has a tire pressure
information.
monitoring system, the tire pressure
light provides information about tire When the Light Flashes First and
Notice: Driving with the engine pressures and the Tire Pressure Then is On Steady
coolant temperature warning light Monitoring System. The light should
This indicates that there could be
on could cause the vehicle to come on briefly as the engine is
a problem with the Tire Pressure
overheat. See Engine Overheating started. If it does not, have the
Monitor System. The light flashes
on page 5-25. The vehicle’s engine vehicle serviced by your dealer/
for about a minute and stays on
could be damaged, and it might retailer.
steady for the remainder of the
not be covered by the vehicle ignition cycle. This sequence
warranty. Never drive with the repeats with every ignition cycle.
engine coolant temperature See Tire Pressure Monitor System
warning light on. on page 5-51 for more information.
Malfunction If the check engine light comes Notice: Modifications made

on and stays on, while the engine to the engine, transmission,
Indicator Lamp is running, this indicates that there exhaust, intake, or fuel system
Check Engine Light is an OBD II problem and service of the vehicle or the replacement
is required. of the original tires with other
A computer system called OBD II than those of the same Tire
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second Malfunctions often are indicated by
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
Generation) monitors operation of the system before any problem is
affect the vehicle’s emission
the fuel, ignition, and emission apparent. Being aware of the light
controls and can cause this light
control systems. It ensures can prevent more serious damage
to come on. Modifications to these
that emissions are at acceptable to the vehicle. This system assists
systems could lead to costly
levels for the life of the vehicle, the service technician in correctly
repairs not covered by the vehicle
helping to produce a cleaner diagnosing any malfunction.
warranty. This could also result
environment. Notice: If the vehicle is in a failure to pass a required
continually driven with this light Emission Inspection/Maintenance
on, after a while, the emission test. See Accessories and
controls might not work as well, Modifications on page 5-3.
the vehicle’s fuel economy might This light comes on during a
not be as good, and the engine malfunction in one of two ways:
might not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs Light Flashing: A misfire condition
This light comes on when the that might not be covered by has been detected. A misfire
ignition is on, but the engine is not the vehicle warranty. increases vehicle emissions and
running, as a check to show it is could damage the emission control
working. If it does not, have the system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
vehicle serviced by your dealer/ and service might be required.
retailer.
The following can prevent more An emission system malfunction • Make sure to fuel the vehicle
serious damage to the vehicle: might be corrected by checking the with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality
• Reduce vehicle speed. following items: causes the engine not to run as
• Make sure the fuel cap is fully efficiently as designed and may
• Avoid hard accelerations. cause: stalling after start-up,
installed. See Filling the Tank
• Avoid steep uphill grades. on page 5-8. The diagnostic stalling when the vehicle is
system can determine if the fuel changed into gear, misfiring,
• If towing a trailer, reduce the
cap has been left off or improperly hesitation on acceleration,
amount of cargo being hauled
installed. A loose or missing fuel or stumbling on acceleration.
as soon as it is possible.
cap allows fuel to evaporate into These conditions might go away
If the light continues to flash, the atmosphere. A few driving once the engine is warmed up.
when it is safe to do so, stop trips with the cap properly If one or more of these conditions
the vehicle. Find a safe place to installed should turn the light off. occurs, change the fuel brand
park the vehicle. Turn the key used. It will require at least one
off, wait at least 10 seconds, and • If the vehicle has been driven
through a deep puddle of water, full tank of the proper fuel to turn
restart the engine. If the light is the light off.
still flashing, follow the previous the vehicle’s electrical system
steps and see your dealer/retailer might be wet. The condition is See Gasoline Octane on
for service as soon as possible. usually corrected when the page 5-5.
electrical system dries out. If none of the above have made the
Light On Steady: An emission A few driving trips should turn light turn off, your dealer/retailer can
control system malfunction has been the light off. check the vehicle. The dealer/retailer
detected on the vehicle. Diagnosis
has the proper test equipment and
and service might be required.
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical
or electrical problems that might
have developed.
Emissions Inspection and for inspection. This can happen Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
Maintenance Programs if the battery has recently been maintenance can damage the
replaced or if the battery has run engine. The repairs would not be
Some state/provincial and local down. The diagnostic system is covered by the vehicle warranty.
governments have or might begin designed to evaluate critical Always follow the maintenance
programs to inspect the emission emission control systems during schedule in this manual for
control equipment on the vehicle. normal driving. This can take changing engine oil.
Failure to pass this inspection several days of routine driving.
could prevent getting a vehicle If this has been done and the
registration. vehicle still does not pass the
Here are some things to know to inspection for lack of OBD II
help the vehicle pass an inspection: system readiness, your dealer/
retailer can prepare the vehicle
• The vehicle will not pass this
for inspection.
inspection if the check engine
light is on with the engine The oil pressure light should come
running, or if the key is in Oil Pressure Light on briefly as the engine is started. If it
ON/RUN and the light is not on. does not come on have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer/retailer.
• The vehicle will not pass { CAUTION
this inspection if the OBD II If the light comes on and stays on, it
(on-board diagnostic) system Do not keep driving if the oil means that oil is not flowing through
determines that critical emission pressure is low. The engine can the engine properly. The vehicle
control systems have not become so hot that it catches fire. could be low on oil and might have
been completely diagnosed Someone could be burned. Check some other system problem.
by the system. The vehicle the oil as soon as possible and
would be considered not ready have the vehicle serviced.
Change Engine Oil Light Security Light The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 3-14 for more
information.
Cruise Control Light
When the change engine oil light For information regarding this light
comes on, it means that service is and the vehicle’s security system,
required on the vehicle. see PASS-Key® III+ Electronic
Immobilizer on page 2-13.
See Scheduled Maintenance
on page 6-3 and Engine Oil on
page 5-14 for more information. Fog Lamp Light The cruise control light comes on
whenever the cruise control is set.
After the engine oil is changed the
The light goes out when the
engine oil life system needs to be
cruise control is turned off.
reset in order to turn off this light.
See Cruise Control on page 3-9
See Engine Oil Life System on
The fog lamp light comes on when

the fog lamps are in use.
Reduced Engine Power The vehicle can be driven at a Daytime Running Lamps
reduced speed when the reduced
Light engine power light is on but
(DRL) Indicator Light
acceleration and speed might be
reduced. The performance could
be reduced until the next time the
vehicle is driven. If this light stays on,
see your dealer/retailer as soon as
possible for diagnosis and repair.
The reduced engine power light This light turns on whenever the
should come on briefly as the engine
Highbeam On Light Daytime Running Lamps are on.
is started. If it does not come on have
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
the vehicle serviced by your dealer/
retailer.
This light, along with the service
engine soon light displays when a
noticeable reduction in the vehicle’s
performance occurs. Stop the vehicle The highbeam on light comes on
and turn off the ignition. Wait for when the high-beam headlamps are
10 seconds and restart the vehicle. in use.
This might correct the condition.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 3-7 for more
information.
Low Washer Fluid This light flashes when the AWD Door Ajar Light
system is temporarily disabled.
Warning Light
For more information see All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) System on page 4-9.
Gate Ajar Light

The door ajar light comes on when a
door is open. Before driving, check
that all doors are properly closed.
The low washer fluid warning light
comes on when the windshield Service Vehicle Soon
washer fluid is low. See Windshield
Washer Fluid on page 5-27 for Light
more information. If the gate ajar light comes on,
the liftgate is not completely closed.
All-Wheel Drive Disabled Driving with the liftgate open can
Light cause carbon monoxide (CO) to
enter the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on page 2-28
for more information. The service vehicle soon light
comes on if a condition exists
that may require the vehicle to
be taken in for service.
This light comes on when there If the light comes on, take the
is a malfunction in the All-Wheel vehicle to your dealer/retailer for
Drive (AWD) system. service as soon as possible.
Fuel Gage Here are four things that some Low Fuel Warning Light
owners ask about. None of these
means the fuel gage is not working
properly:
• At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the
gage reads full.
United States Canada • It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gage indicated. The low fuel warning light, below
When the ignition is on, the fuel For example, the gage may have the fuel gage, comes on briefly when
gage indicates how much fuel is indicated the tank was half full, the engine is started.
left in the tank. but it actually took a little more or This light also comes on when the
When the indicator nears empty, less than half the tank’s capacity fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel is
the low fuel light comes on. There is to fill the tank. added, the light should go off. If it
still a little fuel left, but the fuel tank • The gage moves a little while does not, have the vehicle serviced.
should be refilled soon. See Low turning a corner or speeding up.
Fuel Warning Light on page 3-41
• The gage takes a few seconds to
stabilize after the ignition is turned
An arrow on the fuel gage indicates on, but it goes back to empty
the side of the vehicle the fuel when the ignition is turned off.
door is on.
For fuel tank capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications
on page 5-86.
Driver Information top of the DIC display. If there is DIC Operation and
a problem with the system that
Center (DIC) controls the temperature display,
Displays
Your vehicle has a Driver the numbers will be replaced with The DIC has different displays which
Information Center (DIC). dashes. If this occurs, have the can be accessed by pressing the DIC
vehicle serviced by your dealer/ buttons located on the instrument
All information appears in the DIC retailer. If an abnormal temperature panel, below the headlamp switch.
display located in the instrument reading is displayed for an extended
panel cluster. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and
period of time, consult your
vehicle system information, and
The DIC comes on when the dealer/retailer. Under certain
warning messages if a system
ignition is on. After a short delay, circumstances, especially when
problem is detected.
the DIC displays the information the engine is idling, a delay updating
that was last displayed before the temperature display is normal. The DIC also allows some features
the engine was turned off. to be customized. See DIC Vehicle
See DIC Compass on page 3-47
Customization on page 3-57 for more
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and and Automatic Transmission
information.
vehicle system information, and Operation (Uplevel) on page 2-19 or
warning messages if a system Automatic Transmission Operation
problem is detected. (Base) on page 2-22 for more
information.
The DIC also displays the compass
direction, outside air temperature,
and shift position indicator at the
DIC Buttons T (Vehicle Information): Press Trip/Fuel Menu Items

this button to display the oil life,
units, tire pressure readings
3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button
for vehicles with the Tire Pressure to scroll through the following
Monitor System (TPMS), Remote menu items:
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Odometer
programming, compass zone
setting, compass recalibration on Press the trip/fuel button until
The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicles with this feature, coolant ODOMETER displays. This display
vehicle information, customization, temperature, and battery voltage. shows the distance the vehicle
and set/reset buttons. The button has been driven in either miles (mi)
functions are detailed in the U (Customization): Press this or kilometers (km). Pressing the
following pages. button to customize the feature trip odometer reset stem will
settings on your vehicle. See DIC also display the odometer.
3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this Vehicle Customization on page 3-57 To switch between English and
button to display the odometer, for more information. metric measurements, see “Units”
trip odometer, fuel range, average later in this section.
economy, fuel used, and elapsed V (Set/Reset): Press this button
time. Some vehicles also display to set or reset certain functions
instantaneous economy. The and to turn off or acknowledge
compass and outside temperature messages on the DIC.
will also be shown in the display.
The temperature will be shown
in °F or °C depending on the units
selected.
Trip Odometer The fuel range estimate is based Average Fuel Economy
Press the trip/fuel button until on an average of the vehicle’s fuel Press the trip/fuel button until
TRIP A or TRIP B displays. economy over recent driving history AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY
This display shows the current and the amount of fuel remaining displays. This display shows
distance traveled in either miles (mi) in the fuel tank. This estimate will the approximate average miles
or kilometers (km) since the last change if driving conditions change. per gallon (mpg) or liters per
reset for the trip odometer. Pressing For example, if driving in traffic and 100 kilometers (L/100 km). This
the trip odometer reset stem will making frequent stops, this display number is calculated based on the
also display the trip odometer. may read one number, but if the number of mpg (L/100 km) recorded
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the since the last time this menu item
Each trip odometer can be reset number may change even though was reset. To reset the AVERAGE
to zero separately by pressing the same amount of fuel is in the fuel FUEL ECONOMY, press and hold
the set/reset button while the trip tank. This is because different driving the set/reset button. The display will
odometer is displayed. You can conditions produce different fuel show zero.
also reset the trip odometer while economies. Generally, freeway
it is displayed by pressing and driving produces better fuel economy Fuel Used
holding the trip odometer reset stem. than city driving. Fuel range cannot
Press the trip/fuel button until
be reset.
Fuel Range FUEL USED displays. This display
If the vehicle is low on fuel, the shows the number of gallons (gal) or
Press the trip/fuel button until
FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be liters (L) of fuel used since the last
FUEL RANGE displays. This
displayed. See “FUEL LEVEL LOW” reset of this menu item. To reset
display shows the approximate
under DIC Warnings and Messages the fuel used information, press
number of remaining miles (mi)
on page 3-49. and hold the set/reset button while
or kilometers (km) the vehicle
FUEL USED is displayed.
can be driven without refueling.
The display will show LOW if
the fuel level is low.
Elapsed Time Instantaneous Fuel Economy Vehicle Information Menu

Press the trip/fuel button until If the vehicle has this display, Items
ELAPSED TIME displays. This press the trip/fuel button until
display can be used as a timer. INSTANT FUEL ECONOMY
T (Vehicle Information): Press
displays. This display shows the this button to scroll through the
To start the timer, press the set/ following menu items:
current fuel economy at a particular
reset button while ELAPSED TIME is
moment and will change frequently Oil Life
displayed. The display will show the
as driving conditions change. This
amount of time that has passed since Press the vehicle information button
display shows the instantaneous fuel
the timer was last reset, not including until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays.
economy in miles per gallon (mpg) or
time the ignition is off. Time will This display shows an estimate of
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km).
continue to be counted as long as the oil’s remaining useful life. If you
Unlike average fuel economy, this
the ignition is on, even if another see 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on
display cannot be reset.
display is being shown on the DIC. the display, that means 99% of the
The timer will record up to 99 hours, Blank Display current oil life remains. The engine
59 minutes and 59 seconds oil life system will alert you to change
(99:59:59) after which the display This display shows no information.
the oil on a schedule consistent with
will return to zero. your driving conditions.
To stop the timer, press the set/
reset button briefly while ELAPSED
TIME is displayed.
To reset the timer to zero, press
and hold the set/reset button while
ELAPSED TIME is displayed.
When the remaining oil life is low, Tire Pressure Relearn Remote Key
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON If your vehicle has the Tire Pressure This display allows you to match
message will appear on the display. Monitor System (TPMS), the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” pressure for each tire can be viewed transmitters to your vehicle.
under DIC Warnings and Messages in the DIC. The tire pressure will be This procedure will erase all
on page 3-49. You should change shown in either pounds per square previously learned transmitters.
the oil as soon as you can. See inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa). Therefore, they must be relearned
Engine Oil on page 5-14. In addition Press the vehicle information button as additional transmitters.
to the engine oil life system until the DIC displays FRONT TIRES
monitoring the oil life, additional To match an RKE transmitter to
PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press
maintenance is recommended in your vehicle:
the vehicle information button again
the Maintenance Schedule in until the DIC displays REAR TIRES 1. Press the vehicle information
this manual. See Scheduled PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. button until PRESS V TO
Maintenance on page 6-3 for
more information. If a low or high tire pressure RELEARN REMOTE KEY
condition is detected by the system displays.
Units while driving, a message advising 2. Press the set/reset button until
Press the vehicle information button you to check the pressure in a REMOTE KEY LEARNING
until UNITS displays. This display specific tire will appear in the display. ACTIVE is displayed.
allows you to select between English See Inflation - Tire Pressure on
3. Press and hold the lock and
or Metric units of measurement. page 5-49 and DIC Warnings and
unlock buttons on the first
Once in this display, press the Messages on page 3-49 for more
transmitter at the same time
set/reset button to select between information.
for about 15 seconds.
ENGLISH or METRIC units. All of If the tire pressure display shows
the vehicle information will then be A chime will sound indicating
dashes instead of a value, there that the transmitter is matched
displayed in the unit of measurement may be a problem with your vehicle.
selected. and REMOTE KEY LEARNING
If this consistently occurs, see COMPLETE will be shown
your dealer/retailer for service. on the display.
4. To match additional transmitters Coolant Temperature DIC Compass

at this time, repeat Step 3. Press the vehicle info button Your vehicle may have a
Each vehicle can have a until the coolant temperature is compass in the Driver Information
maximum of eight transmitters displayed. The temperature will Center (DIC).
matched to it. be shown in °F or °C depending
5. To exit the programming mode, on the units selected. Compass Zone
you must cycle the key to If the coolant temperature display The zone is set to zone eight
LOCK/OFF. shows dashes instead of a value, upon leaving the factory. Your
there may be a problem with the dealer/retailer will set the correct
Compass Zone Setting zone for your location.
vehicle. If this happens often, see
This display allows for setting the your dealer/retailer for service. Under certain circumstances,
compass zone. See DIC Compass
Battery Voltage such as during a long distance
cross-country trip or moving to a new
Press the vehicle info button until state or province, it will be necessary
Compass Recalibration
the battery voltage is displayed. to compensate for compass variance
This display allows for calibrating by resetting the zone through the
the compass. See DIC Compass on If the battery voltage display shows
dashes instead of a value, there DIC if the zone is not set correctly.
may be a problem with the vehicle. Compass variance is the difference
If this happens often, see your between the earth’s magnetic north
dealer/retailer for service. and true geographic north. If the
Blank Display compass is not set to the zone where
you live, the compass may give false
This display shows no information. readings. The compass must be set
to the variance zone in which the
vehicle is traveling.
To adjust for compass variance, use 4. Press the trip/fuel button until
the following procedure: the vehicle heading, for
example, N for North, is
Compass Variance (Zone) displayed in the DIC.
Procedure 5. If calibration is necessary,
1. Do not set the compass zone calibrate the compass.
when the vehicle is moving. See “Compass Calibration
Only set it when the vehicle Procedure” following.
is in P (Park).
Compass Calibration
Press the vehicle information
The compass can be manually
button until PRESS V TO SET calibrated. Only calibrate the
COMPASS ZONE: ## displays. compass in a magnetically clean
2. Find the vehicle’s current
location and variance zone and safe location, such as an open
number on the map. parking lot, where driving the vehicle
in circles is not a danger. It is
Zones 1 through 15 are suggested to calibrate away from
available. tall buildings, utility wires, manhole
3. Press and hold the set/reset covers, or other industrial structures,
button to scroll through and select if possible.
the appropriate variance zone. If CAL should ever appear in the
DIC display, the compass should be
calibrated.
If the DIC display does not show a Do not operate any switches DIC Warnings and
heading, for example, N for North, such as window, sunroof, climate
or the heading does not change after controls, seats, etc. during the
Messages
making turns, there may be a strong calibration procedure. Messages are displayed on the DIC
magnetic field interfering with the 2. Press the vehicle information to notify the driver that the status
compass. Such interference may of the vehicle has changed and that
be caused by a magnetic CB or cell button until PRESS V TO some action may be needed by
phone antenna mount, a magnetic CALIBRATE COMPASS the driver to correct the condition.
emergency light, magnetic note pad displays. Multiple messages may appear
holder, or any other magnetic item. 3. Press the set/reset button to start one after another.
Turn off the vehicle, move the the compass calibration. Some messages may not require
magnetic item, then turn on the
4. The DIC will display immediate action, but you can
vehicle and calibrate the compass.
CALIBRATING COMPASS: press any of the DIC buttons,
To calibrate the compass, use the TURN IN CIRCLES. Drive the or the trip odometer reset stem
following procedure: vehicle in tight circles at less than on the instrument panel cluster to
5 mph (8 km/h) to complete the acknowledge that you received the
Compass Calibration Procedure calibration. The DIC will display messages and to clear them from
COMPASS CALIBRATION the display.
1. Before calibrating the compass, COMPLETE for a few seconds
make sure the compass is set to Some messages cannot be cleared
when the calibration is complete.
the variance zone in which the from the DIC display because they
The DIC display will then return to
vehicle is located. See “Compass are more urgent. These messages
the previous menu.
Variance (Zone) Procedure” require action before they can be
earlier in this section. cleared. Take any messages that
appear on the display seriously
and remember that clearing the
messages will only make the
messages disappear, not correct
the problem.
The following are the possible CALIBRATING COMPASS: CHANGE TRANSMISSION

messages that can be displayed TURN IN CIRCLES FLUID
and some information about them.
This message displays when Notice: Use of the incorrect
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE calibrating the compass. Drive automatic transmission fluid
the vehicle in circles at less than may damage the vehicle, and the
This message displays when the 5 mph (8 km/h) to complete the damages may not be covered
charging system detects that the calibration. See DIC Compass on by the vehicle’s warranty. Always
battery is being drained. You may page 3-47. use the automatic transmission
notice that the vehicle attempts to
fluid listed in Recommended
reduce the drain for you by turning CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Fluids and Lubricants on
off accessories, such as interior fans,
This message displays when service page 6-13.
rear defogger, and heated seats.
Turn off all accessories. If the vehicle is required for the vehicle. See your This message displays when the life
is not running, start and run the dealer/retailer. See Engine Oil of the transmission fluid has expired
engine for at least 10 minutes to on page 5-14 and Scheduled and it should be changed. See
allow the battery to recharge. If the Maintenance on page 6-3 for Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-3
engine is running and the condition more information. and Recommended Fluids and
persists, see your dealer/retailer Acknowledging this message will Lubricants on page 6-13 for the
immediately. not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING proper fluid and change intervals.
display. That must be done at the
OIL LIFE screen. See “OIL LIFE”
under DIC Operation and Displays
on page 3-42 and Engine Oil Life
System on page 5-16 for more
information.
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE COMPASS CALIBRATION engine, the air conditioning

COMPLETE compressor is automatically turned
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
off. When the coolant temperature
Monitor System (TPMS), this This message displays when the returns to normal, the A/C operation
message displays when the pressure compass calibration is complete. automatically resumes. You can
in one or more of the vehicle’s tires See DIC Compass on page 3-47. continue to drive your vehicle.
needs to be checked. This message
also displays LEFT FRONT, RIGHT CRUISE CONTROL SET ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
FRONT, LEFT REAR, or RIGHT TO XXX ENGINE
REAR to indicate which tire needs to This message displays whenever
be checked. You can receive more Notice: If you drive your vehicle
the cruise control is set. See Cruise
than one tire pressure message at a while the engine is overheating,
Control on page 3-9 for more
time. To read the other messages severe engine damage may occur.
information.
that may have been sent at the same If an overheat warning appears
time, press the set/reset button. If a DRIVER DOOR OPEN on the instrument panel cluster
tire pressure message appears on and/or DIC, stop the vehicle as
This message displays when the soon as possible. Do not increase
the DIC, stop as soon as you can.
driver door is not closed properly. the engine speed above normal
Have the tire pressures checked
Close the door completely. idling speed. See Engine
and set to those shown on the Tire
Loading Information label. See Tires ENGINE HOT A/C Overheating on page 5-25 for
on page 5-43, Loading the Vehicle more information.
(Air Conditioning) OFF
on page 4-28, and Inflation - Tire This message displays when the
Pressure on page 5-49. The DIC This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than engine coolant temperature is
also shows the tire pressure values. too hot. Stop and allow the vehicle
See DIC Operation and Displays on the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot to idle until it cools down.
page 3-42. If the tire pressure is low,
the low tire pressure warning light
comes on. See Tire Pressure Light
on page 3-34.
ENGINE OVERHEATED ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED HOOD OPEN

STOP ENGINE This message displays when the If your vehicle has the remote start
Notice: If you drive your vehicle vehicle’s engine power is reduced. feature, this message displays along
while the engine is overheating, Reduced engine power can affect with a chime when the hood is not
severe engine damage may occur. the vehicle’s ability to accelerate. closed properly. Make sure that
If an overheat warning appears If this message is on, but there is no the hood is closed completely.
on the instrument panel cluster reduction in performance, proceed to See Hood Release on page 5-11.
and/or DIC, stop the vehicle your destination. The performance This message displays while the
as soon as possible. See Engine may be reduced the next time the ignition is in ON/RUN. Press any
Overheating on page 5-25 for vehicle is driven. The vehicle may of the DIC buttons to acknowledge
more information. be driven at a reduced speed while this message and to clear it from
this message is on, but acceleration the screen.
This message displays along with a and speed may be reduced. Anytime
continuous chime when the engine This message continues to display
this message stays on, the vehicle
has overheated. Stop and turn the for two seconds if it has not been
should be taken to your dealer/
engine off immediately to avoid acknowledged when the engine is
retailer for service as soon as
severe engine damage. See Engine turned off. The message comes back
possible.
Overheating on page 5-25. on for two seconds if it has been
FUEL LEVEL LOW acknowledged, but the condition
still exists when the engine is turned
This message displays when your off. If the condition still exists, the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refill the message reappears when the engine
fuel tank as soon as possible. is turned on.
See Fuel Gage on page 3-41 and
Filling the Tank on page 5-8 for
more information.
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE Do not drive the vehicle until the REMOTE KEY LEARNING
WITH CARE cause of the low oil pressure ACTIVE
is corrected. See Engine Oil on
This message displays when the page 5-14 for more information. This message displays while
outside air temperature is cold matching a Remote Keyless
enough to create icy road This message displays when the Entry (RKE) transmitter to your
conditions. Adjust your driving vehicle’s engine oil pressure is low. vehicle. See “MATCHING
accordingly. The oil pressure light also appears TRANSMITTERS TO YOUR
on the instrument panel cluster. VEHICLE” under Remote Keyless
LIFTGATE OPEN See Oil Pressure Light on page 3-37. Entry (RKE) System Operation on
This message displays when the Stop the vehicle immediately, page 2-4 and DIC Operation and
liftgate is not closed completely. as engine damage can result Displays on page 3-42 for more
Close the liftgate completely. from driving a vehicle with low oil information.
See Liftgate on page 2-9. pressure. Have the vehicle serviced REMOTE KEY LEARNING
by your dealer/retailer as soon as COMPLETE
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
possible when this message is
ENGINE displayed. This message displays while
Notice: If you drive your vehicle matching a Remote Keyless Entry
while the engine oil pressure PASSENGER DOOR OPEN (RKE) transmitter to your vehicle.
is low, severe engine damage This message displays when one See “MATCHING TRANSMITTERS
may occur. If a low oil pressure or more of the passenger doors TO YOUR VEHICLE” under Remote
warning appears on the Driver are not closed properly. Close the Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Information Center (DIC), stop doors completely. Operation on page 2-4 and DIC
the vehicle as soon as possible. Operation and Displays on
REPLACE REMOTE KEY FOB SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM If this message turns on while you
BATTERY are driving, pull off the road as soon
This message displays along with
as possible and stop carefully. Try
This message displays if a Remote the brake system warning light if
resetting the system by turning the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter there is a problem with the brake
ignition off and then back on. If this
battery is low. The battery needs system or when the brake fluid level
message still stays on or turns back
to be replaced in the transmitter. is low. See Brake System Warning
on again while you are driving, your
See “Battery Replacement” under Light on page 3-31. Have the brake
vehicle needs service. Have the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system serviced by your dealer/
system inspected by your dealer/
System Operation on page 2-4. retailer as soon as possible.
retailer as soon as possible.
SERVICE A/C SERVICE POWER STEERING SERVICE TIRE MONITORING
(Air Conditioning) SYSTEM If the vehicle has electric power SYSTEM
This message displays when there steering, this message displays if
is a problem detected in the air a problem has been detected with
Monitor System (TPMS), this
conditioning system. Have the the power steering. See Steering
message displays if a part on the
vehicle serviced by your dealer/ on page 4-9 for more information.
TPMS is not working properly.
retailer. The tire pressure light also flashes
SERVICE STABILITRAK
SERVICE AIR BAG and then remains on during the
This message displays if there same ignition cycle. See Tire
This message displays when has been a problem detected with Pressure Light on page 3-34.
there is a problem with the airbag StabiliTrak®. A warning light also Several conditions may cause
system. Have your vehicle serviced appears on the instrument panel this message to appear. See Tire
by your dealer/retailer immediately. cluster. See StabiliTrak® Indicator Pressure Monitor Operation on
See Airbag Readiness Light on Light on page 3-33. See StabiliTrak® page 5-53 for more information.
page 3-29 for more information. System on page 4-7 for more If the warning comes on and stays
information. on, there may be a problem with the
TPMS. See your dealer/retailer.
SERVICE TRACTION STABILITRAK NOT READY or if you are driving in extreme

CONTROL off-road conditions and require more
If your vehicle has StabiliTrak,
wheel spin. See If Your Vehicle is
This message displays when the this message may display and the
Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow on
Traction Control System (TCS) is not StabiliTrak indicator light on the
page 4-27. To turn the StabiliTrak
functioning properly. A warning light instrument panel cluster may be on
system on or off, see StabiliTrak®
also appears on the instrument panel after first driving the vehicle and
System on page 4-7.
cluster. See Traction Control System exceeding 20 mph (32 km/h) for
(TCS) Warning Light on page 3-33 30 seconds. The StabiliTrak system TIGHTEN GAS CAP
and Traction Control System (TCS) is not functional until the light has
on page 4-8 for more information. turned off. See StabiliTrak® System This message may display along
Have the TCS serviced by your on page 4-7 for more information. with the check engine light on the
dealer/retailer as soon as possible. instrument panel cluster if the
STABILITRAK OFF vehicle’s fuel cap is not tightened
SERVICE TRANSMISSION properly. See Malfunction Indicator
If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this
Lamp on page 3-35. Reinstall the
This message displays when there message displays when you turn off
fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank
is a problem with the transmission. the StabiliTrak, or when the stability
on page 5-8. The diagnostic system
See your dealer/retailer for service. control has been automatically
can determine if the fuel cap has
disabled. To limit wheel spin and
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON been left off or improperly installed.
realize the full benefits of the stability
A loose or missing fuel cap allows
This message displays when enhancement system, you should
fuel to evaporate into the
a non-emissions related malfunction normally leave StabiliTrak on.
atmosphere. A few driving trips
occurs. Have the vehicle serviced However, you should turn StabiliTrak
with the cap properly installed should
by your dealer/retailer as soon off if your vehicle gets stuck in sand,
turn this light and message off.
as possible. mud, ice, or snow and you want to
rock your vehicle to attempt to free it,
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message only displays TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
while the ignition is in ON/RUN ENGINE
and disappears after 10 seconds,
Monitor System (TPMS), this Notice: If you drive your vehicle
unless it is acknowledged or an
message displays when the TPMS while the transmission fluid is
urgent warning appears.
is re-learning the tire positions on overheating and the transmission
your vehicle. The tire positions must Any of the following conditions may temperature warning is displayed
be re-learned after rotating the tires cause the TCS to turn off: on the instrument panel cluster
or after replacing a tire or sensor. • The TCS is turned off by pressing and/or DIC, you can damage the
See Tire Inspection and Rotation the TCS/StabiliTrak button. transmission. This could lead to
on page 5-56, Tire Pressure See StabiliTrak® System on costly repairs that would not be
Monitor System on page 5-51, page 4-7 for more information. covered by your warranty. Do not
and Inflation - Tire Pressure on drive your vehicle with overheated
page 5-49 for more information. • The battery is low. transmission fluid or while the
• There is a TCS failure. See your transmission temperature warning
TRACTION CONTROL OFF dealer/retailer for service. is displayed.
This message displays when
TRACTION CONTROL ON This message displays along with a
the Traction Control System (TCS)
chime if the transmission fluid in the
turns off. See StabiliTrak® System This message displays when the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
on page 4-7 for more information. Traction Control System (TCS) turns transmission fluid temperature high
on. See StabiliTrak® System on can cause damage to the vehicle.
page 4-7 for more information. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool.
This message clears and the chime
stops when the fluid temperature
reaches a safe level.
TURN SIGNAL ON The default settings for the Feature Settings Menu Items
customization features were set
This message displays and a chime The following are customization
when your vehicle left the factory,
sounds as a reminder to turn off the features that allow you to program
but may have been changed
turn signal if you drive your vehicle settings to the vehicle:
from their default state since then.
for more than about 3/4 mile (1.2 km)
with a turn signal on. See Turn and The customization preferences DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
Lane-Change Signals on page 3-6 are automatically recalled. This feature will only display if a
for more information. language other than English has
To change customization
preferences, use the following been set. This feature allows you to
DIC Vehicle procedure. change the language in which the
Customization DIC messages appear to English.
Entering the Feature Press the customization button
Your vehicle may have Settings Menu
customization capabilities that until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN
allow you to program certain 1. Turn the ignition on and place ENGLISH screen appears on the
features to one preferred setting. the vehicle in P (Park). DIC display. Press the set/reset
Customization features can only be To avoid excessive drain on the button once to display all DIC
programmed to one setting on the battery, it is recommended that messages in English.
vehicle and cannot be programmed the headlamps are turned off.
to a preferred setting for two different 2. Press the customization button
drivers. to scroll through the available
All of the customization options may customizable options.
not be available on your vehicle.
Only the options available will
be displayed on the DIC.
DISPLAY LANGUAGE PORTUGUESE: All messages will to access the settings for
This feature allows you to select the appear in Portuguese. this feature. Then press the
language in which the DIC messages customization button to scroll
NO CHANGE: No change will be through the following settings:
will appear. made to this feature. The current
Press the customization button until setting will remain. SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default):
The doors will automatically lock
the PRESS V TO SET DISPLAY To select a setting, press the
when the vehicle is shifted out of
LANGUAGE screen appears on set/reset button while the desired
P (Park).
the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC.
button once to access the settings AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors
for this feature. Then press the AUTO DOOR LOCK will automatically lock when the
customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select vehicle speed is above 8 mph
through the following settings: when the vehicle’s doors will (13 km/h) for three seconds.
automatically lock. See Automatic
ENGLISH (default): All messages Door Lock on page 2-8 for more NO CHANGE: No change will be
will appear in English. information. made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
FRANCAIS: All messages will Press the customization button until
appear in French. To select a setting, press the
PRESS V TO SET AUTO DOOR set/reset button while the desired
ESPANOL: All messages will LOCK appears on the DIC display. setting is displayed on the DIC.
appear in Spanish. Press the set/reset button once
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER DOOR AT KEY OUT: Only REMOTE DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select the driver’s door will unlock when This feature allows you to select
whether or not to turn off the the key is taken out of the ignition. the type of feedback you will receive
automatic door unlocking feature. DRIVER DOOR IN PARK: Only the when locking the vehicle with the
It also allows you to select which driver’s door will unlock when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
doors and when the doors will vehicle is shifted into P (Park). transmitter. You will not receive
automatically unlock. See Automatic feedback when locking the vehicle
Door Unlock on page 2-8 for more ALL DOORS AT KEY OUT: All of with the RKE transmitter if the doors
information. the doors will unlock when the key is are open. See Remote Keyless
taken out of the ignition. Entry (RKE) System Operation
Press the customization button until
ALL DOORS IN PARK (default): on page 2-4 for more information.
PRESS V TO SET AUTO DOOR
UNLOCK appears on the DIC All of the doors will unlock when the Press the customization button until
display. Press the set/reset button vehicle is shifted into P (Park). PRESS V TO SET REMOTE DOOR
once to access the settings for NO CHANGE: No change will be LOCK appears on the DIC display.
this feature. Then press the made to this feature. The current Press the set/reset button once to
customization button to scroll setting will remain. access the settings for this feature.
through the following settings: Then press the customization button
To select a setting, press the to scroll through the following
OFF: None of the doors will set/reset button while the desired settings:
automatically unlock. setting is displayed on the DIC.
VERIFICATION OFF: There will be
no feedback when you press the
lock button on the RKE transmitter.
VERIFICATION LIGHTS ONLY: The REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK for this feature. Then press the
exterior lamps will flash when you This feature allows you to select customization button to scroll
press the lock button on the RKE the type of feedback you will receive through the following settings:
transmitter. when unlocking the vehicle with VERIF LIGHTS OFF: The exterior
VERIFICATION HORN ONLY: the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) lamps will not flash when you press
The horn will sound on the second transmitter. You will not receive the unlock button on the RKE
press of the lock button on the feedback when unlocking the vehicle transmitter.
RKE transmitter. with the RKE transmitter if the doors
are open. See Remote Keyless VERIF LIGHTS ON (default):
VERIFICATION HORN & LIGHTS Entry (RKE) System Operation on The exterior lamps will flash when
(default): The exterior lamps will page 2-4 for more information. you press the unlock button on
flash when you press the lock button the RKE transmitter.
on the RKE transmitter, and the horn Press the customization button
will sound when the lock button is until PRESS V TO SET REMOTE VERIF NO CHANGE: No change
pressed again within five seconds DOOR UNLOCK appears on the will be made to this feature.
of the previous command. DIC display. Press the set/reset The current setting will remain.
button once to access the settings To select a setting, press the
VERIFICATION NO CHANGE: No
set/reset button while the desired
change will be made to this feature.
setting is displayed on the DIC.
The current setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the
DELAY DOOR LOCK Press the customization button EXIT LIGHTING

This feature allows you to select until PRESS V TO SET DELAY This feature allows you to select the
whether or not the locking of the DOOR LOCK appears on the amount of time you want the exterior
vehicle’s doors will be delayed. DIC display. Press the set/reset lamps to remain on when it is dark
When locking the doors with the button once to access the settings enough outside. This happens after
power door lock switch and a door for this feature. Then press the the key is turned from ON/RUN to
is open, this feature will delay locking customization button to scroll LOCK/OFF.
the doors until five seconds after through the following settings:
Press the customization button until
the last door is closed. You will
OFF: There will be no delayed PRESS V TO SET EXIT LIGHTING
hear three chimes to signal that the
locking of the vehicle’s doors. appears on the DIC display. Press
delayed locking feature is in use.
The key must be out of the ignition ON (default): The doors will not the set/reset button once to access
for this feature to work. You can lock until five seconds after the last the settings for this feature. Then
temporarily override delayed locking door is closed. press the customization button to
by pressing the power door lock scroll through the following settings:
switch twice or the lock button on the NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current OFF: The exterior lamps will not
RKE transmitter twice. See Delayed turn on.
Locking on page 2-8 for more setting will remain.
information. To select a setting, press the 10 SECONDS (default): The
set/reset button while the desired exterior lamps will stay on for
setting is displayed on the DIC. 10 seconds.
30 SECONDS: The exterior lamps this feature. Then press the CHIME VOLUME
will stay on for 30 seconds. customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the
through the following settings: volume level of the chime.
2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will
stay on for two minutes. OFF: The exterior lights will not Press the customization button until
turn on when you unlock the vehicle
NO CHANGE: No change will be PRESS V TO SET CHIME VOLUME
with the RKE transmitter.
made to this feature. The current appears on the DIC display. Press
setting will remain. ON (default): If it is dark enough the set/reset button once to access
outside, the exterior lights will the settings for this feature. Then
To select a setting, press the
turn on briefly when you unlock the press the customization button to
vehicle with the RKE transmitter. scroll through the following settings:
The lights will remain on for NORMAL: The chime volume will
APPROACH LIGHTING 20 seconds or until the lock button be set to a normal level.
This feature allows you to select on the RKE transmitter is pressed,
whether or not to have the exterior or the vehicle is no longer off. LOUD: The chime volume will be
lights turn on briefly during low See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) set to a loud level.
light periods after unlocking System Operation on page 2-4 NO CHANGE: No change will be
the vehicle using the Remote for more information. made to this feature. The current
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. setting will remain.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current There is no default for chime
PRESS V TO SET APPROACH setting will remain. volume. The volume will stay at
LIGHTING appears on the DIC To select a setting, press the the last known setting.
display. Press the set/reset button set/reset button while the desired To select a setting, press the
once to access the settings for setting is displayed on the DIC. set/reset button while the desired
REMOTE START NO CHANGE: No change will be NO CHANGE: The customization

If your vehicle has this feature, made to this feature. The current features will not be set to their
it allows you to turn the remote start setting will remain. factory default settings.
off or on. The remote start feature To select a setting, press the To select a setting, press the
allows you to start the engine from set/reset button while the desired set/reset button while the desired
outside of the vehicle using the setting is displayed on the DIC. setting is displayed on the DIC.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle FACTORY SETTINGS EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS
Start on page 2-5 for more This feature allows you to set all of This feature allows you to exit the
information. the customization features back feature settings menu.
Press the customization button to their factory default settings.
Press the customization button
until PRESS V TO SET REMOTE Press the customization button until PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE
START appears on the DIC display. until PRESS V TO RESTORE SETTINGS appears in the DIC
Press the set/reset button once to DEFAULTS appears on the DIC display. Press the set/reset button
access the settings for this feature. display. Press the set/reset button once to exit the menu.
Then press the customization button once to access the settings for
to scroll through the following If you do not exit, pressing
this feature. Then press the
settings: the customization button again
customization button to scroll
will return you to the beginning
OFF: The remote start feature will through the following settings:
of the feature settings menu.
be disabled. RESTORE (default): The
ON (default): The remote start customization features will be set
feature will be enabled. to their factory default settings.
Exiting the Feature Audio System(s) For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 4-3.
Settings Menu
Determine which radio the vehicle
The feature settings menu will be has and read the following pages to Notice: Contact your dealer/
exited when any of the following become familiar with its features. retailer before adding any
occurs: equipment.
• The vehicle is no longer in { CAUTION Adding audio or communication
ON/RUN. equipment could interfere with the
• The trip/fuel or vehicle Taking your eyes off the road operation of the vehicle’s engine,
information DIC buttons for extended periods could cause radio, or other systems, and could
are pressed. a crash resulting in injury or damage them. Follow federal
death to you or others. Do not rules covering mobile radio
• The end of the feature settings and telephone equipment.
menu is reached and exited. give extended attention to
entertainment tasks while driving. Notice: The chime signals
• A 40 second time period has related to safety belts, parking
elapsed with no selection made. brake, and other functions of
This system provides access to
many audio and non audio listings. your vehicle operate through
the radio/entertainment system.
To minimize taking your eyes If that equipment is replaced or
off the road while driving, do the additional equipment is added
following while the vehicle is parked: to your vehicle, the chimes
• Become familiar with the may not work. Make sure that
operation and controls of replacement or additional
the audio system. equipment is compatible with
• Set up the tone, speaker your vehicle before installing it.
See Accessories and
adjustments, and preset radio
Modifications on page 5-3.
stations.
The vehicle has Retained Accessory 4. To increase the time or date do To change the time default setting
Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio one of the following: from 12 hour to 24 hour or to
system can be played even after the • Press the softkey located change the date default setting from
ignition is turned off. See Retained below the selected tab. month/day/year to day/month/year:
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 2-17 for more information. • Press ¨SEEK, or \ FWD. 1. Press H and then the softkey
located below the forward arrow
• Turn f clockwise. label. Once the time 12H and
Setting the Clock 24H, and the date MM/DD/YYYY
5. To decrease the time or date do
Radio with Single CD (MP3) one of the following: (month, day, and year) and
Player DD/MM/YYYY (day, month,
• Press ©SEEK or s REV. and year) displays.
To set the time and date:
• Turn f counterclockwise. 2. Press the softkey located below
1. Turn the ignition key to the desired option.
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. The date does not automatically
Press O to turn the radio on. display. To see the date press H 3. Press H again to apply the
while the radio is on. The date with selected default, or let the
2. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, display times out after a few seconds screen time out.
DD, YYYY (hour, minute, month, and goes back to the normal radio
day, and year) displays. and time display.
3. Press the softkey located below
any one of the tabs that you
want to change.
Six-Disc CD (MP3) Player 6. To decrease the time or date 2. Press the softkey below the
do one of the following: forward arrow tab. The time
To set the time and date:
12H and 24H, and the date
1. Turn the ignition key to • Press ©SEEK or s REV. MM/DD/YYYY (month, day,
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. • Turn f counterclockwise. and year) and DD/MM/YYYY
Press O to turn the radio on. (day, month, and year) displays.
The date does not automatically
2. Press MENU. display. To see the date press MENU 3. Press the softkey located below
the desired option.
3. Press the softkey below and then softkey below the H tab
the H tab. The HR, MIN, MM, while the radio is on. The date with 4. Press MENU again to apply
display times out after a few seconds the selected default, or let
DD, YYYY displays.
and goes back to the normal radio the screen time out.
4. Press the softkey below any one and time display.
of the tabs you want to change.
To change the time default setting
5. To increase the time or date from 12 hour to 24 hour or to
do one of the following: change the date default setting from
• Press the softkey located month/day/year to day/month/year:
below the selected tab. 1. Press MENU, and then the
• Press ¨SEEK, or \ FWD. softkey below the H tab.
• Turn f clockwise. The HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY
displays.
Radio(s) information that causes the radio

features to work improperly. If this
happens, contact the radio station.
Playing the Radio
O (Power/Volume): Press to turn
the system on and off.
Turn to increase or decrease the
volume.
Finding a Station
BAND: Press to switch between
AM, FM, or XM™ (if equipped).
f (Tune): Turn to select radio

stations.
©SEEK ¨: Press to go to the

Radio with CD shown, Radio with Six-Disc CD similar previous or to the next station.
To scan stations, press and hold
Radio Data System (RDS) stations and only works when the
either arrow for a few seconds until
The audio system has a Radio Data information is available. While the
a beep sounds. The radio goes
System (RDS). The RDS feature is radio is tuned to an FM-RDS station,
to a station, plays for a few seconds,
available for use only on FM stations the station name or call letters
then goes to the next station.
that broadcast RDS information. displays. In rare cases, a radio
Press either arrow again to stop
This system relies upon receiving station can broadcast incorrect
scanning.
specific information from these
The radio only seeks and scans FAV (Favorites): A maximum of The number of favorites pages can
stations with a strong signal that 36 stations can be programmed as be setup using the MENU button.
are in the selected band. favorites using the six pushbuttons To setup the number of favorites
positioned below the radio station pages:
4 (Information) (XM™ Satellite frequency labels and by using the 1. Press the MENU button to
Radio Service, MP3, and RDS FAV button (radio favorites page). display the radio setup menu.
Features): Press to display Press the FAV button to go through
additional text information related up to six pages of favorites, each 2. Press the pushbutton located
to the current FM-RDS station, XM having six favorite stations available below the FAV 1-6 label.
station, or MP3 song. If information is per page. Each page of favorites can 3. Select the desired number of
available, the song title information contain any combination of AM, FM, favorites pages by pressing
displays on the top line of the display or XM stations. To store a station as the pushbutton located below
and artist information displays on the a favorite: the displayed page numbers.
bottom line. When information is not
1. Tune to the desired radio station. 4. Press the FAV button, or let
available, “NO INFO” displays.
2. Press the FAV button to the menu time out, to return to
Storing a Radio Station as a display the page where the original main radio screen
Favorite the station is to be stored. showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin
Drivers are encouraged to set up 3. Press and hold one of the the process of programming
their radio station favorites while the six pushbuttons until a beep favorites for the chosen amount
vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite sounds. When that pushbutton of numbered pages.
stations using the presets, favorites is pressed and released, the
button, and steering wheel controls, station that was set, returns.
if the vehicle has them. See
4. Repeat the steps for each
Defensive Driving on page 4-3.
pushbutton radio station to
be stored as a favorite.
Setting the Tone To quickly adjust bass, midrange, or Adjusting the Speakers
(Bass/Midrange/Treble) treble to the middle position, press (Balance/Fade)
the pushbutton positioned under the
BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, BASS, MID, or TREB tab for more BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade):
Midrange, or Treble): To adjust than two seconds. A beep sounds To adjust balance or fade, press the
bass, midrange, or treble, press and the level adjusts to the middle tune knob until the speaker control
the f knob until the tone control position. labels display. Continue pressing to
tabs display. Continue pressing to highlight the desired tab, or press
highlight the desired tab, or press To quickly adjust all tone and the pushbutton positioned under
the pushbutton positioned under speaker controls to the middle the desired label. Turn the f knob
the desired tab. Turn the f knob position, press the f knob for clockwise or counterclockwise to
to adjust the highlighted setting. more than two seconds until a adjust the highlighted setting.
Bass, midrange, or treble can also beep sounds. The highlighted setting can also
be adjusted by pressing either be adjusted by pressing either
EQ (Equalization): Press to select
SEEK arrow, \ FWD, or s REV preset equalization settings. SEEK arrow, \ FWD, or s REV
when the setting is highlighted until until the desired levels are obtained.
To return to the manual mode,
the desired level is obtained. If a To quickly adjust balance or fade
press the EQ button until Manual
station’s frequency is weak, or has to the middle position, press the
displays or manually adjust the
static, decrease the treble. pushbutton positioned under the
bass, midrange, or treble by
pressing the f knob. BAL or FADE label for more than
two seconds. A beep sounds and the
level adjusts to the middle position.
To quickly adjust all speaker and
tone controls to the middle position,
press the f knob for more than
two seconds until a beep sounds.
Finding a Category (CAT) 4. To exit the category search The radio does not allow categories
Station mode, press the FAV button to be removed or added while the
or BAND button to display vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph
CAT (Category): The CAT button favorites again. (8 km/h).
is used to find XM stations when
the radio is in the XM mode. To find Undesired XM categories can be XM™ Satellite Radio Service
XM channels within a desired removed through the setup menu.
To remove an undesired category: XM is a satellite radio service
category, perform the following:
that is based in the 48 contiguous
1. Press the BAND button until the 1. Press the MENU button to United States and 10 Canadian
XM frequency displays. Press display the radio setup menu. provinces. XM Satellite Radio
the CAT button to display the 2. Press the pushbutton located has a wide variety of programming
category tabs on the radio below the XM CAT tab. and commercial-free music,
display. Continue pressing the coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality
CAT button until the desired 3. Turn the f knob to display the sound. During your trial or when
category name displays. category to be removed. you subscribe, you will get unlimited
2. Press either of the two buttons 4. Press the pushbutton located access to XM Radio Online for when
below the desired category under the Remove tab until you are not in the vehicle. A service
tab to immediately tune to the the category name along with fee is required to receive the XM
first XM station associated the word Removed displays. service. For more information,
with that category. contact XM at xmradio.com or call
5. Repeat the steps to remove 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and
3. Turn the f knob, press the more categories. xmradio.ca or call 1-877-438-9677 in
buttons below the right or left Removed categories can be Canada.
arrows displayed, or press either restored by pressing the pushbutton
SEEK arrow to go to the previous under the Add tab when a removed
or to the next XM station within category is displayed or by pressing
the selected category. the pushbutton under the Restore
All tab.
Radio Messages for XM Only Playing a CD To insert multiple CDs:

See XM Radio Messages on (Single CD Player) 1. Press and hold the ^ button for
page 3-79 later in this section Insert a CD partway into the slot, two seconds. A beep sounds and
for further detail. label side up. The player pulls Load All Discs displays.
it in and the CD should begin
Radio Messages 2. Follow the displayed instruction
playing.
on when to insert the discs. The
Calibration Error: The audio CD player takes up to six CDs.
system has been calibrated for the Playing a CD(s)
vehicle from the factory. If Calibration (Six-Disc CD Player) 3. Press the ^ button again
Error displays, it means that the radio LOAD ^ : Press to load CDs into to cancel loading more CDs.
has not been configured properly for
the CD player. This CD player If the ignition or radio is turned off,
the vehicle and it must be returned
holds up to six CDs. with a CD in the player, it stays in the
to your dealer/retailer for service.
To insert one CD: player. When the ignition or radio is
Locked: This message displays turned on, the CD starts playing
when the THEFTLOCK® system has 1. Press and release the ^ button. where it stopped, if it was the last
locked up the radio. Take the vehicle selected audio source.
2. Wait for the message to insert
to your dealer/retailer for service.
the disc. When a CD is inserted, the CD
If any error occurs repeatedly or if an 3. Load a CD. Insert the CD symbol displays on the CD. As each
error cannot be corrected, contact partway into the slot, label side new track starts to play, the track
your dealer/retailer. up. The player pulls the CD in. number displays.
The CD player can play the smaller
3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with an
adapter ring. Full-size CDs and
the smaller CDs are loaded in
the same manner.
Care of CDs Care of the CD Player Z EJECT: To eject the CD that is

If playing a CD-R, the sound quality Do not add any label to a CD, it currently playing, press and release
can be reduced due to CD-R quality, could get caught in the CD player. this button. A beep sounds and
the method of recording, the quality If a CD is recorded on a personal Ejecting Disc displays. Once the disc
of the music that has been recorded, computer and a description label is ejected, Remove Disc displays.
and the way the CD-R has been is needed, try labeling the top of the The CD can be removed. If the CD is
handled. Handle them carefully. recorded CD with a marking pen. not removed, after several seconds,
Store CD-R(s) in their original cases the CD automatically pulls back into
To prevent contaminating the lens of the player and begins playing.
or other protective cases and away
the disc optics with lubricants internal
from direct sunlight and dust. The CD
to the player mechanism the use of For the Six-Disc CD player, press
player scans the bottom surface of
disc lens cleaners is not advised. and hold Z for two seconds to eject
the disc. If the surface of a CD is
damaged, such as cracked, broken, Notice: If a label is added to all discs.
or scratched, the CD does not play a CD, or more than one CD is
properly or not at all. Do not touch inserted into the slot at a time,
f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on
the bottom side of a CD while or an attempt is made to play the CD currently playing.
handling it; this could damage the scratched or damaged CDs, the
surface. Pick up CDs by grasping CD player could be damaged.
©SEEK ¨: Press the left arrow to
the outer edges or the edge of the go to the start of the current track, if
While using the CD player, use
hole and the outer edge. more than ten seconds have played.
only CDs in good condition
Press the right arrow to go to the
If the surface of a CD is soiled, take without any label, load one CD at a
next track. If either the left or right
a soft, lint free cloth or dampen a time, and keep the CD player and
arrow is held, or pressed multiple
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral the loading slot free of foreign
times, the player continues moving
detergent solution mixed with water, materials, liquids, and debris.
backward or forward through the
and clean it. Make sure the wiping If an error displays, see “CD tracks on the CD.
process starts from the center to Messages” later in this section.
the edge.
s REV (Fast Reverse): Press To use random: The radio system has an auxiliary
and hold to reverse playback quickly • Press the pushbutton positioned input jack located on the lower right
within a track. Sound is heard at a under the RDM tab until Random side of the faceplate. An external
reduced volume. Release to resume Current Disc displays to play audio device such as a portable
playing the track. The elapsed time the tracks from a CD in random audio player can be connected to
of the track displays. order. Press again to turn off the auxiliary input jack for use as
random play. another source for playing CDs.
\ FWD (Fast Forward): Press
Press the CD/AUX button again and
and hold to advance playback • Press the pushbutton positioned
under the RDM tab until the system begins playing audio from
quickly within a track. Sound is the connected portable audio player.
heard at a reduced volume. Release Randomize All Discs displays
to play tracks from all CDs loaded If a portable audio player is not
to resume playing the track. The connected, “No Input Device Found”
elapsed time of the track displays. in a six-disc CD player in random
order. Press again to turn off displays.
RDM (Random): With the random random play.
Playing an MP3 CD-R or
setting, the tracks can be listened
to in random, rather than sequential BAND: Press to listen to the CD-RW Disc
order, on one CD or all CDs in a radio when a CD is playing. The CD The vehicle’s radio system may
six-disc CD player. remains inside the radio for future have the MP3 feature. If it has this
listening. feature, it is capable of playing an
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. For more
play a CD when listening to the radio. information on how to play an MP3
The CD icon and track number CD-R or CD-RW disc, see Using an
displays when a CD is in the player. MP3 on page 3-75 later in this
section.
CD Messages displays an error message, write it O (Power/Volume): Turn to

down and provide it to your dealer/ increase or decrease the volume
CHECK DISC: If this message retailer when reporting the problem.
displays and/or the CD comes out, of the portable player. Additional
it could be: volume adjustments might have to
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
be made from the portable device
• It is very hot. When the The radio system has an auxiliary if the volume is not loud or soft
temperature returns to normal, input jack located on the lower right enough.
the CD should play. side of the faceplate. This is not
an audio output; do not plug the BAND: Press to listen to the radio
• The road is very rough. When
headphone set into the front auxiliary when a portable audio device is
the road becomes smoother,
input jack. An external audio device playing. The portable audio device
the CD should play.
such as an iPod™, laptop computer, continues playing.
• The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, MP3 player, CD changer, etc. can be
or upside down. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to
connected to the auxiliary input jack play a CD when a portable audio
• The air is very humid. If so, wait for use as another audio source. device is playing. Press again and
about an hour and try again. the system begins playing audio from
Drivers are encouraged to set up
• There could have been a problem any auxiliary device while the vehicle the connected portable audio player.
while burning the CD. is in P (Park). See Defensive Driving If a portable audio player is not
on page 4-3 for more information on connected, “No Input Device Found”
• The label could be caught in the
driver distraction. displays.
CD player.
To use a portable audio player,
If the CD is not playing correctly,
connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 inch) cable
for any other reason, try a known
to the radio’s front auxiliary input
good CD.
jack. When a device is connected,
If any error occurs repeatedly or if press the radio CD/AUX button to
an error cannot be corrected, contact begin playing audio from the device
your dealer/retailer. If the radio over the vehicle speakers.
Using an MP3 MP3 Format • Make sure playlists have a .mp3

To burn an MP3 disc on a personal or .wpl extension, other file
MP3 CD-R or CD-RW Disc computer: extensions may not work.
The radio plays MP3 files that were • Make sure the MP3 files • Minimize the length of the file,
recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW disc. are recorded on a CD-R folder or playlist names. Long file,
The files can be recorded with the or CD-RW disc. folder, or playlist names, or a
following fixed bit rates: 32 kbps, combination of a large number of
40 kbps, 56 kbps, 64 kbps, 80 kbps, • Do not mix standard audio and files and folders, or playlists can
96 kbps, 112 kbps, 128 kbps, MP3 files on one disc. cause the player to be unable to
160 kbps, 192 kbps, 224 kbps, • The CD player is able to play up to the maximum number
256 kbps, and 320 kbps or a variable read and play a maximum of of files, folders, playlists, or
bit rate. Song title, artist name, and 50 folders, 50 playlists, and sessions. To play a large number
album are available for display by the 255 files. of files, folders, playlists or
radio when recorded using ID3 tags sessions, minimize the length of
version 1 and 2. • Create a folder structure that
the file, folder, or playlist name.
makes it easy to find songs while
Long names also take up more
Compressed Audio driving. Organize songs by
space on the display, potentially
albums using one folder for each
The radio also plays discs that getting cut off.
album. Each folder or album
contain both uncompressed CD • Finalize the audio disc before
should contain 18 songs or less.
audio (.CDA files) and MP3 files. burning it. Trying to add music to
By default the radio reads only the • Avoid subfolders. The system
an existing disc can cause the
uncompressed audio and ignore can support up to eight subfolders
disc not to function in the player.
the MP3 files. Pressing the CAT deep, however, keep the total
(category) button toggles between number of folders to a minimum
compressed and uncompressed in order to reduce the complexity
audio format. and confusion in trying to locate a
particular folder during playback.
Playlists can be changed by using no compressed files directly beneath Order of Play
the previous and next folder buttons, them, the player advances to the Tracks recorded to the CD-R or
the tune knob, or the SEEK arrows. next folder in the file structure that CD-RW are played in the following
An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that was contains compressed audio files. order:
recorded using no file folders can The empty folder does not display.
also be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW • Play begins from the first track
contains more than the maximum of No Folder in the first playlist and continues
50 folders, 50 playlists, and 255 files, When the CD contains only sequentially through all tracks in
the player can access and navigate compressed files, the files are each playlist. When the last track
up to the maximum, but all items over located under the root folder. of the last playlist has played, play
the maximum are not accessible. The next and previous folder continues from the first track of
functions do not display on a CD the first playlist.
Root Directory that was recorded without folders • Play begins from the first track
The root directory of the CD-R or playlists. When displaying in the first folder and continues
or CD-RW is treated as a folder. the name of the folder the radio sequentially through all tracks in
If the root directory has compressed displays ROOT. each folder. When the last track of
audio files, the directory displays the last folder has been played,
When the CD contains only playlists
as F1 ROOT. All files contained play continues from the first track
and compressed audio files, but no
directly under the root directory are of the first folder.
folders, all files are located under the
accessed prior to any root directory
root folder. The folder down and up When play enters a new folder,
folders. However, playlists (Px) are
buttons searches playlists (Px) first the display does not automatically
always accessed before root folders
and then go to the root folder. When show the new folder name unless
or files.
the radio displays the name of the the folder mode is chosen as the
Empty Directory or Folder folder the radio displays ROOT. default display. The new track
name displays.
If a root directory or a folder exists
somewhere in the file structure that
contains only folders/subfolders and
File System and Naming Playing an MP3 Z EJECT: Press and release
The song name that is displayed is Insert a CD-R or CD-RW partway to eject the CD-R or CD-RW that is
the song name that is contained in into the slot (Single CD Player), or playing. A beep sounds and Ejecting
the ID3 tag. If the song name is not press the ^ button and wait for the Disc displays. Once the disc is
present in the ID3 tag, then the radio message to insert disc (Six-Disc CD ejected, Remove Disc displays.
displays the file name without the Player), label side up. The player The CD-R or CD-RW can be
extension (such as .mp3) as the pulls it in, and the CD-R or CD-RW removed. If the CD-R or CD-RW is
track name. should begin playing. not removed, after several seconds,
the CD-R or CD-RW automatically
Track names longer than If the ignition or radio is turned off pulls back into the player and begins
32 characters or four pages are with a CD-R or CD-RW in the player, playing.
shortened. Parts of words on the it stays in the player. When the
last page of text and the extension ignition or radio is turned on, the For the Six-Disc CD player, press
of the filename does not display. CD-R or CD-RW starts to play where and hold this button for two seconds
it stopped, if it was the last selected to eject all discs.
Preprogrammed Playlists
audio source.
Preprogrammed playlists that f (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files
were created by WinAmp™, As each new track starts to play, on the CD-R or CD-RW currently
MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ the track number and song title playing.
software can be accessed, however, displays.
they cannot be edited using the ©SEEK ¨: Press the left arrow to
radio. These playlists are treated go to the start of the current MP3 file,
as special folders containing if more than ten seconds have
compressed audio song files. played. Press the right arrow to go to
the next MP3 file. If either arrow is
held or pressed multiple times, the
player continues moving backward or
forward through MP3 files on the CD.
S c (Previous Folder): Press RDM (Random): With the random h (Music Navigator): Use
the pushbutton positioned under setting, the MP3 files on the CD-R or the music navigator feature to play
the Folder label to go to the CD-RW can be listened to in random, MP3 files on the CD-R or CD-RW in
first track in the previous folder. rather than sequential order, on order by artist or album. Press the
one CD-R/CD-RW or all discs in a pushbutton located below the music
c T (Next Folder): Press six-disc CD player. To use random, navigator label. The player scans the
the pushbutton positioned under do one of the following: disc to sort the files by artist and
the Folder label to go to the 1. To play MP3 files from the CD-R album ID3 tag information. It can
first track in the next folder. or CD-RW in random order, take several minutes to scan the
press the pushbutton positioned disc depending on the number of
s REV (Reverse): Press and hold under the RDM label until MP3 files recorded to the CD-R or
to reverse playback quickly within Random Current Disc displays. CD-RW. The radio can begin playing
an MP3 file. Sound is heard at Press the same pushbutton while it is scanning the disc in the
a reduced volume. Release again to turn off random play. background. When the scan is
to resume playing the file. The finished, the CD-R or CD-RW
elapsed time of the file displays. 2. To play songs from all CDs
begins playing again.
loaded in a six-disc CD player
\ FWD (Fast Forward): Press in random order, press the
and hold to advance playback pushbutton positioned under
quickly within an MP3 file. Sound the RDM label until Randomize
is heard at a reduced volume. All Discs displays. Press the
Release to resume playing the file. same pushbutton again to turn
The elapsed time of the file displays. off random play.
Once the disc has been scanned, the to play. Once all songs from that XM Radio Messages
player defaults to playing MP3 files in album are played, the player moves
order by artist. The current artist to the next album in alphabetical XL (Explicit Language Channels):
playing is shown on the second line order on the CD-R/CD-RW and These channels, or any others, can
of the display between the arrows. begins playing MP3 files from be blocked at a customer’s request,
Once all songs by that artist are that album. by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).
played, the player moves to the next XM Updating: The encryption code
artist in alphabetical order on the To exit music navigator mode, press
the pushbutton below the Back label in the receiver is being updated, and
CD-R/CD-RW and begins playing no action is required. This process
MP3 files by that artist. To listen to to return to normal MP3 playback.
should take no longer than
MP3 files by another artist, press BAND: Press to listen to the radio 30 seconds.
the pushbutton located below either while a CD is playing. The inactive
arrow button. The disc goes to the CD remains inside the radio for No XM Signal: The system is
next or previous artist in alphabetical future listening. functioning correctly, but the vehicle
order. Continue pressing either is in a location that is blocking the
button until the desired artist is CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press XM™ signal. When the vehicle is
displayed. to play a CD while listening to the moved into an open area, the signal
radio. The CD icon and a message should return.
To change from playback by artist showing disc and/or track number
to playback by album, press the displays while a CD is in the player. Loading XM: The audio system
pushbutton located below the Sort Press this button again and the is acquiring and processing audio
By label. From the sort screen, push system automatically searches for and text data. No action is needed.
one of the buttons below the album an auxiliary input device such as a This message should disappear
button. Press the pushbutton below portable audio player. If a portable shortly.
the back label to return to the main audio player is not connected,
music navigator screen. Now the “No Aux Input Device” displays.
album name is displayed on the
second line between the arrows and
songs from the current album begins
Channel Off Air: This channel is No CAT Info: No category XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
not currently in service. Tune in information is available at this this message alternates with the
to another channel. time on this channel. The system XM™ Radio 8 digit radio ID label.
is working properly. This label is needed to activate the
Channel Unauth: This channel service.
is blocked or cannot be received No Information: No text or
with your XM Subscription package. informational messages are Unknown: If this message is
available at this time on this received when tuned to channel 0,
Channel Unavail: This previously channel. The system is working there could be a receiver fault.
assigned channel is no longer properly. Consult with your dealer/retailer.
assigned. Tune to another station.
If this station was one of the presets, CAT Not Found: There are no Check XM Receivr: If this
choose another station for that channels available for the selected message does not clear within a
preset button. category. The system is working short period of time, the receiver
properly. could have a fault. Consult with
No Artist Info: No artist information your dealer/retailer.
is available at this time on this XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver
channel. The system is working in the vehicle could have previously XM Not Available: If this message
properly. been in another vehicle. For security does not clear within a short
purposes, XM receivers cannot be period of time, the receiver could
No Title Info: No song title swapped between vehicles. If this have a fault. Consult with your
information is available at this message is received after having the dealer/retailer.
time on this channel. The system vehicle serviced, check with your
is working properly. dealer/retailer.
Navigation/Radio System Voice Recognition system. Use the audio system

volume knob, during a call,
For vehicles with a navigation The Bluetooth system uses voice
to change the volume level.
radio system, see the separate recognition to interpret voice
The adjusted volume level
Navigation System manual. commands to dial phone numbers
remains in memory for later calls.
and name tags.
To prevent missed calls, a minimum
Bluetooth® Noise: Keep interior noise levels to volume level is used if the volume
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system a minimum. The system may not is turned down too low.
can use a Bluetooth capable cell recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise. Bluetooth Controls
phone with a Hands Free Profile
to make and receive phone calls. Use the buttons located on the
When to Speak: A short tone
The system can be used while steering wheel to operate the
sounds after the system responds
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ in-vehicle Bluetooth system.
indicating when it is waiting for
ACCESSORY position. The range See Audio Steering Wheel Controls
a voice command. Wait until
of the Bluetooth system can be on page 3-92 for more information.
the tone and then speak.
up to 30 ft. (9.1 m). Not all phones
support all functions, and not all How to Speak: Speak clearly in a J / 0 (Push To Talk): Press to
phones are guaranteed to work calm and natural voice. answer incoming calls, confirm
with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system. system information, and to start
See gm.com/bluetooth for more Audio System speech recognition.
information on compatible phones. When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth − / K (Phone On Hook): Press
system, sound comes through
to end a call and to cancel an
the vehicle’s front audio system
operation.
speakers and overrides the audio
Pairing • Only one paired cell phone can 4. Start the Pairing process on the
be connected to the in-vehicle cell phone that will be paired to
A Bluetooth enabled cell phone must
Bluetooth system at a time. the vehicle. Reference the
be paired to the in-vehicle Bluetooth
cell phone manufacturers user
system first and then connected to • Pairing should only need to be
guide for information on this
the vehicle before it can be used. completed once, unless changes
process.
See the cell phone manufacturers to the pairing information have
user guide for Bluetooth functions been made or the phone is Locate the device named
before pairing the cell phone. If a deleted. “General Motors” in the list on
Bluetooth phone is not connected, the cellular phone and follow the
To link to a different paired phone, instructions on the cell phone
calls will be made using OnStar®
see Linking to a Different Phone to enter the four digit PIN number
Hands-Free Calling, if available.
later in this section. that was provided in Step 3.
Refer to the OnStar owner’s guide
for more information. Pairing a Phone 5. The system prompts for a
name for the phone. Use a name
Pairing Information: 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
that best describes the phone.
• Up to five cell phones can two seconds. The system This name will be used to indicate
be paired to the in-vehicle responds with “Ready” which phone is connected.
Bluetooth system. followed by a tone. The system then confirms
• The pairing process is disabled 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system the name provided.
when the vehicle is moving. responds with “Bluetooth 6. The system responds with
ready” followed by a tone. “<Phone name> has been
• The in-vehicle Bluetooth system
automatically links with the first 3. Say “Pair”. The system responds successfully paired” after the
available paired cell phone in with instructions and a four digit pairing process is complete.
the order the phone was paired. PIN number. The PIN number 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for
will be used in Step 4. additional phones to be paired.
Listing All Paired and Connected 3. Say “Delete”. The system asks 3. Say “Change phone”.
Phones which phone to delete followed The system responds with
by a tone. “Please wait while I search
1. Press and hold J / 0 for
4. Say the name of the phone to for other phones”.
two seconds. The system
responds with “Ready” be deleted. If the phone name is • If another phone is found,
followed by a tone. unknown, use the “List” command the response will be “<Phone
for a list of all paired phones. The name> is now connected”.
2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system system responds with “Would you
responds with “Bluetooth • If another phone is not found,
like to delete <phone name>? the original phone remains
ready” followed by a tone. Yes or No” followed by a tone. connected.
3. Say “List”. The system lists all 5. Say “Yes” to delete the phone.
the paired Bluetooth devices. The system responds with Storing Name Tags
If a phone is connected to “OK, deleting <phone name>”.
the vehicle, the system will The system can store up to thirty
say “Is connected” after the phone numbers as name tags
Linking to a Different Phone
connected phone. that are shared between the
1. Press and hold J / 0 for Bluetooth and OnStar systems.
Deleting a Paired Phone two seconds. The system The system uses the following
responds with “Ready”
1. Press and hold J / 0 for commands to store and retrieve
followed by a tone. phone numbers:
responds with “Ready” 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system • Store
followed by a tone. responds with “Bluetooth
ready” followed by a tone. • Digit Store
2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system
responds with “Bluetooth • Directory
ready” followed by a tone.
Using the Store Command If the number is correct, say Using the Digit Store Command
The store command allows a “Yes”. If the number is not The digit store command allows
phone number to be stored without correct, say “No”. The system a phone number to be stored
entering the digits individually. will ask for the number to be by entering the digits individually.
re-entered.
1. Press and hold J / 0 for 4. After the system stores the 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
two seconds. The system phone number, it responds two seconds. The system
responds with “Ready” with “Please say the name tag” responds with “Ready” followed
followed by a tone. followed by a tone. by a tone.
2. Say “Store”. The system 5. Say a name tag for the 2. Say “Digit Store”. The system
responds with “Store, number phone number. The name responds with “Please say the
please” followed by a tone. tag is recorded and the system first digit to store” followed
3. Say the complete phone number responds with “About to store by a tone.
to be stored at once with no <name tag>. Does that 3. Say the first digit to be stored.
pauses. sound OK?”. The system will repeat back
• If the system recognizes • If the name tag does not sound the digit it heard followed by a
the number it responds with correct, say “No” and repeat tone. Continue entering digits
“OK, Storing” and repeats the Step 5. until the number to be stored
phone number. is complete.
• If the name tag sounds
• If the system is unsure it correct, say “Yes” and the • If an unwanted number is
recognizes the phone number, name tag is stored. After the recognized by the system,
it responds with “Store” and number is stored the system say “Clear” at any time
repeats the number followed returns to the main menu. to clear the last number.
by “Please say yes or no”. • To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time and the
system will repeat them.
4. After the complete number Using the Directory Command Using the Delete Command
has been entered, say “Store”. The directory command lists The delete command allows specific
The system responds with all of the name tags stored by name tags to be deleted.
“Please say the name tag” the system. To use the directory
followed by a tone. To use the delete command:
command:
5. Say a name tag for the 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
phone number. The name 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
tag is recorded and the system two seconds. The system
responds with “Ready”
responds with “About to store responds with “Ready”
followed by a tone.
<name tag>. Does that followed by a tone.
sound OK?”. 2. Say “Delete”. The system
2. Say “Directory”. The system
responds with “Delete, please say
• If the name tag does not sound responds with “Directory”
the name tag” followed by a tone.
correct, say “No” and repeat and then plays back all of the
Step 5. stored name tags. When the 3. Say the name tag to be deleted.
list is complete, the system The system responds with “Would
• If the name tag sounds returns to the main menu. you like to delete, <name tag>?
correct, say “Yes” and the Please say yes or no”.
name tag is stored. After the Deleting Name Tags
number is stored the system • If the name tag is correct, say
The system uses the following “Yes” to delete the name tag.
returns to the main menu.
commands to delete name tags: The system responds with
• Delete “OK, deleting <name tag>,
returning to the main menu.”
• Delete all name tags
• If the name tag is incorrect,
say “No”. The system
responds with “No. OK,
let’s try again, please say
the name tag.”
Using the Delete All Name Tags Making a Call • If the system does not
Command recognize the number, it
Calls can be made using the
The delete all name tags command following commands: confirms the numbers followed
deletes all stored phone book name by a tone. If the number is
• Dial correct, say “Yes”. The system
tags and route name tags for OnStar
(if present). • Digit Dial responds with “OK, Dialing”
and dials the number. If the
To use the delete all name tags • Call number is not correct, say
command: • Re-dial “No”. The system will ask for
1. Press and hold J / 0 for the number to be re-entered.
Using the Dial Command
two seconds. The system Using the Digit Dial Command
responds with “Ready” 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
followed by a tone. two seconds. The system 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
responds with “Ready” two seconds. The system
2. Say “Delete all name tags”. followed by a tone. responds with “Ready”
The system responds with followed by a tone.
“You are about to delete all 2. Say “Dial”. The system responds
name tags stored in your with “Dial using <phone name>. 2. Say “Digit Dial”. The system
phone directory and your route “Number please” followed by responds with “Digit dial using
destination directory. Are you a tone. <phone name>, please say the
sure you want to do this? Please 3. Say the entire number without first digit to dial” followed by
say yes or no.” pausing. a tone.
• Say “Yes” to delete all • If the system recognizes the 3. Say the digits to be dialed one at
name tags. number, it responds with “OK, a time. Following each digit, the
Dialing” and dials the number. system will repeat back the digit it
• Say “No” to cancel the function heard followed by a tone.
and return to the main menu.
4. Continue entering digits until the 3. Say the name tag of the person Using the Re-dial Command
number to be dialed is complete. to call.
1. Press and hold J / 0 for
After the whole number has been • If the system clearly
entered, say “Dial”. The system two seconds. The system
recognizes the name tag it responds with “Ready”
responds with “OK, Dialing” and responds with “OK, calling,
dials the number. followed by a tone.
<name tag>” and dials the
• If an unwanted number is number. 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial”.
recognized by the system, The system responds with
• If the system is unsure it “Re-dial using <phone name>”
say “Clear” at any time to recognizes the right name
clear the last number. and dials the last number
tag, it confirms the name tag called from the connected
• To hear all of the numbers followed by a tone. If the name Bluetooth phone.
recognized by the system, say tag is correct, say “Yes”.
“Verify” at any time and the The system responds with Once connected, the person called
system will repeat them. “OK, calling, <name tag>” and will be heard through the audio
dials the number. If the name speakers.
Using the Call Command tag is not correct, say “No”.
Receiving a Call
1. Press and hold J / 0 for The system will ask for the
two seconds. The system name tag to be re-entered. When an incoming call is received,
responds with “Ready” the audio system mutes and a
Once connected, the person called ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
followed by a tone. will be heard through the audio
2. Say “Call”. The system responds speakers. • Press J / 0 and begin speaking
with “Call using <phone name>. to answer the call.
Please say the name tag” • Press − / K to ignore a call.
followed by a tone.
Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Muting a Call

Call waiting must be supported on Three-Way Calling must be During a call, all sounds from inside
the Bluetooth phone and enabled supported on the Bluetooth phone the vehicle can be muted so that
by the wireless service carrier and enabled by the wireless service the person on the other end of
to work. carrier to work. the call cannot hear them.
• Press J / 0 to answer an 1. While on a call press J / 0. To Mute a call
incoming call when another call The system responds with
is active. The original call is 1. Press J / 0. The system
“Ready” followed by a tone.
placed on hold. responds with “Ready” followed
2. Say “Three-way call”. The system by a tone.
• Press J / 0 again to return to the responds with “Three-way call,
please say dial or call”. 2. Say “Mute Call”. The system
original call.
responds with “Call muted”.
• To ignore the incoming call, 3. Use the dial or call command to
continue with the original call dial the number of the third party To Cancel Mute
with no action. to be called. 1. Press J / 0. The system
• Press − / K to disconnect the 4. Once the call is connected, responds with “Ready” followed
current call and switch to the press J / 0 to link all the callers by a tone.
call on hold. together. 2. After the tone, say “Mute Call”.
The system responds with
Ending a Call “Resuming call”.
Press − / K to end a call.
Transferring a Call To Transfer Audio to the This feature can be used to verbally
In-Vehicle Bluetooth System access contacts stored in the cell
Audio can be transferred between
The cellular phone must be paired phone.
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system
and the cell phone. and connected with the Bluetooth 1. Press and hold J / 0 for
system before a call can be two seconds. The system
To Transfer Audio to the Cell transferred. The connection process
Phone responds with “Ready”
can take up to two minutes after the followed by a tone.
During a call with the audio in the key is turned to the ON/RUN or
vehicle: ACC/ACCESSORY position. 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system
responds with “Bluetooth
1. Press J / 0. The system During a call with the audio on the ready” followed by a tone.
responds with “Ready” followed cell phone, press J / 0 for more than 3. Say “Voice”. The system
by a tone. two seconds. The audio switches responds with “OK, accessing
2. Say “Transfer Call.” The system from the cell phone to the vehicle. <phone name>”.
responds with “Transferring call” Voice Pass-Thru • The cell phone’s normal
and the audio will switch from prompt messages will go
the vehicle to the cell phone. Voice Pass-Thru allows access to
through its cycle according
the voice recognition commands on
to the phone’s operating
the cell phone. See the cell phone
instructions.
manufacturers user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency 3. Say the number to send. Sending a Stored Name Tag
(DTMF) Tones • If the system clearly During a Call
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can recognizes the number 1. Press J / 0. The system
send numbers and numbers stored it responds with “OK, Sending responds with “Ready” followed
as name tags during a call. This is Number” and the dial tones by a tone.
used when calling a menu driven are sent and the call
continues. 2. Say “Send name tag.”
phone system. Account numbers can The system responds with
be programmed into the phonebook • If the system is not sure “Say a name tag to send tones”
for retrieval during menu driven calls. it recognized the number followed by a tone.
properly, it responds “Dial
Sending a Number During a Call 3. Say the name tag to send.
Number, Please say yes or
1. Press J / 0. The system no?” followed by a tone. If the • If the system clearly
responds with “Ready” followed number is correct, say “Yes”. recognizes the name tag it
by a tone. The system responds with responds with “OK, Sending
“OK, Sending Number” and <name tag>” and the dial
2. Say “Dial”. The system responds
the dial tones are sent and the tones are sent and the
with “Say a number to send
call continues. call continues.
tones” followed by a tone.
• If the system is not sure it
recognized the name tag
properly, it responds “Dial
<name tag>, Please say yes
or no?” followed by a tone.
If the name tag is correct, say
“Yes”. The system responds
with “OK, Sending <name
tag>” and the dial tones are
sent and the call continues.
Clearing the System This device complies with Part 15 of Changes or modifications to
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject this system by other than an
Unless information is deleted out
to the following two conditions: authorized service facility could void
of the in-vehicle Bluetooth system,
1. This device may not cause authorization to use this equipment.
it will be retained indefinitely.
This includes all saved name tags harmful interference.
in the phonebook and phone pairing 2. This device must accept any
Theft-Deterrent Feature
information. For information on how interference received, including THEFTLOCK® is designed to
to delete this information, see the interference that may cause discourage theft of the vehicle’s
above sections on Deleting a Paired undesired operation. radio by learning a portion of
Phone and Deleting Name Tags. the Vehicle Identification Number
This device complies with RSS-210 (VIN). The radio does not operate
Other Information of Industry Canada. Operation if it is stolen or moved to a different
The Bluetooth® word mark and is subject to the following two vehicle.
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® conditions:
SIG, Inc. and any use of such 1. This device may not cause
marks by General Motors is under interference.
license. Other trademarks and 2. This device must accept any
trade names are those of their interference received, including
respective owners. interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Audio Steering Wheel K (End Call): For vehicles with Radio Reception
Controls the OnStar® system, press to end a Frequency interference and static
Hands-Free call, an OnStar® call, can occur during normal radio
cancel an incoming call, or end reception if items such as cell
the Advisor Playback. phone chargers, vehicle
For vehicles with Bluetooth®, convenience accessories, and
press to end a call, or cancel an external electronic devices are
incoming call. plugged into the accessory power
outlet. If there is interference or
v+v − (Volume): Move the static, unplug the item from the
thumbwheel up or down to increase accessory power outlet.
or to decrease the volume.
AM
J 0 (Call/Mute): Press and The range for most AM stations is
release to mute the system. Press greater than for FM, especially at
Some audio controls can be it again to turn the sound back on. night. The longer range can cause
adjusted at the steering wheel. For vehicles with OnStar® or station frequencies to interfere
They include the following: Bluetooth systems, press and with each other. For better radio
hold for longer than two seconds reception, most AM radio stations
+ / − (Next/Previous): Press and boost the power levels during the
release to go to the next or the to interact with those systems.
See OnStar® System on page 2-33 day, and then reduce these levels
previous preset radio station or during the night. Static can also
CD track. and Bluetooth® on page 3-81 in this
manual for more information. occur when things like storms and
power lines interfere with radio
reception. When this happens, try
reducing the treble on the radio.
FM Stereo Cellular Phone Usage XM™ Satellite Radio

FM signals only reach about Cellular phone usage may cause Antenna System
10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). interference with the vehicle’s radio.
The XM Satellite Radio antenna is
Although the radio has a built-in This interference may occur when
located on the roof of the vehicle.
electronic circuit that automatically making or receiving phone calls,
Keep the antenna clear of
works to reduce interference, charging the phone’s battery, or
obstructions for clear radio reception.
some static can occur, especially simply having the phone on. This
around tall buildings or hills, causing interference causes an increased If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
the sound to fade in and out. level of static while listening to the performance of the XM system may
radio. If static is received while be affected if the sunroof is open.
XM™ Satellite Radio Service listening to the radio, unplug the
XM Satellite Radio Service cellular phone and turn it off. Chime Level Adjustment
gives digital radio reception from
The radio may be used to adjust the
coast-to-coast in the 48 contiguous Fixed Mast Antenna vehicle’s chime level. If the radio can
United States, and in Canada.
The fixed mast antenna can be used to change the volume level
Just as with FM, tall buildings or
withstand most car washes without of the chime, press and hold the sixth
hills can interfere with satellite radio
being damaged as long as it is FAV softkey with the ignition on and
signals, causing the sound to fade
securely attached to the base. the radio power off. The volume level
in and out. In addition, traveling
If the mast becomes slightly bent, changes between Normal and Loud.
or standing under heavy foliage,
straighten it out by hand. If the The selected volume level appears
bridges, garages, or tunnels may
mast is badly bent, replace it. on the radio display.
cause loss of the XM signal for a
period of time. Occasionally check to make sure Removing the radio and not
the antenna is tightened to its base. replacing it with a factory radio or
If tightening is required, tighten chime module will disable vehicle
by hand. chimes.
✍ NOTES
Driving Your Vehicle 4-1
Off-Road Recovery ..............4-11

Driving Your Passing ..............................4-11
Your Driving, the
Vehicle Loss of Control ...................4-12 Road, and the Vehicle
Off-Road Driving ..................4-13
Driving at Night ...................4-22
Driving in Rain and Driving Your Vehicle
on Wet Roads ...................4-23 Whenever we drive, we are taking
Your Driving, the Road, Before Leaving on on an important responsibility.
and the Vehicle a Long Trip .......................4-24 This is true for any motor
Driving Your Vehicle ..............4-1 Highway Hypnosis ...............4-24
Hill and Mountain Roads ......4-24 vehicle — passenger car, van,
Driver Behavior .....................4-2
Driving Environment ...............4-2 Winter Driving .....................4-25 truck, sport utility. Driver behavior,
Vehicle Design ......................4-2 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in the driving environment, and the
Driving for Better Fuel Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow ......4-27 vehicle’s design all affect how well a
Economy ............................4-3 Rocking Your Vehicle vehicle performs. But statistics show
Defensive Driving ..................4-3 to Get It Out .....................4-27 that the most important factor, by far,
Drunk Driving .......................4-4 Loading the Vehicle .............4-28 is how we drive.
Control of a Vehicle ...............4-4
Braking ................................4-5 Towing Knowing how these three factors
Antilock Brake Towing Your Vehicle ............4-32 work together can help you
System (ABS) .....................4-6 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...4-32 understand how your vehicle
Braking in Emergencies ..........4-6 Towing a Trailer ..................4-35 handles and what you can do to
StabiliTrak® System ...............4-7 avoid many types of crashes,
Traction Control including a rollover crash.
System (TCS) .....................4-8
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
System ..............................4-9
Steering ...............................4-9
4-2 Driving Your Vehicle
Driver Behavior Driving Environment Utility vehicles do have higher

ground clearance and a narrower
The single most important thing is You can also help avoid a rollover track or shorter wheelbase than
this: everyone in the vehicle, or other type of crash by being passenger cars, to make them more
including the driver, should buckle prepared for driving in inclement capable for off-road driving. Specific
up. See Safety Belts: They Are for weather, at night, or during other design characteristics like these give
Everyone on page 1-10. In fact, most times where visibility or traction the driver a better view of the road,
serious injuries and fatalities to may be limited, such as on curves, but also give utility vehicles a higher
unbelted occupants can be reduced slippery roads, or hilly terrain. center of gravity than other types of
or prevented by the use of safety Unfamiliar surroundings can also vehicles. This means that you should
belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted have hidden hazards. not expect a utility vehicle to handle
person is significantly more likely to the same way a vehicle with a lower
To help you learn more about driving
die than a person wearing a seat center of gravity, like a car, would in
in different conditions, this section
belt. In addition, avoiding excessive similar situations.
contains information about city,
speed, sudden or abrupt turns, and
freeway, and off-road driving, as well But driver behavior factors are
drunken or aggressive driving can
as other hints for driving in various far more often the cause of a
help make trips safer and avoid the
weather conditions. utility vehicle rollover than
possibility of a crash, especially a
rollover crash. This section provides are environmental or vehicle
many useful tips to help you drive Vehicle Design factors. Safe driver behavior and
more safely. According to the U.S. Department understanding the environment in
of Transportation, utility vehicles which you will be driving can help
have a significantly higher rollover avoid a rollover crash in any type of
rate than other types of vehicles. vehicle, including utility vehicles.
Driving for Better Fuel • Keep vehicle tires properly

Economy inflated. { CAUTION
• Combine several trips into a Assume that other road users
Driving habits can affect fuel
single trip. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other
mileage. Here are some driving
tips to get the best fuel economy • Replace the vehicle’s tires with drivers) are going to be careless
possible. the same TPC Spec number and make mistakes. Anticipate
molded into the tire’s sidewall what they might do and be ready.
• Avoid fast starts and accelerate
near the size. In addition:
smoothly.
• Follow recommended scheduled • Allow enough following
• Brake gradually and avoid abrupt distance between you and
maintenance.
stops. the driver in front of you.
• Avoid idling the engine for long Defensive Driving • Focus on the task of driving.
periods of time.
Defensive driving means “always Driver distraction can cause
• When road and weather expect the unexpected.” The first collisions resulting in injury or
conditions are appropriate, use step in driving defensively is to wear possible death. These simple
cruise control, if equipped. your safety belt — See Safety Belts: defensive driving techniques could
• Always follow posted speed limits They Are for Everyone on page 1-10. save your life.
or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
Drunk Driving Police records show that This means that when anyone who
almost 40 percent of all motor has been drinking — driver or
vehicle-related deaths involve passenger — is in a crash, that
{ CAUTION alcohol. In most cases, these deaths person’s chance of being killed or
are the result of someone who was permanently disabled is higher than
Drinking and then driving is drinking and driving. In recent years, if the person had not been drinking.
very dangerous. Your reflexes, more than 17,000 annual motor
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
vehicle-related deaths have been Control of a Vehicle
associated with the use of alcohol,
a small amount of alcohol. You with about 250,000 people injured. The following three systems
can have a serious — or even help to control the vehicle while
fatal — collision if you drive after For persons under 21, it is against driving —brakes, steering, and
drinking. Do not drink and drive or the law in every U.S. state to drink accelerator. At times, as when
ride with a driver who has been alcohol. There are good medical, driving on snow or ice, it is easy to
psychological, and developmental ask more of those control systems
drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
reasons for these laws. than the tires and road can provide.
you are with a group, designate a
driver who will not drink. The obvious way to eliminate the Meaning, you can lose control of
leading highway safety problem the vehicle. See Traction Control
is for people never to drink alcohol System (TCS) on page 4-8.
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global and then drive. Adding non-dealer/non-retailer
tragedy. Medical research shows that alcohol accessories can affect vehicle
in a person’s system can make crash performance. See Accessories and
Alcohol affects four things that Modifications on page 5-3.
anyone needs to drive a vehicle: injuries worse, especially injuries
judgment, muscular coordination, to the brain, spinal cord, or heart.
vision, and attentiveness.
Braking And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while
distances vary greatly with the the vehicle is being driven, brake
See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the brakes.
page 3-31. pavement or gravel; the condition of If the brakes are pumped, the pedal
Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry, or icy; could get harder to push down. If the
time and reaction time. Deciding tire tread; the condition of the brakes; engine stops, there will still be some
to push the brake pedal is the weight of the vehicle; and the power brake assist but it will be used
perception time. Actually doing amount of brake force applied. when the brake is applied. Once the
it is reaction time. power assist is used up, it can take
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some
longer to stop and the brake pedal
Average reaction time is about people drive in spurts — heavy
will be harder to push.
three-fourths of a second. But that acceleration followed by heavy
is only an average. It might be braking — rather than keeping pace Adding non-dealer/non-retailer
less with one driver and as long as with traffic. This is a mistake. The accessories can affect vehicle
two or three seconds or more with brakes might not have time to cool performance. See Accessories and
another. Age, physical condition, between hard stops. The brakes will Modifications on page 5-3.
alertness, coordination, and eyesight wear out much faster with a lot of
all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs, heavy braking. Keeping pace with
and frustration. But even in the traffic and allowing realistic
three-fourths of a second, a vehicle following distances eliminates a lot of
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels unnecessary braking. That means
66 feet (20 m). That could be a lot better braking and longer brake life.
of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between the
vehicle and others is important.
Antilock Brake Let us say the road is wet and you Remember: ABS does not change
are driving safely. Suddenly, an the time needed to get a foot up to
System (ABS) animal jumps out in front of you. the brake pedal or always decrease
This vehicle has the Antilock You slam on the brakes and continue stopping distance. If you get too
Brake System (ABS), an advanced braking. Here is what happens close to the vehicle in front of you,
electronic braking system that with ABS: there will not be enough time to apply
helps prevent a braking skid. the brakes if that vehicle suddenly
A computer senses that the wheels
slows or stops. Always leave enough
When the engine is started and the are slowing down. If one of the
room up ahead to stop, even
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS wheels is about to stop rolling, the
with ABS.
checks itself. A momentary motor or computer will separately work
clicking noise might be heard while the brakes at each wheel. Using ABS
this test is going on, and it might
ABS can change the brake pressure Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
even be noticed that the brake pedal
to each wheel, as required, faster the brake pedal down firmly and
moves a little. This is normal.
than any driver could. This can let antilock work. The antilock
help the driver steer around pump or motor operating might be
the obstacle while braking hard. heard and the brake pedal might be
As the brakes are applied, the felt to pulsate, but this is normal.
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls braking Braking in Emergencies
pressure accordingly. ABS allows the driver to steer and
If there is a problem with ABS, brake at the same time. In many
this warning light stays on. emergencies, steering can help more
See Antilock Brake System (ABS) than even the very best braking.
Warning Light on page 3-32.
StabiliTrak® System
The vehicle has a vehicle stability
enhancement system called
StabiliTrak which combines antilock
brake, traction and stability control
systems and helps the driver
maintain directional control of the This light is located on the The Traction Control System
vehicle in most driving conditions. instrument panel cluster. (TCS)/StabiliTrak button is located
StabiliTrak activates when the on the instrument panel.
It will flash when StabiliTrak is both
computer senses a discrepancy on and activated. TCS can be turned off or turned
between the intended path and the on by pressing and releasing the
direction the vehicle is actually If the system fails to turn on or
TCS/StabiliTrak button. To disable
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively activate, this light will be on solid.
both StabiliTrak and TCS, press
applies braking pressure at any When the light is on solid, the system
and hold the button until the TCS/
one of the vehicle’s brakes to assist will not assist the driver maintain
StabiliTrak warning light turns on
the driver with keeping the vehicle directional control of the vehicle.
solid.
on the intended path. Adjust your driving accordingly.
It is recommended to leave
When the vehicle is started and The StabiliTrak system automatically
the system on for normal driving
begins to move, the system performs comes on whenever the vehicle is
conditions, but it may be necessary
several diagnostic checks to insure started. To assist the driver with
to turn the system off if the vehicle is
there are no problems. The system vehicle directional control, especially
stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, and
may be heard or felt while it is in slippery road conditions, the
you want to “rock” the vehicle to
working. This is normal and does not system should always be left on.
attempt to free it.
mean there is a problem with the StabiliTrak can be turned off if
vehicle. needed. StabiliTrak may also turn off
automatically if it determines that a
problem exists with the system.
The TCS/StabiliTrak warning light Adding non-dealer/non-retailer

will be on solid to warn the driver that accessories can affect the vehicle’s
StabiliTrak is disabled and requires performance. See Accessories
service. If the problem does not clear and Modifications on page 5-3 for
itself after restarting the vehicle, see more information.
your dealer/retailer for service.
If cruise control is being used Traction Control This light will flash when TCS is
when StabiliTrak activates, the System (TCS) limiting wheel spin.
cruise control automatically The vehicle has a Traction Control It is recommended to leave the
disengages. The cruise control can System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. system on for normal driving
be re-engaged when road conditions This is especially useful in slippery conditions, but it may be necessary
allow. See Cruise Control on road conditions. The system to turn the system off if the vehicle is
page 3-9. operates only if it senses that any stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow, and
of the drive wheels are spinning or you want to “rock” the vehicle to
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) attempt to free it. See Rocking Your
beginning to lose traction. When this
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway happens, TCS applies the brakes to Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4-27
Control (TSC) feature as part of the limit wheel spin and also reduces and If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand,
StabiliTrak system. If the vehicle is engine power. The system may be Mud, Ice, or Snow on page 4-27 for
towing a trailer and the system heard or felt while it is working, but more information.
detects that the trailer is swaying, the this is normal.
vehicle’s brakes are applied without
the driver pressing the brake pedal.
The TCS/StabiliTrak warning light
will flash on the instrument panel
cluster to notify the driver to reduce
speed. If the trailer continues to The TCS/StabiliTrak® button is
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine located on the instrument panel.
torque to help slow the vehicle.
Press and release this button to turn All-Wheel Drive (AWD) If the vehicle is exposed to extended
off TCS. The TCS warning light will heavy AWD usage, the AWD system
be displayed on the instrument panel
System will shut off to protect the system
cluster. The traction control system If the vehicle has all-wheel drive from overheating. When the system
can be turned back on by pressing (AWD), the AWD system operates cools down, the AWD system will
the TCS/StabiliTrak button. automatically without any action activate again automatically; this
required by the driver. If the front cool-down can take up to 20 minutes
If the system is limiting wheel spin
drive wheels begin to slip, the rear depending on outside temperature
when the button is pressed, the
wheels will automatically begin to and vehicle use.
system will not turn off until there is
drive the vehicle as required. There
no longer a current need to limit
wheel spin. The system can
may be a slight engagement noise Steering
during hard use but this is normal.
be turned back on at any time by
Electric Power Steering
pressing the button again. If the TCS
light does not come on, TCS may If the vehicle has the electric power
not be functioning properly and steering system and the engine
the vehicle should be serviced at stalls while driving, the power
your dealer/retailer. steering assist system will continue
to operate until you are able to
Adding non-dealer/non-retailer stop the vehicle. If power steering
This light is located on the
accessories can affect the vehicle’s assist is lost because the electric
instrument panel cluster.
performance. See Accessories power steering system is not
and Modifications on page 5-3 for It will come on and stay on to functioning, the vehicle can be
more information. indicate there may be a problem steered but it will take more effort.
with the drive system and service is
required. If the light stays on, it must
be reset. To reset the light, turn the
ignition off and then back on again.
If the light stays on, see your
dealer/retailer for service.
If you turn the steering wheel in Steering Tips Steering in Emergencies

either direction several times until it
It is important to take curves at a There are times when steering can
stops, or hold the steering wheel
reasonable speed. be more effective than braking. For
in the stopped position for an
example, you come over a hill and
extended amount of time, you Traction in a curve depends on
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a
may notice a reduced amount of the condition of the tires and
car suddenly pulls out from nowhere,
power steering assist. The normal the road surface, the angle at which
or a child darts out from between
amount of power steering assist the curve is banked, and vehicle
parked cars and stops right in front of
should return shortly after a speed. While in a curve, speed
you. These problems can be avoided
few normal steering movements. is the one factor that can be
by braking — if you can stop in time.
controlled.
The electric power steering But sometimes you cannot stop in
system does not require regular If there is a need to reduce speed, time because there is no room.
maintenance. If you suspect steering do it before entering the curve, That is the time for evasive
system problems and/or the Service while the front wheels are straight. action — steering around the
Vehicle Soon light comes on, contact problem.
Try to adjust the speed so you
your dealer/retailer for service
can drive through the curve. The vehicle can perform very well
repairs.
Maintain a reasonable, steady in emergencies like these. First
Hydraulic Power Steering speed. Wait to accelerate until out apply the brakes. See Braking on
of the curve, and then accelerate page 4-5. It is better to remove as
If the vehicle has the hydraulic gently into the straightaway. much speed as possible from a
power steering system and power collision. Then steer around the
steering assist is lost because problem, to the left or right
the engine stops or the power depending on the space available.
steering system is not functioning,
the vehicle can be steered but it
will take more effort.
Off-Road Recovery Passing

The vehicle’s right wheels can drop Passing another vehicle on a
off the edge of a road onto the two-lane road can be dangerous.
shoulder while driving. To reduce the risk of danger
while passing:
• Look down the road, to the sides,
and to crossroads for situations
that might affect a successful
pass. If in doubt, wait.
• Watch for traffic signs,
pavement markings, and lines
that could indicate a turn or an
An emergency like this requires
intersection. Never cross a solid
close attention and a quick decision.
or double-solid line on your side of
If holding the steering wheel at the
the lane.
recommended 9 and 3 o’clock
positions, it can be turned a full If the level of the shoulder is • Do not get too close to the vehicle
180 degrees very quickly without only slightly below the pavement, you want to pass. Doing so can
removing either hand. But you have recovery should be fairly easy. Ease reduce your visibility.
to act fast, steer quickly, and just as off the accelerator and then, if there • Wait your turn to pass a slow
quickly straighten the wheel once is nothing in the way, steer so that vehicle.
you have avoided the object. the vehicle straddles the edge of
the pavement. Turn the steering • When you are being passed, ease
The fact that such emergency to the right.
wheel 3 to 5 inches, 8 to 13 cm,
situations are always possible is a
(about one-eighth turn) until the right
good reason to practice defensive
front tire contacts the pavement
driving at all times and wear
edge. Then turn the steering wheel to
safety belts properly.
go straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control or cornering skid, too much speed It is important to slow down on
or steering in a curve causes tires to slippery surfaces because stopping
Let us review what driving experts slip and lose cornering force. And in distance will be longer and
say about what happens when the the acceleration skid, too much vehicle control more limited.
three control systems — brakes, throttle causes the driving wheels
steering, and acceleration — do not While driving on a surface with
to spin.
have enough friction where the tires reduced traction, try your best to
meet the road to do what the driver Remember: Any traction control avoid sudden steering, acceleration,
has asked. system helps avoid only the or braking, including reducing vehicle
acceleration skid. If the traction speed by shifting to a lower gear.
In any emergency, do not give up. control system is off, then an Any sudden changes could cause
Keep trying to steer and constantly acceleration skid is best handled by the tires to slide. You may not realize
seek an escape route or area of easing your foot off the accelerator the surface is slippery until the
less danger. pedal. vehicle is skidding. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such as
Skidding If the vehicle starts to slide, ease
enough water, ice, or packed snow
In a skid, a driver can lose control of your foot off the accelerator pedal
on the road to make a mirrored
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid and quickly steer the way you want
surface — and slow down when
most skids by taking reasonable care the vehicle to go. If you start steering
you have any doubt.
suited to existing conditions, and by quickly enough, the vehicle may
not overdriving those conditions. straighten out. Always be ready for Remember: Any Antilock Brake
But skids are always possible. a second skid if it occurs. System (ABS) helps avoid only the
braking skid.
The three types of skids correspond Of course, traction is reduced
to the vehicle’s three control when water, snow, ice, gravel,
systems. In the braking skid, the or other material is on the road.
wheels are not rolling. In the steering For safety, slow down and adjust
your driving to these conditions.
Off-Road Driving Drinking and driving can be very Off-roading involves some new skills.
dangerous on any road and this is That is why it is very important that
Vehicles with all-wheel drive can be certainly true for off-road driving. you read these driving tips and
used for off-road driving. Vehicles At the very time you need special suggestions to help make off-road
without all-wheel drive should not be alertness and driving skills, your driving safer and more enjoyable.
driven off-road except on a level, reflexes, perceptions, and judgment
solid surface. can be affected by even a small Before You Go Off-Roading
Many of the vehicle design features amount of alcohol. You could have a • Have all necessary maintenance
that help make the vehicle more serious — or even fatal — accident if and service work done.
responsive on paved roads during you drink and drive or ride with a
• Make sure there is enough fuel,
poor weather conditions also help driver who has been drinking.
that fluid levels are where they
make it better suited for off-road Off-roading can be great fun but has should be, and that the spare tire
use than conventional passenger some definite hazards. The greatest is fully inflated.
vehicles. The vehicle does not of these is the terrain itself. When
have features usually thought to be • Be sure to read all the
off-road driving, traffic lanes are not information about all-wheel-drive
necessary for extended or severe marked, curves are not banked, and
off-road use such as special vehicles in this manual.
there are no road signs. Surfaces
underbody shielding and transfer can be slippery, rough, uphill, or • Make sure all underbody shields,
case low gear range. downhill. if the vehicle has them, are
The airbag system is designed to properly attached.
Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
work properly under a wide range of maneuvers. Failure to operate the • Know the local laws that apply to
conditions, including off-road usage. vehicle correctly off-road could result off-roading where you will be
Always wear your safety belt and in loss of vehicle control or vehicle driving or check with law
observe safe driving speeds, rollover. enforcement people in the area.
especially on rough terrain. • Be sure to get the necessary
permission if you will be on
private land.
Loading Your Vehicle for You will find other important

Off-Road Driving CAUTION (Continued) information under Loading the
Vehicle on page 4-28 and Tires on
• Heavy loads on the roof raise page 5-43.
{ CAUTION the vehicle’s center of gravity,
making it more likely to roll Environmental Concerns
• Cargo on the load floor piled over. You can be seriously or Off-road driving can provide
higher than the seatbacks fatally injured if the vehicle wholesome and satisfying
can be thrown forward during rolls over. Put heavy loads recreation. However, it also
a sudden stop. You or your inside the cargo area, not on raises environmental concerns.
passengers could be injured. the roof. Keep cargo in the We recognize these concerns and
Keep cargo below the top of cargo area as far forward and urge every off-roader to follow these
the seatbacks. low as possible. basic rules for protecting the
• Unsecured cargo on the environment:
load floor can be tossed There are some important things to
about when driving over • Always use established trails,
remember about how to load roads, and areas that have been
rough terrain. You or your your vehicle.
passengers can be struck by specially set aside for public
flying objects. Secure the • The heaviest things should be on off-road recreational driving and
cargo properly. the floor, forward of the rear axle. obey all posted regulations.
Put heavier items as far forward • Avoid any driving practice
(Continued) as you can. that could damage shrubs,
• Be sure the load is properly flowers, trees, or grasses or
secured, so things are not tossed disturb wildlife. This includes
around. wheel-spinning, breaking down
trees, or unnecessary driving
through streams or over soft
ground.
• Always carry a litter bag and For vehicles with a winch, be sure to Controlling the vehicle is the key to
make sure all refuse is removed read the winch instructions. In a successful off-road driving. One of
from any campsite before leaving. remote area, a winch can be handy if the best ways to control the vehicle is
you get stuck but you will want to to control the speed. At higher
• Take extreme care with open fires
know how to use it properly. speeds:
(where permitted), camp stoves,
and lanterns. Getting Familiar with Off-Road • You approach things faster and
Driving have less time to react.
• Never park your vehicle over dry
grass or other combustible It is a good idea to practice in an • There is less time to scan the
materials that could catch fire area that is safe and close to home terrain for obstacles.
from the heat of the vehicle’s before you go into the wilderness. • The vehicle has more bounce
exhaust system. Off-roading requires some new when driving over obstacles.
and different skills. • More braking distance is needed,
Traveling to Remote Areas
Tune your senses to different kinds especially on an unpaved surface.
It makes sense to plan your trip,
especially when going to a remote of signals. Your eyes need to
area. Know the terrain and plan your constantly sweep the terrain for { CAUTION
route. Get accurate maps of trails unexpected obstacles. Your ears
and terrain. Check to see if there are need to listen for unusual tire or When you are driving off-road,
any blocked or closed roads. engine sounds. Use your arms, bouncing and quick changes in
hands, feet, and body to respond direction can easily throw you
It is also a good idea to travel with at to vibrations and vehicle bounce. out of position. This could cause
least one other vehicle in case
something happens to one of them. you to lose control and crash. So,
whether you are driving on or off
the road, you and your passengers
should wear safety belts.
Scanning the Terrain Surface Obstacles: Unseen or When driving over bumps, rocks, or
hidden obstacles can be hazardous. other obstacles, the wheels can
Off-road driving can take you over
A rock, log, hole, rut, or bump can leave the ground. If this happens,
many different kinds of terrain.
startle you if you are not prepared for even with one or two wheels, you
Be familiar with the terrain and its
them. Often these obstacles are cannot control the vehicle as well or
many different features.
hidden by grass, bushes, snow, or at all.
Surface Conditions: Off-roading even the rise and fall of the terrain
Because you will be on an unpaved
surfaces can be hard-packed dirt, itself.
surface, it is especially important
gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, to avoid sudden acceleration,
Some things to consider:
snow, or ice. Each of these surfaces sudden turns, or sudden braking.
affects the vehicle’s steering, • Is the path ahead clear?
acceleration, and braking in different • Will the surface texture change Off-roading requires a different kind
ways. Depending on the surface, abruptly up ahead? of alertness from driving on paved
slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, roads and highways. There are no
delayed acceleration, poor traction, • Does the travel take you uphill or road signs, posted speed limits, or
and longer braking distances can downhill? signal lights. Use good judgment
occur. • Will you have to stop suddenly or about what is safe and what is not.
change direction quickly?
When driving over obstacles or
rough terrain, keep a firm grip on the
steering wheel. Ruts, troughs, or
other surface features can jerk the
wheel out of your hands.
Driving on Hills Approaching a Hill • Is there a straight path up or

Off-road driving often takes you up, When you approach a hill, decide if it down the hill so you will not have
down, or across a hill. Driving safely is too steep to climb, descend, or to make turning maneuvers?
on hills requires good judgment and cross. Steepness can be hard to • Are there obstructions on the hill
an understanding of what the vehicle judge. On a very small hill, for that can block your path, such
can and cannot do. There are some example, there may be a smooth, as boulders, trees, logs, or ruts?
hills that simply cannot be driven, no constant incline with only a small • What is beyond the hill? Is there
matter how well built the vehicle. change in elevation where you can a cliff, an embankment, a drop-off,
easily see all the way to the top. On a a fence? Get out and walk the hill
large hill, the incline may get steeper
{ CAUTION as you near the top, but you might
if you do not know. It is the smart
way to find out.
Many hills are simply too steep for not see this because the crest of the
hill is hidden by bushes, grass, or • Is the hill simply too rough? Steep
any vehicle. If you drive up them, hills often have ruts, gullies,
shrubs.
you will stall. If you drive down troughs, and exposed rocks
them, you cannot control your Consider this as you approach because they are more
speed. If you drive across them, a hill: susceptible to the effects of
you will roll over. You could be • Is there a constant incline, or erosion.
seriously injured or killed. If you does the hill get sharply
have any doubt about the steeper in places?
steepness, do not drive the hill.
• Is there good traction on the
hillside, or will the surface
cause tire slipping?
Driving Uphill • Ease up on the speed as you If the vehicle stalls, or is about to
approach the top of the hill. stall, and you cannot make it up
Once you decide it is safe to drive
the hill:
up the hill: • Attach a flag to the vehicle to be
• Use a low gear and get a firm more visible to approaching • Push the brake pedal to stop the
traffic on trails or hills. vehicle and keep it from rolling
grip on the steering wheel.
backwards and apply the parking
• Get a smooth start up the hill • Sound the horn as you approach
brake.
and try to maintain speed. the top of the hill to let opposing
traffic know you are there. • If the engine is still running, shift
Not using more power than
the transmission to R (Reverse),
needed can avoid spinning the • Use headlamps even during the
release the parking brake,
wheels or sliding. day to make the vehicle more
and slowly back down the hill in
visible to oncoming traffic.
R (Reverse).
{ CAUTION • If the engine has stopped running,
{ CAUTION you need to restart it. With the
Turning or driving across steep
brake pedal pressed and the
hills can be dangerous. You could Driving to the top (crest) of a
parking brake still applied, shift
lose traction, slide sideways, and hill at full speed can cause an
the transmission to P (Park) and
possibly roll over. You could be accident. There could be a restart the engine. Then, shift to
seriously injured or killed. When drop-off, embankment, cliff, or R (Reverse), release the parking
driving up hills, always try to go even another vehicle. You could brake, and slowly back down the
straight up. be seriously injured or killed. hill as straight as possible in
As you near the top of a hill, R (Reverse).
• Try to drive straight up the hill if slow down and stay alert.
at all possible. If the path twists
and turns, you might want to
find another route.
• While backing down the hill, put If, after stalling, you try to back If you decide you can go down a hill
your left hand on the steering down the hill and decide you just safely, try to keep the vehicle headed
wheel at the 12 o’clock position cannot do it, set the parking brake, straight down. Use a low gear so
so you can tell if the wheels are put your transmission in P (Park), engine drag can help the brakes so
straight and can maneuver as you and turn off the engine. Leave they do not have to do all the work.
back down. It is best to back down the vehicle and go get some help. Descend slowly, keeping the vehicle
the hill with the wheels straight Exit on the uphill side and stay clear under control at all times.
rather than in the left or right of the path the vehicle would take
direction. Turning the wheel too if it rolled downhill.
far to the left or right will increase
{ CAUTION
the possibility of a rollover. Driving Downhill
Heavy braking when going down
Things not to do if the vehicle stalls, When off-roading takes you a hill can cause your brakes to
or is about to stall, when going downhill, consider: overheat and fade. This could
up a hill: • How steep is the downhill? Will I cause loss of control and a
• Never attempt to prevent a stall be able to maintain vehicle serious accident. Apply the brakes
by shifting into N (Neutral) to control? lightly when descending a hill and
rev-up the engine and regain • What is the surface like? Smooth? use a low gear to keep vehicle
forward momentum. This will Rough? Slippery? Hard-packed speed under control.
not work. The vehicle can dirt? Gravel?
roll backward very quickly and
could go out of control. • Are there hidden surface
obstacles? Ruts? Logs?
• Never try to turn around if about to Boulders?
stall when going up a hill. If the hill
is steep enough to stall the • What is at the bottom of the hill?
vehicle, it is steep enough to Is there a hidden creek bank or
cause it to roll over. If you cannot even a river bottom with large
make it up the hill, back straight rocks?
down the hill.
Things not to do when driving down Driving Across an Incline left and right wheels — might not
a hill: prevent the vehicle from tilting
An off-road trail will probably go
• When driving downhill, avoid turns and rolling over. Driving across an
across the incline of a hill. To decide
that take you across the incline of incline puts more weight on the
whether to try to drive across the
the hill. A hill that is not too steep downhill wheels which could
incline, consider the following:
to drive down might be too steep cause a downhill slide or a
to drive across. The vehicle could rollover.
roll over. { CAUTION • Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
• Never go downhill with the Driving across an incline that is spots, or even wet grass can
transmission in N (Neutral), called too steep will make your vehicle cause the tires to slip sideways,
free-wheeling. The brakes will roll over. You could be seriously downhill. If the vehicle slips
have to do all the work and could injured or killed. If you have any sideways, it can hit something
overheat and fade. doubt about the steepness of the that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
Vehicles are much more likely to incline, do not drive across it. Find etc. — and roll over.
stall when going uphill, but if it another route instead. • Hidden obstacles can make the
happens when going downhill: steepness of the incline even
1. Stop the vehicle by applying the • A hill that can be driven straight worse. If you drive across a rock
regular brakes and apply the up or down might be too steep to with the uphill wheels, or if the
parking brake. drive across. When going straight downhill wheels drop into a rut or
up or down a hill, the length of the depression, the vehicle can tilt
2. Shift to P (Park) and, while still wheel base — the distance from even more.
braking, restart the engine. the front wheels to the rear
wheels — reduces the likelihood For these reasons, carefully consider
3. Shift back to a low gear, release whether to try to drive across an
the parking brake, and drive the vehicle will tumble end over
end. But when driving across incline. Just because the trail goes
straight down. across the incline does not mean you
an incline, the narrower track
4. If the engine will not start, get width — the distance between the have to drive it. The last vehicle to try
out and get help. it might have rolled over.
If you feel the vehicle starting to slide If you have to walk down the slope, Hard packed snow and ice offer the
sideways, turn downhill. This should stay out of the path the vehicle worst tire traction. On these surfaces,
help straighten out the vehicle and will take if it does roll over. it is very easy to lose control. On wet
prevent the side slipping. The best ice, for example, the traction is so
way to prevent this is to “walk the Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, poor that you will have difficulty
course” first, so you know what the or Ice accelerating. And, if the vehicle does
surface is like before driving it. When you drive in mud, snow, or get moving, poor steering and
sand, the wheels do not get good difficult braking can cause it to slide
Stalling on an Incline traction. Acceleration is not as quick, out of control.
turning is more difficult, and braking
{ CAUTION distances are longer. { CAUTION
Getting out on the downhill (low) It is best to use a low gear when in
mud — the deeper the mud, the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
side of a vehicle stopped across or rivers can be dangerous.
lower the gear. In really deep mud,
an incline is dangerous. If the Underwater springs, currents
keep the vehicle moving so it does
vehicle rolls over, you could be under the ice, or sudden thaws
not get stuck.
crushed or killed. Always get out can weaken the ice. Your vehicle
on the uphill (high) side of the When driving on sand, wheel could fall through the ice and you
vehicle and stay well clear of the traction changes. On loosely packed and your passengers could
rollover path. sand, such as on beaches or sand
drown. Drive your vehicle on
dunes, the tires will tend to sink
safe surfaces only.
into the sand. This affects steering,
If the vehicle stalls when crossing
accelerating, and braking. Drive at a
an incline, be sure you, and any
reduced speed and avoid sharp turns
passengers, get out on the uphill
or abrupt maneuvers.
side, even if the door there is harder
to open. If you get out on the downhill
side and the vehicle starts to roll
over, you will be right in its path.
Driving in Water If the water is not too deep, drive The vehicle requires more frequent
slowly through it. At faster speeds, service due to off-road use.
water splashes on the ignition Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
{ CAUTION system and the vehicle can stall. for additional information.
Driving through rushing water can Stalling can also occur if you get the
be dangerous. Deep water can tailpipe under water. If the tailpipe is Driving at Night
under water, you will never be able to
sweep your vehicle downstream Night driving is more dangerous than
start the engine. When going through
and you and your passengers day driving because some drivers
water, remember that when the
could drown. If it is only shallow brakes get wet, it might take longer to are likely to be impaired — by alcohol
water, it can still wash away the stop. See Driving in Rain and on Wet or drugs, with night vision problems,
ground from under your tires, and Roads on page 4-23. or by fatigue.
you could lose traction and roll
Night driving tips include:
the vehicle over. Do not drive After Off-Road Driving
through rushing water. • Drive defensively.
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody, • Do not drink and drive.
Heavy rain can mean flash flooding, chassis, or under the hood. These • Reduce headlamp glare by
and flood waters demand extreme accumulations can be a fire hazard. adjusting the inside rearview
caution. mirror.
After operation in mud or sand,
Find out how deep the water is have the brake linings cleaned and • Slow down and keep more space
before driving through it. Do not checked. These substances can between you and other vehicles
try it if it is deep enough to cover cause glazing and uneven braking. because headlamps can only
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust Check the body structure, steering, light up so much road ahead.
pipe — you probably will not get suspension, wheels, tires, axles, and
through. Deep water can damage • Watch for animals.
exhaust system for damage and
the axle and other vehicle parts. check the fuel lines and cooling • When tired, pull off the road.
system for any leakage. • Do not wear sunglasses.
• Avoid staring directly into Hydroplaning

approaching headlamps. { CAUTION Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
• Keep the windshield and all glass Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under your vehicle’s
on your vehicle clean — inside They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the
and out. quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
• Keep your eyes moving, pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
especially during turns or curves. enough. When your vehicle is
lose control of the vehicle.
hydroplaning, it has little or no
No one can see as well at night as After driving through a large contact with the road.
in the daytime. But, as we get puddle of water or a car/vehicle
older, these differences increase. There is no hard and fast rule about
wash, lightly apply the brake
A 50-year-old driver might need hydroplaning. The best advice is
pedal until the brakes work
at least twice as much light to to slow down when the road is wet.
normally.
see the same thing at night as Other Rainy Weather Tips
a 20-year-old. Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet
Driving in Rain and on flowing water could cause your weather driving tips include:
vehicle to be carried away. If this
Wet Roads • Allow extra following distance.
happens, you and other vehicle
Rain and wet roads can reduce occupants could drown. Do not • Pass with caution.
vehicle traction and affect your ignore police warnings and be • Keep windshield wiping
ability to stop and accelerate. very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape.
Always drive slower in these types through flowing water.
• Keep the windshield washer fluid
of driving conditions and avoid
reservoir filled.
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water. • Have good tires with proper tread
depth. See Tires on page 5-43.
• Turn off cruise control.
Before Leaving on a Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads

Long Trip Always be alert and pay attention Driving on steep hills or through
To prepare your vehicle for a long to your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving
trip, consider having it serviced by If you become tired or sleepy, find on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
your dealer/retailer before departing. a safe place to park your vehicle driving in these conditions include:
and rest. • Keep the vehicle serviced
Things to check on your own
include: Other driving tips include: and in good shape.
• Windshield Washer Fluid: • Keep the vehicle well ventilated. • Check all fluid levels and brakes,
Reservoir full? Windows tires, cooling system, and
• Keep interior temperature cool.
clean — inside and outside? transmission.
• Keep your eyes moving — scan
• Wiper Blades: In good shape? • Going down steep or long hills,
the road ahead and to the sides.
shift to a lower gear.
• Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: All • Check the rearview mirror and
levels checked? vehicle instruments often.
• Lamps: Do they all work and are
{ CAUTION
lenses clean? If you do not shift down, the
• Tires: Are treads good? Are tires brakes could get so hot that they
inflated to recommended would not work well. You would
pressure? then have poor braking or even
• Weather and Maps: Safe to none going down a hill. You could
travel? Have up-to-date maps? crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
downhill slope.
Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS)

{ CAUTION on page 4-6 improves vehicle
Driving on Snow or Ice stability during hard stops on a
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) slippery roads, but apply the brakes
or with the ignition off is Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the sooner than when on dry pavement.
dangerous. The brakes will have
road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance
to do all the work of slowing down
Wet ice can occur at about 32°F on any slippery road and watch for
and they could get so hot that (0°C) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can
they would not work well. You fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in
would then have poor braking Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of
or even none going down a hill. freezing rain until roads can be a curve or an overpass can remain
You could crash. Always have the treated with salt or sand. icy when the surrounding roads
engine running and the vehicle in are clear. Avoid sudden steering
gear when going downhill. Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so maneuvers and braking while on ice.
• Stay in your own lane. Do not traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control, if equipped,
quickly causes the wheels to spin on slippery surfaces.
swing wide or cut across the
and makes the surface under the
center of the road. Drive at
tires slick, so there is even less
speeds that let you stay in your
traction.
own lane.
• Top of hills: Be alert — something Try not to break the fragile traction.
could be in your lane (stalled car, If you accelerate too fast, the drive
accident). wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
• Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Blizzard Conditions
CAUTION (Continued) CAUTION (Continued)
Being stuck in snow can be in a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about
If possible, use the Roadside • Clear away snow from carbon monoxide, see Engine
Assistance Program on page 7-6. around the base of your Exhaust on page 2-28.
To get help and keep everyone vehicle, especially any that is Snow can trap exhaust gases
in the vehicle safe: blocking the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can
• Turn on the Hazard Warning • Check again from time to cause deadly CO (carbon
Flashers on page 3-5. time to be sure snow does monoxide) gas to get inside. CO
not collect there. could overcome you and kill you.
• Tie a red cloth to an outside • Open a window about
mirror. You cannot see it or smell it, so
two inches (5 cm) on the side you might not know it is in your
of the vehicle that is away vehicle. Clear away snow from
{ CAUTION from the wind to bring in around the base of your vehicle,
fresh air. especially any that is blocking the
Snow can trap engine exhaust • Fully open the air outlets on or exhaust.
under the vehicle. This may cause under the instrument panel.
exhaust gases to get inside. • Adjust the Climate Control
Engine exhaust contains carbon Run the engine for short periods
system to a setting that only as needed to keep warm,
monoxide (CO) which cannot be circulates the air inside the but be careful.
seen or smelled. It can cause vehicle and set the fan speed
unconsciousness and even death. to the highest setting. See To save fuel, run the engine for
Climate Control System in the only short periods as needed
(Continued) to warm the vehicle and then shut
Index.
the engine off and close the window
(Continued) most of the way to save heat.
Repeat this until help arrives but only If the vehicle has a traction system, Rocking Your Vehicle to
when you feel really uncomfortable it can often help to free a stuck
from the cold. Moving about to keep vehicle. Refer to the vehicle’s
Get It Out
warm also helps. traction system in the Index. If stuck Turn the steering wheel left and right
too severely for the traction system to clear the area around the front
If it takes some time for help to
to free the vehicle, turn the traction wheels. Turn off any traction or
arrive, now and then when you run
system off and use the rocking stability system. Shift back and forth
the engine, push the accelerator
method. between R (Reverse) and a forward
pedal slightly so the engine runs
gear, or with a manual transmission,
faster than the idle speed. This
between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and
keeps the battery charged to restart { CAUTION R (Reverse), spinning the wheels
the vehicle and to signal for help with
If you let your vehicle’s tires spin as little as possible. To prevent
the headlamps. Do this as little as
at high speed, they can explode, transmission wear, wait until the
possible to save fuel.
wheels stop spinning before shifting
and you or others could be
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
If Your Vehicle is Stuck in injured. The vehicle can overheat,
while shifting, and press lightly on
Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow causing an engine compartment the accelerator pedal when the
fire or other damage. Spin the transmission is in gear. Slowly
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels as little as possible and
wheels to free the vehicle when spinning the wheels in the forward
avoid going above 35 mph and reverse directions causes a
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. (55 km/h) as shown on the
See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It rocking motion that could free the
speedometer. vehicle. If that does not get the
Out on page 4-27.
vehicle out after a few tries, it might
For information about using tire need to be towed out. If the vehicle
chains on the vehicle, see Tire does need to be towed out, see
Chains on page 5-62. Towing Your Vehicle on page 4-32.
Loading the Vehicle With the driver’s door open, you

CAUTION (Continued) will find the label attached
It is very important to know how below the door lock post
much weight your vehicle can vehicle handles. These could (striker). The tire and loading
carry. This weight is called the cause you to lose control and information label shows the
vehicle capacity weight and crash. Also, overloading can number of occupant seating
includes the weight of all shorten the life of the vehicle. positions (A), and the maximum
occupants, cargo, and all vehicle capacity weight (B) in
nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds.
Two labels on your vehicle show Label
how much weight it may properly The Tire and Loading Information
carry, the Tire and Loading label also shows the size of the
Information label and the original equipment tires (C) and
Certification/Tire label. the recommended cold tire
inflation pressures (D). For more
information on tires and inflation
{ CAUTION see Tires on page 5-43 and
Inflation - Tire Pressure on
Do not load the vehicle any page 5-49.
heavier than the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR), or There is also important loading
either the maximum front or information on the vehicle
rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Certification/Tire label. It tells
(GAWR). If you do, parts on you the Gross Vehicle Weight
the vehicle can break, and it Example Label Rating (GVWR) and the
can change the way your Gross Axle Weight Rating
A vehicle specific Tire and (GAWR) for the front and rear
(Continued) Loading Information label is axle. See “Certification/Tire
attached to the center pillar Label” later in this section.
(B-pillar) of your vehicle.
Steps for Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined

Load Limit weight of luggage and
1. Locate the statement “The cargo being loaded on the
combined weight of occupants vehicle. That weight may not
and cargo should never safely exceed the available
exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” cargo and luggage load
on your vehicle’s placard. capacity calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and a trailer, the load from your
passengers that will be riding trailer will be transferred
in your vehicle. to your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
3. Subtract the combined weight this reduces the available Example 1
of the driver and passengers cargo and luggage load
from XXX kg or XXX lbs. capacity for your vehicle. A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
4. The resulting figure equals the Example 1 = 1,000 lbs
See Towing a Trailer on (453 kg).
available amount of cargo and page 4-35 for important
luggage load capacity. For B. Subtract Occupant Weight
information on towing a trailer, 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 = 300 lbs
example, if the “XXX” amount towing safety rules, and
equals 1400 lbs and there will (136 kg).
trailering tips.
be five 150 lb passengers in C. Available Occupant and
your vehicle, the amount of Cargo Weight = 700 lbs
available cargo and luggage (317 kg).
load capacity is 650 lbs
(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs).
weight of the driver, passengers,

and cargo should never exceed
your vehicle’s capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
Example 2 Example 3
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 1,000 lbs Example 3 = 1,000 lbs
(453 kg). (453 kg).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 = 750 lbs 200 lbs (91 kg) × 5 =
(340 kg). 1,000 lbs (453 kg). A vehicle specific Certification/
C. Available Cargo C. Available Cargo Tire label is attached to the lower
Weight = 250 lbs (113 kg). Weight = 0 lbs (0 kg). area of the center pillar (B-Pillar).
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and

loading information label for
specific information about your
vehicle’s capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
The label shows the gross

weight capacity of your vehicle. { CAUTION { CAUTION
This is called the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). Do not load the vehicle any Things you put inside your
The GVWR includes the heavier than the Gross Vehicle vehicle can strike and injure
weight of the vehicle, all Weight Rating (GVWR), or people in a sudden stop or
occupants, fuel, cargo, and either the maximum front or turn, or in a crash.
trailer tongue weight, if rear Gross Axle Weight Rating • Put things in the cargo
the vehicle is pulling a trailer. (GAWR). If you do, parts on area of your vehicle. Try to
the vehicle can break, and it spread the weight evenly.
The Certification/Tire label also can change the way your
tells you the maximum weights vehicle handles. These could • Never stack heavier
for the front and rear axles, called cause you to lose control and things, like suitcases,
the Gross Axle Weight Rating crash. Also, overloading can inside the vehicle so that
(GAWR). To find out the actual shorten the life of the vehicle. some of them are above
loads on your front and rear the tops of the seats.
axles, you need to go to a weigh • Do not leave an unsecured
station and weigh your vehicle. Notice: Overloading your
vehicle may cause damage. child restraint in your
Your dealer/retailer can help you vehicle.
with this. Be sure to spread out Repairs would not be covered
your load equally on both sides of by your warranty. Do not • When you carry something
the centerline. overload your vehicle. inside the vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
Never exceed the GVWR for If you put things inside your
vehicle — like suitcases, tools, • Do not leave a seat folded
your vehicle or the GAWR down unless you need to.
for either the front or rear axle. packages, or anything else, they
will go as fast as the vehicle
goes. If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash,
they will keep going.
Towing dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing

the vehicle with all four wheels on the
• Is the vehicle ready to be towed?
Just as preparing the vehicle for a
ground. Dolly towing is towing the long trip, make sure the vehicle is
Towing Your Vehicle vehicle with two wheels on the prepared to be towed. See Before
To avoid damage, the disabled ground and two wheels up on a Leaving on a Long Trip on
vehicle should be towed with all four device known as a dolly. page 4-24.
wheels off the ground. Consult your Here are some important things to
dealer/retailer or a professional Dinghy Towing
consider before recreational
towing service if the disabled vehicle vehicle towing: Front-wheel-drive and all-wheel-drive
must be towed. See Roadside vehicles may be dinghy towed from
Assistance Program on page 7-6. • What is the towing capacity of the the front. These vehicles can also be
towing vehicle? Be sure to read towed by placing them on a platform
To tow the vehicle behind another the tow vehicle manufacturer’s
vehicle for recreational purposes, trailer with all four wheels off of the
recommendations. ground. For other towing options,
such as behind a motorhome,
see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” • What is the distance that will be see “Dolly Towing” following in this
following. travelled? Some vehicles have section.
restrictions on how far and how
For vehicles being dinghy towed,
Recreational Vehicle long they can tow.
the vehicle should be run at the
Towing • Is the proper towing equipment beginning of each day and at each
going to be used? See your RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
Recreational vehicle towing means dealer/retailer or trailering This will ensure proper lubrication of
towing the vehicle behind another professional for additional advice transmission components.
vehicle – such as behind a and equipment recommendations.
motorhome. The two most common
types of recreational vehicle towing
are known as dinghy towing and
5. To prevent the battery from Once the destination has been

draining while the vehicle is reached:
being towed, remove the 2 amp 1. Set the parking brake.
IGN SW fuse from the instrument
panel fuse block and store it in a 2. Shift the transmission to
safe location. See Instrument P (Park).
Panel Fuse Block on page 5-80 3. Reinstall the 2 amp IGN SW fuse
Notice: If the vehicle is towed to the instrument panel fuse
without performing each of the block.
steps listed under “Dinghy 4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/
Towing,” the automatic OFF and remove the key from
transmission could be damaged. the ignition.
To tow the vehicle from the front Be sure to follow all steps of the
dinghy towing procedure prior to Notice: Too much or too
with all four wheels on the ground: little fluid can damage the
and after towing the vehicle.
1. Position the vehicle that will transmission. Be sure that the
be towed and secure it to Notice: If the vehicle has transmission fluid is at the proper
the towing vehicle. a four-speed automatic level before towing with all four
transmission, it can be dinghy wheels on the ground.
2. Turn the ignition key to towed from the front for unlimited
ACC/ACCESSORY. miles at 65 mph (105 km/h). Notice: Do not tow a vehicle
3. Shift the transmission to The vehicle could be damaged If with the front drive wheels on the
N (Neutral). 65 mph (105 km/h) is exceeded ground if one of the front tires is a
while towing the vehicle. The compact spare tire. Towing with
4. Turn fog lamps and all two different tire sizes on the front
accessories off. repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Never of the vehicle can cause severe
exceed 65 mph (105 km/h) while damage to the transmission.
towing the vehicle.
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive 5. Remove the key from the

Vehicles) ignition.
All-wheel-drive vehicles should not 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
be towed with two wheels on 7. Release the parking brake.
the ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on a Towing the Vehicle From
platform trailer with all four wheels the Rear
off of the ground or dinghy towed
from the front.
Dolly Towing
(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)
Front-wheel-drive VUE Red To tow the vehicle from the front
Line vehicles should not be towed with the rear wheels on the ground,
with two wheels on the ground. do the following:
To properly tow these vehicles, they
should be placed on a platform trailer 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
with all four wheels off of the ground 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
or dinghy towed from the front. 3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed
for towing.
Towing a Trailer Notice: Pulling a trailer

improperly can damage the
vehicle and result in costly
{ CAUTION repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
The driver can lose control when correctly, follow the advice in this
pulling a trailer if the correct section and see your dealer/
equipment is not used or the retailer for important information
vehicle is not driven properly. about towing a trailer with the
For example, if the trailer is too vehicle.
heavy, the brakes may not work
well — or even at all. The driver The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is
and passengers could be equipped with the proper trailer
seriously injured. The vehicle may towing equipment.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear could damage it. Also, also be damaged; the resulting To identify the trailering capacity of
repairs would not be covered by repairs would not be covered by the vehicle, read the information
the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer in “Weight of the Trailer” that
the vehicle towed from the rear. only if all the steps in this section appears later in this section.
have been followed. Ask your Trailering is different than just driving
dealer/retailer for advice and the vehicle by itself. Trailering means
information about towing a trailer changes in handling, acceleration,
with the vehicle. braking, durability and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many Pulling A Trailer • Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
time-tested, important trailering tips Shift the transmission to a lower
Here are some important points:
and safety rules. Many of these are gear if the transmission shifts too
important for your safety and that of • There are many different often under heavy loads and/or
your passengers. So please read this laws, including speed limit hilly conditions.
section carefully before pulling a restrictions, having to do with
trailering. Make sure the rig will • Obey speed limit restrictions
trailer.
be legal, not only where you when towing a trailer. Do not drive
Load-pulling components such as live but also where you will faster than the maximum posted
the engine, transmission, rear axle, be driving. A good source for speed for trailers, or no more than
wheel assemblies and tires are this information can be state or 55 mph (90 km/h), to save wear
forced to work harder against the provincial police. on the vehicle’s parts.
drag of the added weight. The engine • Do not tow a trailer when the
is required to operate at relatively • Do not tow a trailer at all during
the first 500 miles (800 km) outside temperature is above
higher speeds and under greater 100°F (38°C).
loads, generating extra heat. The the new vehicle is driven.
trailer also adds considerably to wind The engine, axle or other Three important considerations have
resistance, increasing the pulling parts could be damaged. to do with weight:
requirements. • Then, during the first 500 miles • The weight of the trailer
The vehicle has Trailer Sway (800 km) that a trailer is towed, do
• The weight of the trailer tongue
Control (TSC). See “Trailer Sway not drive over 50 mph (80 km/h)
Control (TSC)” in StabiliTrak® and do not make starts at full • The total weight on the
System on page 4-7 for more throttle. This helps the engine and vehicle’s tires
information. other parts of the vehicle wear in
at the heavier loads.
Weight of the Trailer equipment on the vehicle, and the The weight of additional optional
amount of tongue weight the vehicle equipment, passengers and cargo in
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
can carry. See “Weight of the the tow vehicle must be subtracted
It depends on how the rig is Trailer Tongue” later in this section from the maximum trailer weight.
used. For example, speed, altitude, for more information.
Look in the following chart to find
road grades, outside temperature
Maximum trailer weight is calculated the maximum trailer weight for the
and how much the vehicle is used
assuming only the driver is in the vehicle.
to pull a trailer are all important.
tow vehicle and it has all the
It can depend on any special
required trailering equipment.
Vehicle Axle Ratio Max. Trailer Wt. *GCWR

2WD — 2.4L L4 Engine 3.91 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 5,375 lbs (2 438 kg)
2WD — 3.6L V6 Engine** 2.77 3,500 lbs (1 588 kg) 7,800 lbs (3 538 kg)
AWD — 3.5L V6 Engine 2.77 3,500 lbs (1 588 kg) 8,000 lbs (3 629 kg)
AWD — 3.6L V6 Engine** 2.77 3,500 lbs (1 588 kg) 8,000 lbs (3 629 kg)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
**The VUE Red Line should not be used to tow a trailer.
Ask your dealer/retailer for trailering

information or advice.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight may reduce the trailering

capacity more than the total of the
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is
additional weight.
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross Consider the following example:
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
A vehicle model base weight is
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes
5,500 lbs (2 495 kg); 2,800 lbs
the curb weight of the vehicle, any
(1 270 kg) at the front axle and
cargo carried in it, and the people
2,700 lbs (1 225 kg) at the rear
who will be riding in the vehicle. If
axle. It has a GVWR of 7,200 lbs
there are a lot of options, equipment,
(3 266 kg), a RGAWR of 4,000 lbs
passengers or cargo in the vehicle,
For a weight-carrying hitch, the (1 814 kg) and a GCWR (Gross
it will reduce the tongue weight the
trailer tongue (A) should weigh Combination Weight Rating) of
vehicle can carry, which will also
10 percent of the total loaded 14,000 lbs (6 350 kg). The trailer
reduce the trailer weight the vehicle
trailer weight (B). rating should be:
can tow. If towing a trailer, the
tongue load must be added to the After loading the trailer, weigh
GVW because the vehicle will be the trailer and then the tongue,
carrying that weight, too. See separately, to see if the weights are
Loading the Vehicle on page 4-28 for proper. If they are not, adjustments
more information about the vehicle’s might be made by moving some
maximum load capacity. items around in the trailer.
Trailering may be limited by the Expect tongue weight to be at
vehicle’s ability to carry tongue least 10 percent of trailer weight
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause (850 lbs (386 kg)) and because the
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR weight is applied well behind the rear
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or the axle, the effect on the rear axle is
RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Weight greater than just the weight itself,
Rating). The effect of additional as much as 1.5 times as much.
The weight at the rear axle could be trailering capacity to stay within It is important that the vehicle
850 lbs (386 kg) X 1.5 = 1,275 lbs GCWR limits. The maximum trailer does not exceed any of its
(578 kg). Since the rear axle already would only be 7,800 lbs (3 538 kg). ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,
weighs 2,700 lbs (1 225 kg), adding You may go further and think the Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue
1,275 lbs (578 kg) brings the total to tongue weight should be limited to Weight. The only way to be sure it is
3,975 lbs (1 803 kg). This is very less than 1,000 lbs (454 kg) to avoid not exceeding any of these ratings is
close to, but within the limit for exceeding GVWR. But the effect on to weigh the vehicle and trailer.
RGAWR as well. The vehicle is set to the rear axle must still be considered.
trailer up to 8,500 lbs (3 856 kg). Because the rear axle now weighs Total Weight on the Vehicle’s
3,100 lbs (1 406 kg), 900 lbs Tires
If the vehicle has many options and
(408 kg) can be put on the rear Be sure the vehicle’s tires are
there is a front seat passenger and
axle without exceeding RGAWR. inflated to the upper limit for cold
two rear seat passengers with some
The effect of tongue weight is about tires. These numbers can be found
luggage and gear in the vehicle as
1.5 times the actual weight. Dividing on the Certification label or see
well, 300 lbs (136 kg) could be
the 900 lbs (408 kg) by 1.5 leaves Loading the Vehicle on page 4-28
added to the front axle weight and
only 600 lbs (272 kg) of tongue for more information. Make sure not
400 lbs (181 kg) to the rear axle
weight that can be handled. Since to go over the GVW limit for the
weight. The vehicle now weighs:
tongue weight is usually at least vehicle, or the GAWR, including the
10 percent of total loaded trailer weight of the trailer tongue.
weight, expect that the largest trailer
the vehicle can properly handle is
6,000 lbs (2 721 kg).
Weight is still below 7,200 lbs

(3 266 kg) and you might think
700 additional pounds (318 kg)
should be subtracted from the
Hitches Safety Chains Be sure to read and follow the

instructions for the trailer brakes so
It is important to have the correct Always attach chains between the
they are installed, adjusted and
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
maintained properly. Because the
large trucks going by and rough safety chains under the tongue of
vehicle has StabiliTrak®, do not try
roads are a few reasons why the trailer to help prevent the tongue
to tap into the vehicle’s hydraulic
the right hitch is needed. from contacting the road if it
brake system. If you do, both brake
• The rear bumper on the vehicle is becomes separated from the hitch.
systems will not work well, or at all.
not intended for hitches. Do not Instructions about safety chains
attach rental hitches or other may be provided by the hitch Driving with a Trailer
bumper-type hitches to it. Use manufacturer or by the trailer
only a frame-mounted hitch that manufacturer. Follow the
does not attach to the bumper. manufacturer’s recommendation { CAUTION
for attaching safety chains and do
• Will any holes be made in the not attach them to the bumper. When towing a trailer, exhaust
body of the vehicle when the Always leave just enough slack so gases may collect at the rear
trailer hitch is installed? If so, the rig can turn. Never allow safety of the vehicle and enter if the
be sure to seal the holes when chains to drag on the ground. liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
the hitch is removed. If they are window is open.
not sealed, deadly carbon Trailer Brakes Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) from the engine’s A loaded trailer that weighs more monoxide (CO) which cannot be
exhaust can get into the vehicle. than 1,000 lbs (450 kg) needs to seen or smelled. It can cause
See Engine Exhaust on have its own brake system that is unconsciousness and even death.
page 2-28. Sealing the holes will adequate for the weight of the trailer.
also prevent dirt and water from (Continued)
entering the vehicle.
Towing a trailer requires a certain Following Distance

CAUTION (Continued) amount of experience. Get to know
Stay at least twice as far behind the
the rig before setting out for the open
vehicle ahead as you would when
To maximize safety when towing road. Get acquainted with the feel of
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
a trailer: handling and braking with the added
This can help to avoid situations that
• Have the exhaust system weight of the trailer. And always keep
require heavy braking and sudden
in mind that the vehicle you are
inspected for leaks and make turns.
driving is now longer and not as
necessary repairs before
responsive as the vehicle is by itself. Passing
starting a trip.
• Never drive with the liftgate, Before starting, check all trailer More passing distance is needed
trunk/hatch, or rear-most hitch parts and attachments, safety when towing a trailer. Because the
window open. chains, electrical connectors, lamps, rig is longer, it is necessary to go
• Fully open the air outlets on tires and mirror adjustments. If the much farther beyond the passed
or under the instrument trailer has electric brakes, start the vehicle before returning to the lane.
panel. vehicle and trailer moving and then
apply the trailer brake controller by Backing Up
• Adjust the Climate Control hand to be sure the brakes are
system to a setting that Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
working. This checks the electrical with one hand. Then, to move the
brings in only outside air and connection at the same time.
set the fan speed to the trailer to the left, move that hand to
highest setting. See Climate During the trip, check occasionally the left. To move the trailer to the
Control System in the Index. to be sure that the load is secure, right, move your hand to the right.
and that the lamps and any Always back up slowly and, if
For more information about possible, have someone guide you.
trailer brakes are still working.
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 2-28.
Making Turns signal when they are not. It is On a long uphill grade, shift down
important to check occasionally to be and reduce the vehicle’s speed
Notice: Making very sharp turns sure the trailer bulbs are still working. to around 45 mph (70 km/h)
while trailering could cause the to reduce the possibility of the
trailer to come in contact with the Driving on Grades engine and the transmission
vehicle. The vehicle could be overheating.
damaged. Avoid making very Notice: Do not tow on steep
sharp turns while trailering. continuous grades exceeding When towing at high altitude on
6 miles (9.6 km). Extended, steep uphill grades, consider the
When turning with a trailer, higher than normal engine and following: Engine coolant will boil at a
make wider turns than normal. Do transmission temperatures may lower temperature than at normal
this so the trailer will not strike soft result and damage the vehicle. altitudes. If the engine is turned off
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or Frequent stops are very important immediately after towing at high
other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden to allow the engine and altitude on steep uphill grades, the
maneuvers. Signal well in advance. transmission to cool. vehicle may show signs similar to
Turn Signals When Towing a Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift engine overheating. To avoid this,
Trailer the transmission to a lower gear if the let the engine run while parked,
transmission shifts too often under preferably on level ground, with the
The arrows on the instrument panel automatic transmission in P (Park)
heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.
flash whenever signaling a turn or for a few minutes before turning the
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
lane change. Properly hooked up, engine off. If the overheat warning
gear before starting down a long or
the trailer lamps also flash, telling comes on, see Engine Overheating
steep downgrade. If the transmission
other drivers the vehicle is turning, on page 5-25.
is not shifted down, the brakes
changing lanes or stopping.
might have to be used so much that
When towing a trailer, the arrows on they would get hot and no longer
the instrument panel flash for turns work well.
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. For this reason you may
think other drivers are seeing the
Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are Maintenance When Trailer
in place, release the regular Towing
brakes until the chocks absorb
{ CAUTION the load. The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
Parking the vehicle on a hill with 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-3
the trailer attached can be apply the parking brake and for more information. Things that
dangerous. If something goes shift into P (Park). are especially important in trailer
wrong, the rig could start to move. 5. Release the brake pedal. operation are automatic transmission
People can be injured, and both fluid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,
the vehicle and the trailer can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill cooling system and brake system.
damaged. When possible, always 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal It is a good idea to inspect these
park the rig on a flat surface. while you: before and during the trip.
• Start the engine Check periodically to see that all
If parking the rig on a hill: hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
• Shift into a gear
1. Press the brake pedal, but do Engine Cooling When Trailer
not shift into P (Park) yet. • Release the parking brake
Turn the wheels into the curb if
Towing
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
facing downhill or into traffic The cooling system may temporarily
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is overheat during severe operating
if facing uphill.
clear of the chocks. conditions. See Engine Overheating
2. Have someone place chocks
4. Stop and have someone pick up on page 5-25.
under the trailer wheels.
and store the chocks.
✍ NOTES
Service and Appearance Care 5-1
Service and Checking Things Under

the Hood
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement ...............5-39
Halogen Bulbs ....................5-39
Appearance Care Checking Things Under
the Hood ..........................5-10 Headlamps .........................5-39
Hood Release .....................5-11 Front Turn Signal and
Service Engine Compartment Parking Lamps ..................5-40
Service ................................5-3 Overview ..........................5-12 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Accessories and Engine Oil ..........................5-14 Stoplamps and Back-up
Modifications .......................5-3 Engine Oil Life System .........5-16 Lamps ..............................5-40
California Proposition 65 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter .......5-17 License Plate Lamp .............5-41
Warning .............................5-4 Automatic Transmission Replacement Bulbs ..............5-41
California Perchlorate Fluid ................................5-18
Materials Requirements ........5-4 Cooling System ...................5-19 Windshield Wiper Blade
Doing Your Own Engine Coolant ...................5-22 Replacement
Service Work ......................5-4 Coolant Surge Tank Windshield Wiper Blade
Adding Equipment to the Pressure Cap ....................5-25 Replacement .....................5-42
Outside of the Vehicle ...........5-5 Engine Overheating .............5-25
Power Steering Fluid ............5-26 Tires
Fuel Windshield Washer Fluid ......5-27 Tires ..................................5-43
Fuel ....................................5-5 Brakes ...............................5-28 Tire Sidewall Labeling ..........5-44
Gasoline Octane ...................5-5 Battery ...............................5-30 Tire Terminology and
Gasoline Specifications ..........5-6 Jump Starting .....................5-31 Definitions .........................5-46
California Fuel ......................5-6 Inflation - Tire Pressure ........5-49
Additives ..............................5-6 All-Wheel Drive High-Speed Operation ..........5-50
Fuels in Foreign Countries ......5-8 All-Wheel Drive ...................5-35 Tire Pressure Monitor
Filling the Tank .....................5-8 System .............................5-51
Filling a Portable Fuel Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure Monitor
Container ..........................5-10 Headlamp Aiming ................5-36 Operation ..........................5-53
5-2 Service and Appearance Care
Tire Inspection and Appearance Care Vehicle Identification

Rotation ............................5-56 Interior Cleaning ..................5-72 Vehicle Identification
When It Is Time for Fabric/Carpet ......................5-73 Number (VIN) ....................5-79
New Tires .........................5-57 Leather ..............................5-74 Service Parts Identification
Buying New Tires ................5-58 Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Label ...............................5-79
Different Size Tires and Other Plastic Surfaces .........5-74
Wheels .............................5-59 Care of Safety Belts ............5-74 Electrical System
Uniform Tire Quality Weatherstrips ......................5-75 Add-On Electrical
Grading ............................5-60 Washing Your Vehicle ..........5-75 Equipment ........................5-79
Wheel Alignment and Cleaning Exterior Windshield Wiper Fuses .......5-80
Tire Balance .....................5-61 Lamps/Lenses ...................5-75 Power Windows and
Wheel Replacement .............5-62 Finish Care .........................5-76 Other Power Options ..........5-80
Tire Chains .........................5-62 Windshield and Wiper Fuses and Circuit
If a Tire Goes Flat ...............5-63 Blades ..............................5-76 Breakers ...........................5-80
Changing a Flat Tire ............5-64 Aluminum Wheels ................5-77 Instrument Panel
Removing the Spare Tires ..................................5-77 Fuse Block .......................5-80
Tire and Tools ...................5-65 Sheet Metal Damage ...........5-78 Underhood Fuse Block .........5-82
Removing the Flat Tire and Finish Damage ....................5-78
Installing the Spare Tire .......5-66 Underbody Maintenance .......5-78 Capacities and
Storing a Flat or Spare Chemical Paint Spotting ........5-78 Specifications
Tire and Tools ...................5-70 Capacities and
Compact Spare Tire .............5-71 Specifications ....................5-86
Service Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to

complement and function with other
For service and parts needs, Modifications systems on the vehicle. Your GM
visit your dealer/retailer. You will When non-dealer/non-retailer dealer/retailer can accessorize the
receive genuine Saturn parts and accessories are added to the vehicle, vehicle using genuine GM
Saturn-trained and supported service they can affect vehicle performance Accessories. When you go to your
people. and safety, including such things GM dealer/retailer and ask for GM
Genuine Saturn parts have one of as airbags, braking, stability, ride Accessories, you will know that
these marks. and handling, emissions systems, GM-trained and supported service
aerodynamics, durability, and technicians will perform the work
electronic systems like antilock using genuine GM Accessories.
brakes, traction control, and stability
Also, see Adding Equipment to Your
control. Some of these accessories
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
could even cause malfunction or
page 1-57.
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from the installation or use
of non-GM certified parts, including
control module modifications, are
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
California Proposition 65 Doing Your Own If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service manual.
Warning Service Work It tells you much more about how to
Most motor vehicles, including this service the vehicle than this manual
one, contain and/or emit chemicals { CAUTION can. To order the proper service
known to the State of California manual, see Service Publications
to cause cancer and birth defects or You can be injured and the Ordering Information on page 7-15.
other reproductive harm. Engine vehicle could be damaged if you
This vehicle has an airbag system.
exhaust, many parts and systems try to do service work on a vehicle
Before attempting to do your own
(including some inside the vehicle), without knowing enough about it.
service work, see Servicing Your
many fluids, and some component • Be sure you have sufficient Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
wear by-products contain and/or knowledge, experience, the page 1-56.
emit these chemicals. proper replacement parts, and
tools before attempting any Keep a record with all parts receipts
California Perchlorate vehicle maintenance task. and list the mileage and the date
Materials Requirements • Be sure to use the proper of any service work performed. See
Maintenance Record on page 6-17.
Certain types of automotive nuts, bolts, and other
applications, such as airbag fasteners. English and metric
initiators, seat belt pretensioners, fasteners can be easily
and lithium batteries contained confused. If the wrong
in remote keyless transmitters, may fasteners are used, parts
contain perchlorate materials. can later break or fall off.
Special handling may be necessary. You could be hurt.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Adding Equipment to the Fuel Gasoline Octane

Outside of the Vehicle Use of the recommended fuel If the vehicle has the 2.4L L4 engine
Things added to the outside of the is an important part of the proper (VIN Code P) or the 3.5L V6 engine
vehicle can affect the airflow maintenance of this vehicle. To help (VIN Code N), use regular unleaded
around it. This can cause wind keep the engine clean and maintain gasoline with a posted octane rating
noise and can affect fuel economy optimum vehicle performance, we of 87 or higher. If the octane rating is
and windshield washer performance. recommend the use of gasoline less than 87, you might notice an
Check with your dealer/retailer advertised as TOP TIER Detergent audible knocking noise when you
before adding equipment to Gasoline. drive, commonly referred to as spark
the outside of the vehicle. knock. If this occurs, use a gasoline
The 8th digit of the Vehicle rated at 87 octane or higher as soon
Identification Number (VIN) shows as possible. If you are using gasoline
the code letter or number that rated at 87 octane or higher and you
identifies the vehicle’s engine. hear heavy knocking, the engine
The VIN is at the top left of the needs service.
instrument panel. See Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) on If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 engine
page 5-79. (VIN Code 7), use regular unleaded
gasoline with a posted octane
rating of 87 or higher. For best
performance or trailer towing, you
could choose to use middle grade
89 octane unleaded gasoline.
If the octane rating is less than 87, California Fuel Additives

you might notice an audible knocking
noise when you drive, commonly If the vehicle is certified to meet To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
referred to as spark knock. If this California Emissions Standards, it is in the United States are now required
occurs, use a gasoline rated at 87 designed to operate on fuels that to contain additives that help prevent
octane or higher as soon as possible. meet California specifications. See engine and fuel system deposits
If you are using gasoline rated at 87 the underhood emission control from forming, allowing the emission
octane or higher and you hear heavy label. If this fuel is not available in control system to work properly.
knocking, the engine needs service. states adopting California emissions In most cases, you should not
standards, the vehicle will operate have to add anything to the fuel.
satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal However, some gasolines contain
Gasoline Specifications specifications, but emission control only the minimum amount of additive
At a minimum, gasoline should system performance might be required to meet U.S. Environmental
meet ASTM specification D 4814 affected. The malfunction indicator Protection Agency regulations. To
in the United States or CAN/ lamp could turn on and the vehicle help keep fuel injectors and intake
CGSB-3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. might fail a smog-check test. See valves clean, or if the vehicle
Some gasolines contain an Malfunction Indicator Lamp on experiences problems due to dirty
octane-enhancing additive called page 3-35. If this occurs, return to injectors or valves, look for gasoline
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese your authorized dealer/retailer for that is advertised as TOP TIER
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend diagnosis. If it is determined that the Detergent Gasoline.
against the use of gasolines condition is caused by the type of
containing MMT. See Additives on fuel used, repairs might not be
page 5-6 for additional information. covered by the vehicle warranty.
For customers who do not use TOP However, E85 (85% ethanol) and We recommend against the use of
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, other fuels containing more than such gasolines. Fuels containing
one bottle of GM Fuel System 10% ethanol must not be used in MMT can reduce the life of spark
Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicles that were not designed for plugs and the performance of the
tank at every engine oil change, those fuels. emission control system could be
can help clean deposits from fuel affected. The malfunction indicator
injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel Notice: This vehicle was not lamp might turn on. If this occurs,
System Treatment PLUS is the only designed for fuel that contains return to your dealer/retailer for
gasoline additive recommended by methanol. Do not use fuel service.
General Motors. containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
Also, your dealer/retailer has system and also damage plastic
additives that will help correct and and rubber parts. That damage
prevent most deposit-related would not be covered under
problems. the vehicle warranty.
Gasolines containing oxygenates, Some gasolines that are
such as ethers and ethanol, and not reformulated for low
reformulated gasolines might emissions can contain an
be available in your area. We octane-enhancing additive called
recommend that you use these methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
gasolines, if they comply with the tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the
specifications described earlier. attendant where you buy gasoline
whether the fuel contains MMT.
Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank

Countries
If you plan on driving in another { CAUTION
country outside the United States or
Canada, the proper fuel might be Fuel vapor burns violently and a
hard to find. Never use leaded fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
gasoline or any other fuel not To help avoid injuries to you and
recommended in the previous text others, read and follow all the
on fuel. Costly repairs caused instructions on the pump island.
by use of improper fuel would not Turn off the engine when you are
be covered by the vehicle warranty. refueling. Do not smoke if you are
near fuel or refueling the vehicle.
To check the fuel availability, ask Do not use cellular phones. Keep Unlock the gas cap door by pressing
an auto club, or contact a major oil
sparks, flames, and smoking the door lock switch located on the
company that does business in the
materials away from fuel. Do not driver door trim.
country where you will be driving.
leave the fuel pump unattended
The tethered fuel cap is located
when refueling the vehicle. This is behind a hinged fuel door on
against the law in some places. the driver side of the vehicle.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel. Keep children away
from the fuel pump; never let
children pump fuel.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it slowly Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not top
counterclockwise. The fuel cap has a off or overfill the tank and wait a few { CAUTION
spring in it; if the cap is released too seconds after you have finished
soon, it will spring back to the right. pumping before removing the nozzle. If a fire starts while you are
To avoid fuel contact on the painted Clean fuel from painted surfaces as refueling, do not remove the
surface of the vehicle when filling the soon as possible. See Washing Your nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
fuel tank, place the tethered cap on Vehicle on page 5-75. shutting off the pump or by
the fuel filler door. notifying the station attendant.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn
Leave the area immediately.
it clockwise until it clicks. Make
{ CAUTION sure the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if Notice: If you need a new fuel
Fuel can spray out on you if you the fuel cap has been left off or cap, be sure to get the right type.
open the fuel cap too quickly. If improperly installed. This would Your dealer/retailer can get one for
you spill fuel and then something allow fuel to evaporate into the you. If you get the wrong type, it
ignites it, you could be badly atmosphere. See Malfunction might not fit properly. This can
burned. This spray can happen if Indicator Lamp on page 3-35. cause the malfunction indicator
the tank is nearly full, and is more lamp to light and can damage the
likely in hot weather. Open the fuel tank and emissions system.
fuel cap slowly and wait for any See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
hiss noise to stop. Then unscrew on page 3-35.
the cap all the way.
Filling a Portable Fuel Checking Things

CAUTION (Continued)
Container Under the Hood
• Bring the fill nozzle in contact
{ CAUTION with the inside of the fill { CAUTION
opening before operating the
Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be An electric fan under the hood can
while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is start up and injure you even when
electricity discharge from the complete. the engine is not running. Keep
container can ignite the fuel vapor. • Do not smoke while hands, clothing, and tools away
You can be badly burned and the pumping fuel. from any underhood electric fan.
vehicle damaged if this occurs. To • Do not use a cellular phone
help avoid injury to you and others: while pumping fuel.
• Dispense fuel only into { CAUTION
approved containers.
• Do not fill a container while it Things that burn can get on hot
is inside a vehicle, in a engine parts and start a fire.
vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed, or These include liquids like fuel, oil,
on any surface other than the coolant, brake fluid, windshield
ground. washer and other fluids, and
(Continued) plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to
drop or spill things that will burn
onto a hot engine.
Hood Release
To open the hood, do the following:
1. Pull the handle with this symbol

on it. It is located under the
instrument panel on the driver
side of the vehicle. 2. Then go to the front of the
vehicle and lift up on the
secondary hood release lever.
3. Lift the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
Then pull the hood down and close
it firmly.
Engine Compartment Overview E. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See

Brakes on page 5-28.
When you open the hood on the 2.4L L4 engine, you will see the following:
F. Engine Coolant Surge Tank. See
“Checking Coolant” under Engine
Coolant on page 5-22.
G. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on page 5-31.
H. See Underhood Fuse Block
on page 5-82.
I. See Battery on page 5-30.
J. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Windshield
Washer Fluid on page 5-27.
A. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on C. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of View).

page 5-17. See “Checking Engine Oil” under
B. Electric Engine Cooling Fan (Out Engine Oil on page 5-14.
of View). See Cooling System on D. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out of View).
page 5-19. See “When to Add Engine Oil”
under Engine Oil on page 5-14.
When you open the hood on the 3.5L V6 engine (3.6L V6 similar), you will E. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of View).
see the following: See “Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil on page 5-14.
F. Automatic Transmission Fluid
Dipstick (Out of View). See
“Checking the Fluid Level” under
Automatic Transmission Fluid
on page 5-18.
G. Brake Fluid Reservoir (Out of
View). See Brakes on page 5-28.
H. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank.
See Cooling System on
page 5-19.
I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on page 5-31.
J. See Underhood Fuse Block
on page 5-82.
K. See Battery on page 5-30.
L. Windshield Washer Fluid
A. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on C. Electric Engine Cooling Fan (Out Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
page 5-17. of View). See Cooling System Fluid” under Windshield
B. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir on page 5-19. Washer Fluid on page 5-27.
(Out of View). See Power D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
Steering Fluid on page 5-26. to Add Engine Oil” under Engine
Oil on page 5-14.
Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much
oil. If the engine has so much oil
Checking Engine Oil that the oil level gets above the
It is a good idea to check the upper mark that shows the proper
engine oil level at each fuel fill. In operating range, the engine could
order to get an accurate reading, the be damaged.
oil must be warm and the vehicle
must be on level ground.
The engine oil dipstick handle is a If the oil is below the MIN (minimum)
yellow loop. See Engine mark, add at least one quart/liter
Compartment Overview on of the recommended oil. This
page 5-12 for the location of the section explains what kind of oil to
engine oil dipstick. use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and See Engine Compartment Overview
1. Turn off the engine and give the Specifications on page 5-86. on page 5-12 for the location of
oil several minutes to drain back the engine oil fill cap.
into the oil pan. If this is not Add enough oil to put the level
done, the oil dipstick might not somewhere in the proper operating
show the actual level. range. Push the dipstick all the
2. Pull the dipstick and clean it with way back in when through.
a paper towel or cloth, then push
it back in all the way. Remove
it again, keeping the tip down and
check the level.
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use • GM6094M Notice: Use only engine oil
Use only an oil that meets GM identified as meeting GM Standard
Look for three things:
Standard GM6094M. GM6094M and showing the
American Petroleum Institute
• SAE 5W-30 Certified For Gasoline Engines
SAE 5W-30 is best for the starburst symbol. Failure to use
vehicle. These numbers on an the recommended oil can result in
oil container show its viscosity, engine damage not covered by the
or thickness. Do not use vehicle warranty.
other viscosity oils such as
SAE 20W-50. Cold Temperature Operation
• American Petroleum Institute If in an area of extreme cold, where
(API) starburst symbol the temperature falls below −20°F
(−29°C), use either an SAE 5W-30
synthetic oil or an SAE 0W-30
engine oil. Both provide easier cold
starting for the engine at extremely
low temperatures. Always use an oil
that meets the required specification,
GM6094M. See “What Kind of
Oils meeting these requirements Engine Oil to Use” for more
should have the starburst information.
symbol on the container. This
symbol indicates that the oil has
been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API).
Engine Oil Additives / Engine When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil
Oil Flushes that oil life has been diminished, it Life System
indicates that an oil change is
Do not add anything to the oil. necessary. A change engine oil light The Engine Oil Life System
The recommended oils with the comes on. See Change Engine Oil calculates when to change the
starburst symbol that meet GM Light on page 3-38. Change the oil engine oil and filter based on vehicle
Standard GM6094M are all that is as soon as possible within the next use. Whenever the oil is changed,
needed for good performance and 600 miles (1 000 km). It is possible reset the system so it can calculate
engine protection. that, if driving under the best when the next oil change is required.
conditions, the oil life system might If a situation occurs where the oil is
Engine oil system flushes are not
not indicate that an oil change is changed prior to a change engine
recommended and could cause
necessary for over a year. However, oil light being turned on, reset the
engine damage not covered by the
the engine oil and filter must be system.
vehicle warranty.
changed at least once a year and at After changing the engine oil, reset
Engine Oil Life System this time the system must be reset. the system:
Your dealer/retailer has trained
1. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN
When to Change Engine Oil service people who will perform this
with the engine off.
work using genuine parts and reset
This vehicle has a computer system 2. Fully press and release the
the system. It is also important to
that indicates when to change the accelerator pedal three times
check the oil regularly and keep it at
engine oil and filter. This is based within five seconds.
the proper level.
on engine revolutions and engine
temperature, and not on mileage. If the system is ever reset If the change engine oil light is
Based on driving conditions, the accidentally, the oil must be not on, the system is reset.
mileage at which an oil change is changed at 3,000 miles (5 000 km) If the light comes on again and stays
indicated can vary considerably. For since the last oil change. on for 30 seconds at the next ignition
the oil life system to work properly, Remember to reset the oil life cycle, it did not reset. The system
the system must be reset every time system whenever the oil is changed. needs to be reset again.
the oil is changed.
What to Do with Used Oil Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter, do the following:
Used engine oil contains certain See Engine Compartment Overview
elements that can be unhealthy for on page 5-12 for the location of the
your skin and could even cause engine air cleaner/filter.
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your When to Inspect the Engine
skin and nails with soap and water, Air Cleaner/Filter
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
properly dispose of clothing or rags Maintenance II intervals and replace
containing used engine oil. See the it at the first oil change after each
manufacturer’s warnings about the 50,000 mile (80 000 km) interval.
use and disposal of oil products. See Scheduled Maintenance on
Used oil can be a threat to the page 6-3 for more information. If you
environment. If you change your own are driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the inspect the filter at each engine oil
1. Remove the clamp on the air
filter before disposal. Never dispose change.
duct hose.
of oil by putting it in the trash, pouring
it on the ground, into sewers, or into How to Inspect the Engine Air 2. Disconnect the hose.
streams or bodies of water. Recycle Cleaner/Filter 3. Remove the four bolts on the
it by taking it to a place that collects To inspect the air cleaner/filter side of the air cleaner assembly.
used oil. remove the filter from the vehicle
4. Turn the cover upward to
and lightly shake the filter to release
disengage the cover hinges.
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains caked with dirt, a new filter 5. Remove the air cleaner cover
is required. assembly and air filter element.
6. Inspect or replace the air filter Automatic Transmission

element. { CAUTION Fluid
If the air filter element is dirty,
Operating the engine with the air It is not necessary to check
you should replace it. If it is only
cleaner/filter off can cause you the transmission fluid level.
dusty, it may be cleaned by
blowing compressed air through or others to be burned. The air A transmission fluid leak is the
it from the clean side. cleaner not only cleans the air; it only reason for fluid loss. If a leak
helps to stop flames if the engine occurs, take your vehicle to the
Make sure you are away from backfires. If it is not there and the dealer/retailer and have it repaired
the engine compartment when engine backfires, you could be as soon as possible.
cleaning the air filter with
burned. Do not drive with it off, Change the fluid and filter at
compressed air.
and be careful working on the the intervals listed in Additional
Wipe all dust from inside of the engine with the air cleaner/
housing and inspect the air Required Services on page 6-6, and
filter off. be sure to use the transmission
cleaner and air outlet duct for
cracks, cuts and deterioration. fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
The air outlet duct must be Notice: If the air cleaner/filter and Lubricants on page 6-13.
replaced if damaged. is off, a backfire can cause a
damaging engine fire. And, dirt
7. Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to can easily get into the engine,
reinstall the engine air cleaner/ which will damage it. Always have
filter cover and air duct hose. the air cleaner/filter in place when
you are driving.
Notice: Use of the incorrect Cooling System

automatic transmission fluid
When you decide it is safe to lift the
{ CAUTION
may damage the vehicle, and the
damages may not be covered by hood, here is what you will see: An electric engine cooling fan
the vehicle’s warranty. Always use under the hood can start up even
the automatic transmission fluid when the engine is not running
listed in Recommended Fluids and and can cause injury. Keep
Lubricants on page 6-13. hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
For the 2.4L, 3.5L and 3.6L engines,
the transmission fluid will not
reach the end of the dipstick unless If the coolant inside the coolant
the transmission is at operating surge tank is boiling, do not do
temperature. If you need to check the anything else until it cools down.
transmission fluid level, please take The vehicle should be parked on a
your vehicle to your dealer/retailer. level surface.
2.4L L4 Engine shown, 3.5L V6

and 3.6L V6 Engines similar
A. Electric Engine Fan
B. Coolant Surge Tank
C. Pressure Cap
The coolant level should be between If there seems to be no leak, with How to Add Coolant to the
the MIN and MAX lines. If it is not, the engine on, check to see if Coolant Surge Tank
you may have a leak at the radiator the electric engine cooling fan is
hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water running. If the engine is overheating, Notice: This vehicle has a
pump, or somewhere else in the the fan should be running. If it is specific coolant fill procedure.
cooling system. not, your vehicle needs service. Failure to follow this procedure
Turn off the engine. could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely
{ CAUTION Notice: Engine damage from damaged.
running the engine without
Heater and radiator hoses, and coolant is not covered by the If you have not found a problem
other engine parts, can be very warranty. yet, check to see if coolant is
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, visible in the surge tank. If coolant is
you can be burned. Notice: Using coolant other than visible but the coolant level is not at
DEX-COOL® can cause premature between the MIN and MAX lines, add
Do not run the engine if there is a engine, heater core, or radiator a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
leak. If you run the engine, it corrosion. In addition, the engine water and DEX-COOL® coolant at
could lose all coolant. That could coolant could require changing the coolant surge tank, but be sure
cause an engine fire, and you sooner, at 30,000 miles the cooling system, including the
could be burned. Get any leak (50 000 km) or 24 months, coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
fixed before you drive the vehicle. whichever occurs first. Any cool before you do it. See Engine
repairs would not be covered by Coolant on page 5-22 for more
the vehicle warranty. Always use information.
DEX-COOL® (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
{ CAUTION { CAUTION { CAUTION

Steam and scalding liquids from a Adding only plain water to the You can be burned if you spill
hot cooling system can blow out cooling system can be dangerous. coolant on hot engine parts.
and burn you badly. They are Plain water, or some other liquid Coolant contains ethylene glycol
under pressure, and if you turn such as alcohol, can boil before and it will burn if the engine parts
the coolant surge tank pressure the proper coolant mixture will. are hot enough. Do not spill
cap — even a little — they can The vehicle’s coolant warning coolant on a hot engine.
come out at high speed. Never system is set for the proper
turn the cap when the cooling coolant mixture. With plain water
system, including the coolant or the wrong mixture, the engine
surge tank pressure cap, is hot. could get too hot but you would
Wait for the cooling system and not get the overheat warning. The
coolant surge tank pressure cap engine could catch fire and you or
to cool if you ever have to turn others could be burned. Use a
the pressure cap. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
1. You can remove the coolant
water and DEX-COOL® coolant.
surge tank pressure cap when
the cooling system, including the
Notice: In cold weather, water coolant surge tank pressure cap
can freeze and crack the engine, and upper radiator hose, is no
radiator, heater core and other longer hot.
parts. Use the recommended Turn the pressure cap slowly
coolant and the proper coolant counterclockwise about
mixture. one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
a hiss, wait for that to stop.
This will allow any pressure still 4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Coolant
left to be vented out the pressure cap off, start the engine
discharge hose. and let it run until you can feel The cooling system in your vehicle
the upper radiator hose getting is filled with DEX-COOL® engine
2. Then keep turning the pressure coolant. This coolant is designed to
cap slowly, and remove it. hot. Watch out for the engine
cooling fan. remain in your vehicle for five years
or 150,000 miles (240 000 km),
By this time, the coolant level whichever occurs first, if you add
inside the coolant surge tank may only DEX-COOL® extended life
be lower. If the level is lower, add coolant.
more of the proper DEX-COOL®
coolant mixture to the coolant The following explains your cooling
surge tank until the level reaches system and how to add coolant
between the MIN and MAX lines. when it is low. If you have a problem
with engine overheating, see
5. Then replace the pressure cap.
Engine Overheating on page 5-25.
Be sure the pressure cap is
hand-tight. A 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL® coolant will:
Check the level in the surge
tank when the cooling system • Give freezing protection down to
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with has cooled down. If the coolant is −34°F (−37°C).
the proper DEX-COOL® coolant not at the proper level, repeat
mixture, to between the MIN • Give boiling protection up to
Steps 1 through 3 and reinstall the 265°F (129°C).
and MAX lines. pressure cap. If the coolant still is not
at the proper level when the system
cools down again, see your dealer/
retailer.
• Protect against rust and What to Use Notice: If an improper coolant

corrosion. mixture is used, the engine could
Use a mixture of one-half clean,
overheat and be badly damaged.
• Help keep the proper engine drinkable water and one-half
The repair cost would not be
temperature. DEX-COOL® coolant which will not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
• Let the warning lights and gages damage aluminum parts. If you
Too much water in the mixture
work as they should. use this coolant mixture, you do not
can freeze and crack the engine,
need to add anything else.
radiator, heater core, and other
Notice: Using coolant other than
parts.
DEX-COOL® can cause premature
engine, heater core, or radiator
{ CAUTION If you have to add coolant more
corrosion. In addition, the engine Adding only plain water to the than four times a year, have
coolant may require changing cooling system can be dangerous. your dealer/retailer check your
sooner, at the first maintenance cooling system.
Plain water, or some other liquid
service after each 30,000 miles
such as alcohol, can boil before Notice: If extra inhibitors
(50 000 km) or 24 months,
whichever occurs first. Any the proper coolant mixture will. and/or additives are used in
repairs would not be covered by The vehicle’s coolant warning the vehicle’s cooling system,
the vehicle warranty. Always system is set for the proper the vehicle could be damaged.
use DEX-COOL® (silicate-free) coolant mixture. With plain water Use only the proper mixture of
coolant in the vehicle. or the wrong mixture, the engine the engine coolant listed in
could get too hot but you would this manual for the cooling
not get the overheat warning. The system. See Recommended
engine could catch fire and you or Fluids and Lubricants on
others could be burned. Use a page 6-13 for more information.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL® coolant.
Checking Coolant Adding Coolant

{ CAUTION If you need more coolant, add the
Turning the surge tank pressure proper DEX-COOL® coolant mixture
cap when the engine and radiator at the surge tank, but only when
the engine is cool. See Cooling
are hot can allow steam and
System on page 5-19 for instructions
scalding liquids to blow out and
on “How to Add Coolant to the
burn you badly. Never turn the Coolant Surge Tank”.
surge tank pressure cap — even
a little — when the engine and
radiator are hot. { CAUTION
You can be burned if you spill
The vehicle must be on a level
coolant on hot engine parts.
surface. When your engine is cold,
Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
The surge tank is located on the coolant level should be
between the MIN and MAX lines. and it will burn if the engine parts
the driver side of the engine
are hot enough. Do not spill
compartment. See Engine
coolant on a hot engine.
Compartment Overview on
page 5-12 for more information
on location. When replacing the pressure cap,
make sure it is hand-tight and
fully seated.
Coolant Surge Tank If Steam Is Coming From Your Notice: If the engine catches fire
Engine because of being driven with
Pressure Cap no coolant, your vehicle can be
Notice: If the pressure cap is not badly damaged. The costly
tightly installed, coolant loss and
{ CAUTION repairs would not be covered by
possible engine damage may the vehicle warranty.
Steam from an overheated engine
occur. Be sure the cap is properly can burn you badly, even if you
and tightly secured. If No Steam Is Coming From
just open the hood. Stay away Your Engine
If you need to replace your coolant from the engine if you see or hear
surge tank pressure cap, see If you get an engine overheat
steam coming from it. Just turn it
your retailer. warning, but see or hear no steam,
off and get everyone away from
the problem may not be too serious.
the vehicle until it cools down. Wait
Sometimes the engine can get a little
Engine Overheating until there is no sign of steam or too hot when you:
coolant before you open the hood.
There is a coolant temperature • Climb a long hill on a hot day.
warning light on your vehicle’s If you keep driving when your
instrument panel. See Engine engine is overheated, the liquids • Stop after high-speed driving.
Coolant Temperature Warning Light in it can catch fire. You or others • Idle for long periods in traffic.
on page 3-34. could be badly burned. Stop your • Tow a trailer.
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.
If you get the overheat warning with If there is still no sign of steam, idle When to Check Power
no sign of steam, try this for a the engine for three minutes Steering Fluid
minute or so: while you are parked. If the warning
continues, turn off the engine and Power steering fluid is used in all
1. If you have an air conditioner vehicles with V6 engines. Vehicles
and it is on, turn it off. get everyone out of the vehicle until
it cools down. with the 4-cylinder engine have
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at electric power steering and does not
the highest fan speed and open You may decide not to lift the hood use power steering fluid.
the windows as necessary. but to get service help right away.
It is not necessary to regularly
3. Try to minimize engine load. If check power steering fluid unless
you are in a traffic jam, shift to
Power Steering Fluid you suspect there is a leak in
N (Neutral); otherwise, shift to the the system or you hear an unusual
highest gear possible while noise. A fluid loss in this system
driving. could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
If you no longer have the overheat
warning, you can drive. Just to How to Check Power Steering
be safe, drive slower for about Fluid
ten minutes. If the warning does See Engine Compartment Overview
not come back on, you can drive To check the power steering fluid,
on page 5-12 for reservoir location. do the following:
normally.
1. Turn the key off and let the
If the warning continues and you
engine compartment cool down.
have not stopped, pull over, stop,
and park your vehicle right away. 2. Remove engine oil fill cap.
3. Slide engine cover rearward and
lift to remove.
4. Wipe the cap and the top of the Windshield Washer Fluid Notice:
reservoir clean. • When using concentrated
5. Unscrew the cap and wipe the What to Use washer fluid, follow the
dipstick with a clean rag. When you need windshield or rear manufacturer’s instructions for
6. Replace the cap and completely window washer fluid, be sure to adding water.
tighten it. read the manufacturer’s instructions • Do not mix water with
before use. If you will be operating ready-to-use washer fluid.
7. Remove the cap again and look your vehicle in an area where
at the fluid level on the dipstick. Water can cause the solution
the temperature may fall below to freeze and damage your
The fluid level should be within the freezing, use a fluid that has washer fluid tank and other
area indicated on the dipstick sufficient protection against freezing. parts of the washer system.
when the engine is cold. Adding Windshield Washer Also, water does not clean as
Fluid well as washer fluid.
What to Use
• Fill the washer fluid tank only
To determine what kind of fluid to three-quarters full when it is
use, Recommended Fluids and very cold. This allows for fluid
Lubricants on page 6-13. Always expansion if freezing occurs,
use the proper fluid. which could damage the tank if
Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid it is completely full.
may damage the vehicle and • Do not use engine coolant
the damages may not be covered Open the cap with the washer (antifreeze) in your windshield
by the vehicle’s warranty. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer. It can damage the
Always use the correct fluid the tank is full. See Engine vehicle’s windshield washer
listed in Recommended Fluids Compartment Overview on system and paint.
and Lubricants on page 6-13. page 5-12 for reservoir location.
Brakes Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding What to Add
fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
Brake Fluid added when the linings are worn, from a sealed container. See
there will be too much fluid when new Recommended Fluids and
brake linings are installed. Add or Lubricants on page 6-13.
remove brake fluid, as necessary,
only when work is done on the brake Always clean the brake fluid
hydraulic system. reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
The brake master cylinder reservoir helps keep dirt from entering
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See { CAUTION the reservoir.
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 5-12 for the location of the If too much brake fluid is added, it
reservoir. can spill on the engine and burn, { CAUTION
if the engine is hot enough. You
There are only two reasons why the or others could be burned, and With the wrong kind of fluid in
brake fluid level in the reservoir the vehicle could be damaged. the brake hydraulic system, the
might go down: Add brake fluid only when work is brakes might not work well. This
• The brake fluid level goes down done on the brake hydraulic could cause a crash. Always use
because of normal brake lining system. the proper brake fluid.
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes When the brake fluid falls to a low
back up. level, the brake warning light comes
• A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic on. See Brake System Warning
system can also cause a low fluid Light on page 3-31.
level. Have the brake hydraulic
system fixed, since a leak means
that sooner or later the brakes will
not work well.
Notice: Brake Wear Some driving conditions or climates

• Using the wrong fluid can badly can cause a brake squeal when the
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
damage brake hydraulic system brakes are first applied or lightly
brake pads have built-in wear
parts. For example, just a few applied. This does not mean
indicators that make a high-pitched
drops of mineral-based oil, something is wrong with the brakes.
warning sound when the brake
such as engine oil, in the brake pads are worn and new pads are Properly torqued wheel nuts are
hydraulic system can damage needed. The sound can come necessary to help prevent
brake hydraulic system parts so and go or be heard all the time the brake pulsation. When tires are
badly that they will have to be vehicle is moving, except when rotated, inspect brake pads for wear
replaced. Do not let someone applying the brake pedal firmly. and evenly tighten wheel nuts in
put in the wrong kind of fluid. the proper sequence to torque
• If brake fluid is spilled on the specifications in Capacities and
vehicle’s painted surfaces, the
{ CAUTION Specifications on page 5-86.
paint finish can be damaged. Be The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be
careful not to spill brake fluid means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets.
on the vehicle. If you do, wash it not work well. That could lead to
off immediately. See Washing an accident. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
Your Vehicle on page 5-75. warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer/retailer if the brake
vehicle serviced. pedal does not return to normal
height, or if there is a rapid increase
Notice: Continuing to drive with in pedal travel. This could be a sign
worn-out brake pads could that brake service might be required.
result in costly brake repair.
Brake Adjustment
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
Replacing Brake System Parts Battery Vehicle Storage

The braking system on a vehicle This vehicle has a maintenance free
is complex. Its many parts have to battery. When it is time for a new { CAUTION
be of top quality and work well battery, see your dealer/retailer for
together if the vehicle is to have one that has the replacement Batteries have acid that can burn
really good braking. The vehicle was number shown on the original you and gas that can explode.
designed and tested with top-quality battery’s label. See Engine You can be badly hurt if you are
brake parts. When parts of the Compartment Overview on not careful. See Jump Starting
braking system are replaced — for page 5-12 for battery location. on page 5-31 for tips on working
example, when the brake linings Warning: Battery posts, terminals, around a battery without
wear down and new ones are and related accessories contain getting hurt.
installed — be sure to get new lead and lead compounds,
approved replacement parts. If this chemicals known to the State of Infrequent Usage: If the vehicle is
is not done, the brakes might California to cause cancer and driven infrequently, remove the
not work properly. For example, if reproductive harm. Wash hands black, negative (−) cable from the
someone puts in brake linings after handling. battery. This helps keep the battery
that are wrong for the vehicle, the from running down.
balance between the front and
rear brakes can change — for the Extended Storage: For extended
worse. The braking performance storage of the vehicle, remove the
expected can change in many other black, negative (−) cable from the
ways if the wrong replacement battery or use a battery trickle
brake parts are installed. charger. This helps maintain the
charge of the battery over an
extended period of time.
Jump Starting Trying to start the vehicle by To avoid the possibility of the
pushing or pulling it will not work, vehicles rolling, set the parking
If the vehicle battery has run down, and it could damage the vehicle. brake firmly on both vehicles
you may want to use another vehicle involved in the jump start
and some jumper cables to start your 1. Check the other vehicle. It
must have a 12-volt battery with procedure. Put the transmission
vehicle. Be sure to use the following in P (Park) before setting the
steps to do it safely. a negative ground system.
parking brake.
Notice: If the other vehicle’s
Notice: If you leave the radio or
{ CAUTION system is not a 12-volt system
with a negative ground, both other accessories on during the
vehicles can be damaged. Only jump starting procedure, they
Batteries can hurt you. They can
use vehicles with 12-volt systems could be damaged. The repairs
be dangerous because:
with negative grounds to jump would not be covered by the
• They contain acid that can warranty. Always turn off the radio
burn you. start your vehicle.
and other accessories when jump
• They contain gas that can 2. Get the vehicles close enough starting the vehicle.
explode or ignite. so the jumper cables can reach,
but be sure the vehicles are not 3. Turn off the ignition on both
• They contain enough vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
electricity to burn you. touching each other. If they are, it
could cause a ground connection accessories plugged into the
If you do not follow these steps you do not want. You would not cigarette lighter or the accessory
exactly, some or all of these be able to start your vehicle, and power outlet. Turn off the radio
things can hurt you. the bad grounding could damage and all lamps that are not needed.
the electrical systems. This will avoid sparks, helping
save both batteries and the radio.
Notice: Ignoring these steps
could result in costly damage to
the vehicle that would not be
covered by the warranty.
4. Open the hood on the other To uncover the remote positive

vehicle and locate the positive (+) (+) terminal, press the tab on the { CAUTION
and negative (−) terminal bottom of the fuse block and
locations on that vehicle. lift the cover up. Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
Open the hood on your vehicle The remote negative (−) terminal
and find the remote positive (+) is a stud on the driver side People have been hurt doing this,
and remote negative (−) jump near the underhood fuse block. and some have been blinded. Use
starting terminals. a flashlight if you need more light.
Place the negative (−) jumper
cable clamp on the negative (−) Be sure the battery has enough
terminal on top of the battery. water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
{ CAUTION has filler caps, be sure the right
An electric fan can start up even amount of fluid is there. If it is
when the engine is not running low, add water to take care of that
and can injure you. Keep hands, first. If you do not, explosive gas
clothing and tools away from any could be present.
underhood electric fan. Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
Your vehicle is equipped with you. If you accidentally get it in
a remote positive (+) terminal. your eyes or on your skin, flush
This is located in the engine the place with water and get
compartment on the driver side medical help immediately.
of the vehicle, on the underhood
fuse block. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 5-12 for more information
on location.
Do not connect positive (+) to 8. Now connect the black

{ CAUTION negative (−) or you will get a short negative (−) cable to the
that would damage the battery negative (−) terminal of the
Fans or other moving engine and maybe other parts. Do not good battery. Use a remote
parts can injure you badly. Keep connect the negative (−) cable to negative (−) terminal if the vehicle
your hands away from moving the negative (−) terminal on the has one.
parts once the engine is running. dead battery because this can Do not let the other end touch
cause sparks. anything until the next step. The
5. Check that the jumper cables 6. Connect the red positive (+) other end of the negative (−)
do not have loose or missing cable to the positive (+) terminal cable does not go to the dead
insulation. If they do, you could on the vehicle with the dead battery. It goes to a heavy,
get a shock. The vehicles battery. Use a remote positive (+) unpainted metal engine part or to
could also be damaged. terminal if the vehicle has one. a remote negative (−) terminal on
Before you connect the cables, the vehicle with the dead battery.
7. Do not let the other end
here are some basic things you touch metal. Connect it to the 9. Connect the other end of the
should know. Positive (+) will go positive (+) terminal of the good negative (−) cable away from the
to positive (+) or to a remote battery. Use a remote positive (+) dead battery, but not near engine
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle terminal if the vehicle has one. parts that move. The electrical
has one. Negative (−) will go to a connection is just as good there,
heavy, unpainted metal engine and the chance of sparks getting
part or to a remote negative (−) back to the battery is much less.
terminal if the vehicle has one.
10. Now start the vehicle with the To disconnect the jumper cables
good battery and run the from both vehicles, do the following:
engine for a while. 1. Disconnect the black negative (−)
11. Press the unlock symbol on the cable from the vehicle that had
remote keyless entry transmitter the dead battery.
to disarm your security system, if 2. Disconnect the black negative (−)
equipped. cable from the vehicle with the
12. Try to start the vehicle that had good battery.
the dead battery. If it will not 3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
start after a few tries, it probably cable from the vehicle with the
needs service. good battery.
Notice: If the jumper cables are Jumper Cable Removal 4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
connected or removed in the cable from the other vehicle.
wrong order, electrical shorting A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
may occur and damage the Part or Remote Negative (−) 5. Return the underhood fuse block
vehicle. The repairs would not be Terminal cover to its original position, if
covered by the vehicle warranty. B. Good Battery or Remote applicable.
Always connect and remove the Positive (+) and Remote
jumper cables in the correct order, Negative (−) Terminals
making sure that the cables do not C. Dead Battery or Remote
touch each other or other metal. Positive (+) Terminal
All-Wheel Drive How to Check Lubricant A fluid loss could indicate a problem;
check and have it repaired, if
It is recommended that the all-wheel needed.
drive lubricants be checked and
filled by the dealer/retailer. What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
Transfer Case to determine what kind of lubricant
When to Check and Change to use. See Recommended
Lubricant Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-13.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule Carrier Assembly-Differential
to determine how often to check (Rear Drive Module)
the lubricant and when to change it.
See Scheduled Maintenance on When to Check and Change
page 6-3. Lubricant
A. Fill Plug
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
B. Drain Plug to determine how often to check
the lubricant and when to change it.
To get an accurate reading, the See Scheduled Maintenance on
vehicle should be on a level surface. page 6-3.
If the level is below the bottom
of the filler plug hole, located on
the transfer case, you’ll need to
add some lubricant. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to
the bottom of the filler plug hole.
How to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of

the filler plug hole, you’ll need to
Headlamp Aiming
add some lubricant. Add enough The headlamp aiming system has
lubricant to raise the level to the been preset at the factory.
bottom of the filler plug hole. A fluid If the vehicle is damaged in an
loss could indicate a problem; check accident, the aim of the headlamps
and have it repaired, if needed. may be affected and adjustment
What to Use may be necessary.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule It is recommended that a
to determine what kind of lubricant dealer/retailer adjust the headlamps.
to use. See Recommended To re-aim the headlamps yourself,
Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-13. use the following procedure.
The vehicle should be properly
AWD Differential Case
prepared as follows:
A. Fill Plug • The vehicle should be placed so
B. Drain Plug the headlamps are 25 ft. (7.6 m)
from a light colored wall.
To get an accurate reading, the • The vehicle must have all four
vehicle should be on a level surface. tires on a level surface which
is level all the way to the wall.
• The vehicle should be placed so
it is perpendicular to the wall or
other flat surface.
• The vehicle should not have any To adjust the vertical aim, do the
snow, ice, or mud on it. following:
• The vehicle should be fully 1. Open the hood. See Hood
assembled and all other Release on page 5-11 for
work stopped while headlamp more information.
aiming is being performed.
• The vehicle should be normally
loaded with a full tank of fuel and
one person or 160 lbs (75 kg)
sitting on the driver’s seat.
• Tires should be properly inflated.
Headlamp aiming is done with the 4. At the wall measure from the
vehicle’s low-beam headlamps. ground upward (A) to the
The high-beam headlamps will be recorded distance from Step 3
correctly aimed if the low-beam and mark it.
headlamps are aimed properly.
5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B)
2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of on the wall the width of the
the low-beam headlamp. vehicle at the height of the mark
in Step 4.
3. Measure the distance from the
ground to the aim dot on the
low-beam headlamp. Record the
distance.
Notice: Do not cover a headlamp

to improve beam cut-off when
aiming. Covering a headlamp may
cause excessive heat build-up
which may cause damage to the
headlamp.
6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps
and place a piece of cardboard
or equivalent in front of the
headlamp not being adjusted.
This allows only the beam of light
from the headlamp being adjusted
to be seen on the flat surface.
7. Locate the vertical headlamp 9. Make sure that the light from the
aiming screws, which are headlamp is positioned at the
under the hood near each bottom edge of the horizontal
headlamp assembly. tape line. The lamp on the left (A)
The adjustment screw can be shows the correct headlamp aim.
turned with a E8 Torx® socket. The lamp on the right (B) shows
the incorrect headlamp aim.
8. Turn the vertical aiming screw
until the headlamp beam is aimed 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for
to the horizontal tape line. Turn the opposite headlamp.
it clockwise or counterclockwise
to raise or lower the angle of
the beam.
Bulb Replacement Headlamps 6. Pull back on the front fascia and

then pull the headlamp assembly
For the proper type of replacement To replace one of the headlamp out from the vehicle. Another
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs bulbs, use the following procedure. person might be needed to assist
on page 5-41. To replace the parking/turn signal with this step.
lamp bulb, see Front Turn Signal
For any bulb changing procedure and Parking Lamps on page 5-40.
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer/retailer. 1. Open the hood. See Hood
Release on page 5-11 for
more information.
Halogen Bulbs
2. Remove the two screws from the
top of the front fascia and grille.
{ CAUTION They are inboard of the
headlamp assembly.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you 3. Remove the three screws
drop or scratch the bulb. You or retaining the headlamp assembly.
others could be injured. Be sure 4. Insert a flat blade tool through the
to read and follow the instructions opening in the top. Make sure the 7. Disconnect the electrical
on the bulb package. tool fits through the opening in the connector from the bulb
headlamp bracket lower arm. assembly.
5. Push the locking tab toward the 8. Turn the bulb assembly
rear of the vehicle with the tool counterclockwise to remove it
to lift the headlamp bracket from the housing.
lower arm. 9. Replace the old bulb with a
new one.
10. Reverse Steps 1 through 8 to
reinstall.
Front Turn Signal and 3. Pull the bulb out of the bulb Taillamps, Turn Signal,
socket assembly. Stoplamps and Back-up
Parking Lamps
4. Push the new bulb into the bulb Lamps
To replace a front turn signal or socket assembly.
parking lamp bulb: To replace one of these bulbs:
5. Insert the bulb assembly into the
1. Follow Steps 1 through 6 under headlamp assembly.
Headlamps on page 5-39 to
access the front turn signal or 6. Turn the bulb assembly
parking lamp. clockwise until seated.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the
headlamp assembly.
A. Taillamp/Stoplamp
B. Turn Signal Lamp
C. Back-up Lamp
2. Turn the bulb to be replaced
counterclockwise to remove
it from the headlamp assembly.
1. Open the liftgate. License Plate Lamp 4. Push the new bulb into the bulb
socket and turn it clockwise to
To replace one of these bulbs: lock it into place.
1. Remove the two screws holding 5. Push and turn the license plate
each of the license plate lamps back through the fascia opening.
to the fascia.
6. Reinstall the two screws holding
the license plate lamps to the
fascia.
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp Bulb
2. Remove the two screws holding Number
in the taillamp assembly.
Back-up Lamp 3156
3. Slide the taillamp assembly Front Turn
rearward and away from the 3157K
Signal/Parking
vehicle.
Headlamps
4. Turn the bulb socket being 9005 or
replaced counterclockwise 2. Turn and pull the license plate High-beam HB3
to disconnect it. lamp forward through the 9006 or
fascia opening. Low-beam/DRL HB4
5. Pull the bulb out of the bulb
socket. 3. Turn the bulb socket Rear Turn Signal,
6. Push the new bulb into the bulb counterclockwise and pull the Stoplamp and 3057
bulb straight out of the socket. Taillamp
socket.
7. Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to For replacement bulbs not listed
reinstall the taillamp assembly. here, contact your dealer/retailer.
Windshield Wiper To replace the rear wiper blade:
Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Scheduled Maintenance
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type
and length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 6-15.
2. Push the release lever (B) to
To replace the windshield wiper
disengage the hook and push
blade: 1. Lift the rear wiper arm (A) from
the wiper arm (A) out of the
the window.
blade (C).
2. Rotate the bottom edge of the
3. Push the new wiper blade
blade assembly (B) slightly
securely on the wiper arm
away from the underside of the
until you hear the release lever
wiper arm.
click into place.
3. Apply downward pressure to the
blade assembly and remove
from the wiper arm.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the

windshield.
Tires { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

Your new vehicle comes with
high-quality tires made by a • Poorly maintained and • Overinflated tires are more
leading tire manufacturer. If you improperly used tires are likely to be cut, punctured,
ever have questions about your dangerous. or broken by a sudden
tire warranty and where to obtain • Overloading your tires can impact — such as when
service, see your vehicle cause overheating as a you hit a pothole. Keep
Warranty booklet for details. For result of too much flexing. tires at the recommended
additional information refer to the You could have an air-out pressure.
tire manufacturer. and a serious accident. • Worn, old tires can cause
See Loading the Vehicle accidents. If your tread is
on page 4-28. badly worn, or if your tires
• Underinflated tires pose have been damaged,
the same danger as replace them.
overloaded tires. The See High-Speed Operation on
resulting accident could page 5-50 for inflation pressure
cause serious injury. adjustment for high speed
Check all tires frequently to driving.
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure
should be checked when
your tires are cold. See
Inflation - Tire Pressure on
page 5-49.
(Continued)
Tire Sidewall Labeling See the “Tire Size” illustration The TIN shows the manufacturer
later in this section for more and plant code, tire size, and
Useful information about a tire is detail. date the tire was manufactured.
molded into its sidewall. The The TIN is molded onto both
examples below show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire sides of the tire, although only
passenger vehicle tire and a Performance Criteria one side may have the date of
compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original manufacture.
equipment tires designed to
GM’s specific tire performance (E) Tire Ply Material: The type
criteria have a TPC specification of cord and number of plies in the
code molded onto the sidewall. sidewall and under the tread.
GM’s TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality
guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire
manufacturers are required to
(C) DOT (Department grade tires based on three
of Transportation): The performance factors: treadwear,
Department of Transportation traction, and temperature
(DOT) code indicates that the resistance. For more information
tire is in compliance with the U.S. see Uniform Tire Quality
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Department of Transportation Grading on page 5-60.
Example Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
(G) Maximum Cold Inflation
(D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is a (TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the maximum
combination of letters and following DOT (Department pressure needed to support
numbers used to define a of Transportation) code is the that load.
particular tire’s width, height, Tire Identification Number (TIN).
aspect ratio, construction
type, and service description.
(B) Tire Ply Material: The type (F) Tire Size: A combination of
of cord and number of plies in the letters and numbers define a
sidewall and under the tread. tire’s width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
(C) Tire Identification Number description. The letter T as the
(TIN): The letters and numbers first character in the tire size
following the DOT (Department means the tire is for temporary
of Transportation) code is the use only.
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the manufacturer (G) TPC Spec (Tire
and plant code, tire size, and Performance Criteria
date the tire was manufactured. Specification): Original
The TIN is molded onto both equipment tires designed to
Compact Spare Tire Example sides of the tire, although only GM’s specific tire performance
one side may have the date of criteria have a TPC specification
(A) Temporary Use Only: The manufacture. code molded onto the sidewall.
compact spare tire or temporary GM’s TPC specifications meet
use tire has a tread life of (D) Maximum Cold Inflation or exceed all federal safety
approximately 3,000 miles Load Limit: Maximum load that guidelines.
(5 000 km) and should not be can be carried and the maximum
driven at speeds over 65 mph pressure needed to support
(105 km/h). The compact spare that load.
tire is for emergency use when a (E) Tire Inflation: The
regular road tire has lost air and temporary use tire or compact
gone flat. If your vehicle has a spare tire should be inflated
compact spare tire, see Compact to 60 psi (420 kPa). For more
Spare Tire on page 5-71 and If a information on tire pressure and
Tire Goes Flat on page 5-63. inflation see Inflation - Tire
Pressure on page 5-49.
Tire Size (C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit Tire Terminology and

The following illustration shows number that indicates the tire Definitions
an example of a typical height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size Air Pressure: The amount of air
passenger vehicle tire size. aspect ratio is 60, as shown in inside the tire pressing outward
item C of the illustration, it would on each square inch of the tire.
mean that the tire’s sidewall is Air pressure is expressed in
60 percent as high as it is wide. pounds per square inch (psi)
or kilopascal (kPa).
(D) Construction Code: A letter
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight: This means
of ply construction in the tire. the combined weight of optional
(A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples
The United States version of a construction; the letter D means of optional accessories are,
metric tire sizing system. The diagonal or bias ply construction; automatic transmission, power
letter P as the first character in and the letter B means steering, power brakes, power
the tire size means a passenger belted-bias ply construction. windows, power seats, and air
vehicle tire engineered to conditioning.
(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. Aspect Ratio: The relationship
and Rim Association. of a tire’s height to its width.
(F) Service Description: These
(B) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load Belt: A rubber coated layer of
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the tire. cords that is located between the
width in millimeters from sidewall The load index represents the plies and the tread. Cords may
to sidewall. load carry capacity a tire is be made from steel or other
certified to carry. The speed reinforcing materials.
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code Intended Outboard Sidewall:
steel wires wrapped by steel molded into the sidewall of a The side of an asymmetrical tire,
cords that hold the tire onto tire signifying that the tire is in that must always face outward
the rim. compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle.
Department of Transportation
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic (DOT) motor vehicle safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
tire in which the plies are laid standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure.
at alternate angles less than includes the Tire Identification
90 degrees to the centerline of Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire:
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric A tire used on light duty trucks
the tread. designator which can also and some multipurpose
Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, passenger vehicles.
amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and date
measured in pounds per square of production. Load Index: An assigned
inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) number ranging from 1 to 279
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load
before a tire has built up heat Rating. See Loading the Vehicle
from driving. See Inflation - Tire carrying capacity of a tire.
on page 4-28.
Pressure on page 5-49. Maximum Inflation Pressure:
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight The maximum air pressure to
Curb Weight: The weight of a Rating for the front axle. See
motor vehicle with standard which a cold tire can be inflated.
Loading the Vehicle on The maximum air pressure is
and optional equipment including page 4-28.
the maximum capacity of fuel, molded onto the sidewall.
oil, and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The
passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the
Loading the Vehicle on maximum permissible inflation
page 4-28. pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A Traction: The friction between
Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface.
weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided.
vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
production options weight. Tread: The portion of a tire that
Recommended Inflation comes into contact with the road.
Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle
number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer’s recommended Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as bands, sometimes called wear
150 lbs (68 kg). See Loading shown on the tire placard. See bars, that show across the tread
the Vehicle on page 4-28. Inflation - Tire Pressure on of a tire when only 1/16 inch
page 5-49 and Loading (1.6 mm) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution: the Vehicle on page 4-28. When It Is Time for New Tires on
Designated seating positions. page 5-57.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
Outward Facing Sidewall: The tire in which the ply cords that UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that extend to the beads are laid at Grading Standards): A tire
has a particular side that faces 90 degrees to the centerline of information system that provides
outward when mounted on a the tread. consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that tire’s traction, temperature,
contains a whitewall, bears white Rim: A metal support for a tire and treadwear. Ratings are
lettering, or bears manufacturer, and upon which the tire beads determined by tire manufacturers
brand, and/or model name are seated. using government testing
molding that is higher or deeper procedures. The ratings are
than the same moldings on the Sidewall: The portion of a tire molded into the sidewall of the
other sidewall of the tire. between the tread and the bead. tire. See Uniform Tire Quality
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Grading on page 5-60.
code assigned to a tire indicating
the maximum speed at which a
tire can operate.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Inflation - Tire Pressure A vehicle specific Tire and
number of designated seating Loading Information label is
positions multiplied by 150 lbs Tires need the correct amount attached to your vehicle. This
(68 kg) plus the rated cargo load. of air pressure to operate label shows your vehicle’s
See Loading the Vehicle on effectively. original equipment tires and the
page 4-28. Notice: Do not let anyone tell correct inflation pressures for
you that under-inflation or your tires when they are cold.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the The recommended cold tire
Tire: Load on an individual tire over-inflation is all right. It is
not. If your tires do not have inflation pressure, shown on the
due to curb weight, accessory label, is the minimum amount of
weight, occupant weight, and enough air (under-inflation),
you can get the following: air pressure needed to support
cargo weight. your vehicle’s maximum load
• Too much flexing carrying capacity.
Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a • Too much heat
For additional information
vehicle showing the vehicle’s • Tire overloading regarding how much weight
capacity weight and the original • Premature or irregular wear your vehicle can carry, and an
equipment tire size and example of the Tire and Loading
recommended inflation pressure. • Poor handling
Information label, see Loading
See “Tire and Loading • Reduced fuel economy the Vehicle on page 4-28. How
Information Label” under If your tires have too much air you load your vehicle affects
Loading the Vehicle on (over-inflation), you can get vehicle handling and ride
page 4-28. the following: comfort. Never load your vehicle
• Unusual wear with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
• Poor handling
• Rough ride
• Needless damage from road
hazards
When to Check Remove the valve cap from the High-Speed Operation
Check your tires once a month tire valve stem. Press the tire
gage firmly onto the valve to
or more. Do not forget to check get a pressure measurement. { CAUTION
the compact spare tire, it should If the cold tire inflation pressure
be at 60 psi (420 kPa). For matches the recommended Driving at high speeds, 100 mph
additional information regarding (160 km/h) or higher, puts an
pressure on the Tire and Loading
the compact spare tire, see additional strain on tires. Sustained
Compact Spare Tire on Information label, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the high-speed driving causes
page 5-71. excessive heat build up and can
inflation pressure is low, add air
until you reach the recommended cause sudden tire failure. You
How to Check
amount. could have a crash and you or
Use a good quality pocket-type others could be killed. Some
gage to check tire pressure. If you overfill the tire, release air high-speed rated tires require
You cannot tell if your tires by pushing on the metal stem inflation pressure adjustment for
are properly inflated simply by in the center of the tire valve. high speed operation. When speed
looking at them. Radial tires may Re-check the tire pressure with limits and road conditions are such
look properly inflated even when the tire gage.
that a vehicle can be driven at high
they are under-inflated. Check Be sure to put the valve caps speeds, make sure the tires are
the tire’s inflation pressure when back on the valve stems. rated for high speed operation, in
the tires are cold. Cold means They help prevent leaks by excellent condition, and set to the
your vehicle has been sitting for keeping out dirt and moisture. correct cold tire inflation pressure
at least three hours or driven no
for the vehicle load.
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
If your vehicle has P235/55R18 size Tire Pressure Monitor As an added safety feature, your
tires, they will require inflation vehicle has been equipped with
pressure adjustment when driving
System a tire pressure monitoring system
your vehicle at speeds of 100 mph The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) that illuminates a low
(160 km/h) or higher. Set the cold (TPMS) uses radio and sensor tire pressure telltale when one or
inflation pressure to the maximum technology to check tire pressure more of your tires is significantly
inflation pressure shown on the levels. The TPMS sensors monitor under-inflated.
tire sidewall, or 38 psi (262 kPa), the air pressure in your vehicle’s tires
Accordingly, when the low tire
whichever is lower. See the example and transmit tire pressure readings to
pressure telltale illuminates, you
following. When you end this a receiver located in the vehicle.
should stop and check your tires as
high-speed driving, return the tires to
Each tire, including the spare soon as possible, and inflate them
the cold tire inflation pressure shown
(if provided), should be checked to the proper pressure. Driving on
on the Tire and Loading Information
monthly when cold and inflated to the a significantly under-inflated tire
label. See Loading the Vehicle on
inflation pressure recommended by causes the tire to overheat and can
page 4-28 and Inflation - Tire
the vehicle manufacturer on the lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
Pressure on page 5-49.
vehicle placard or tire inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
Example: pressure label. (If your vehicle has tread life, and may affect the
tires of a different size than the size vehicle’s handling and stopping
You will find the maximum load
indicated on the vehicle placard or ability.
and inflation pressure molded on
tire inflation pressure label, you
the tire’s sidewall, in small letters, Please note that the TPMS is
should determine the proper tire
near the rim flange. It will read not a substitute for proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
something like this: Maximum load maintenance, and it is the driver’s
690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) responsibility to maintain correct tire
Max. Press. pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
For this example, you would set the
illumination of the TPMS low tire
inflation pressure for high-speed
pressure telltale.
driving at 38 psi (262 kPa).
Your vehicle has also been equipped ensure that the replacement or Vehicles with TPMS operate on
with a TPMS malfunction indicator alternate tires and wheels allow a radio frequency and comply with
to indicate when the system is not the TPMS to continue to function RSS-210 of Industry and Science
operating properly. The TPMS properly. Canada. Operation is subject to the
malfunction indicator is combined following two conditions:
See Tire Pressure Monitor
with the low tire pressure telltale. 1. This device may not cause
Operation on page 5-53 for
When the system detects a interference.
additional information.
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then Federal Communications 2. This device must accept any
remain continuously illuminated. Commission (FCC) and interference received, including
This sequence will continue upon interference that may cause
Industry and Science Canada
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long undesired operation of the
as the malfunction exists. The Tire Pressure Monitor System device.
(TPMS) operates on a radio
When the malfunction indicator is frequency and complies with Part 15 Changes or modifications to
illuminated, the system may not of the FCC Rules. Operation is this system by other than an
be able to detect or signal low tire subject to the following two authorized service facility could void
pressure as intended. TPMS conditions: authorization to use this equipment.
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation 1. This device may not cause
of replacement or alternate tires or harmful interference.
wheels on the vehicle that prevent 2. This device must accept any
the TPMS from functioning properly. interference received, including
Always check the TPMS malfunction interference that may cause
telltale after replacing one or more undesired operation.
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
Tire Pressure Monitor The low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle’s TPMS system can
comes on at each ignition cycle warn you about a low tire pressure
Operation until the tires are inflated to condition but it does not replace
This vehicle may have a Tire the correct inflation pressure. normal tire maintenance. See Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Inspection and Rotation on
The low tire pressure warning light
The TPMS is designed to warn the page 5-56 and Tires on page 5-43.
may come on in cool weather
driver when a low tire pressure
when the vehicle is first started, and Notice: Liquid tire sealants could
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
then turn off as you start to drive. damage the Tire Pressure Monitor
mounted onto each tire and wheel
This may be an early indicator System (TPMS) sensors. Sensor
assembly, excluding the spare tire
that the air pressure in the tire(s) damage caused by using a tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
are getting low and need to be sealant is not covered by your
sensors monitor the air pressure in
inflated to the proper pressure. warranty. Do not use liquid tire
the vehicle’s tires and transmit the
tire pressure readings to a receiver A Tire and Loading Information sealants.
located in the vehicle. label, attached to your vehicle, TPMS Malfunction Light
shows the size of your vehicle’s
original equipment tires and The TPMS will not function properly
the correct inflation pressure for if one or more of the TPMS
your vehicle’s tires when they sensors are missing or inoperable.
are cold. See Loading the Vehicle When the system detects a
on page 4-28, for an example of the malfunction, the low tire warning
Tire and Loading Information light flashes for about one minute
When a low tire pressure condition label and its location on your and then stays on for the
is detected, the TPMS illuminates vehicle. Also see Inflation - Tire remainder of the ignition cycle.
the low tire pressure warning light on Pressure on page 5-49.
the instrument panel cluster.
The TPMS malfunction light comes • One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Matching
on at each ignition cycle until the missing or damaged. The TPMS Process
problem is corrected. Some of malfunction light should go
the conditions that can cause the Each TPMS sensor has a unique
off when the TPMS sensors
malfunction light to come on are: identification code. Any time you
are installed and the sensor
replace one or more of the TPMS
• One of the road tires has been matching process is performed
sensors or rotate the vehicle’s tires,
replaced with the spare tire. The successfully. See your dealer/
the identification codes will need to
spare tire does not have a TPMS retailer for service.
be matched to the new tire/wheel
sensor. The TPMS malfunction • Replacement tires or wheels do position. The sensors are matched,
light should go off once you not match your vehicle’s original to the tire/wheel positions, in the
re-install the road tire containing equipment tires or wheels. Tires following order: driver side front tire,
the TPMS sensor. and wheels other than those passenger side front tire, passenger
• The TPMS sensor matching recommended for your vehicle side rear tire, and driver side rear tire
process was started but not could prevent the TPMS from using a TPMS diagnostic tool. See
completed or not completed functioning properly. See Buying your dealer/retailer for service.
successfully after rotating the New Tires on page 5-58.
The TPMS sensors can also be
vehicle’s tires. The TPMS • Operating electronic devices or matched to each tire/wheel position
malfunction light should go being near facilities using radio by increasing or decreasing the
off once the TPMS sensor wave frequencies similar to the tire’s air pressure. When increasing
matching process is performed TPMS could cause the TPMS the tire’s pressure, do not exceed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor sensors to malfunction. the maximum inflation pressure
Matching Process” later in this indicated on the tire’s sidewall.
section.
To decrease the tire’s air-pressure 4. Start with the driver side front 8. Proceed to the driver side rear
use the pointed end of the valve tire. The driver side turn signal tire. The driver side rear turn
cap, a pencil-style air pressure lamp comes on. signal lamp comes on. Repeat the
gage, or a key. 5. Remove the valve cap from the procedure in Step 5. The horn
tire’s valve stem. Activate the sounds two times to indicate the
You have two minutes to match
TPMS sensor by increasing sensor identification code has
each tire and wheel position.
or decreasing the tire’s air been matched to the driver side
If it takes longer than two minutes to
pressure for five seconds, or until rear tire, and the TPMS sensor
match any tire and wheel position,
a horn chirp sounds. The horn matching process is no longer
the matching process stops and you
chirp, which may take up to active.
will need to start over.
30 seconds to sound, confirms 9. Turn the ignition switch to
The TPMS matching process is that the sensor identification code LOCK/OFF.
outlined below: has been matched to the 10. Set all four tires to the
1. Set the parking brake. tire/wheel position. recommended air pressure level
2. Turn the ignition switch to 6. Proceed to the passenger side as indicated on the Tire and
ON/RUN with the engine off. front tire. The passenger side Loading Information label.
3. Press and hold the RKE front turn signal lamp comes on. 11. Put the valve caps back on the
transmitter’s Lock and Unlock Repeat the procedure in Step 5. valve stems.
buttons at the same time, for 7. Proceed to the passenger side
about three seconds. The horn rear tire. The passenger side
will sound twice to indicate the rear turn signal lamp comes on.
receiver is ready for the sensor Repeat the procedure in Step 5.
matching process to begin.
Tire Inspection and See When It Is Time for New See Inflation - Tire Pressure on
Rotation Tires on page 5-57 and Wheel page 5-49 and Loading the
Replacement on page 5-62. Vehicle on page 4-28.
We recommend that you Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
regularly inspect the vehicle’s System. See Tire Pressure
tires, including the spare tire, for
Monitor Operation on page 5-53.
signs of wear or damage.
See When It Is Time for New Make certain that all wheel nuts
Tires on page 5-57 for more are properly tightened. See
information. “Wheel Nut Torque” under
Tires should be rotated every Capacities and Specifications
5,000 to 8,000 miles (8 000 on page 5-86.
to 13 000 km). See Scheduled
Maintenance on page 6-3. { CAUTION
The purpose of a regular tire Rust or dirt on a wheel, or
rotation is to achieve a uniform When rotating the vehicle’s tires, on the parts to which it is
wear for all tires on the always use the correct rotation fastened, can make wheel
vehicle. This will ensure that the pattern shown here. nuts become loose after time.
vehicle continues to perform The wheel could come off
most like it did when the Do not include the compact and cause an accident.
tires were new. spare tire in the tire rotation.
(Continued)
Any time you notice unusual After the tires have been rotated,
wear, rotate the tires as soon adjust the front and rear inflation
as possible and check wheel pressures as shown on the Tire
alignment. Also check for and Loading Information label.
damaged tires or wheels.
• The tread or sidewall is cracked,

CAUTION (Continued) cut, or snagged deep enough to
show cord or fabric.
When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt from • The tire has a bump, bulge, or
places where the wheel attaches split.
to the vehicle. In an emergency, • The tire has a puncture, cut, or
you can use a cloth or a paper other damage that cannot be
towel to do this; but be sure to repaired well because of the size
use a scraper or wire brush later, or location of the damage.
if needed, to get all the rust or dirt The rubber in tires degrades over
off. See Changing a Flat Tire on time, even if they are not being
page 5-64. used. This is also true for the spare
One way to tell when it is time for tire, if the vehicle has one. Multiple
new tires is to check the treadwear conditions affect how fast this
When It Is Time for New indicators, which will appear when aging takes place, including
Tires the tires have only 1/16 inch temperatures, loading conditions,
(1.6 mm) or less of tread remaining. and inflation pressure maintenance.
Various factors, such as
maintenance, temperatures, driving You need new tires if any of the With proper care and maintenance
speeds, vehicle loading, and following statements are true: tires typically wear out before
road conditions influence when they degrade due to age. If you are
• You can see the indicators at
you need new tires. unsure about the need to replace
three or more places around
the tires as they get older, consult
the tire.
the tire manufacturer for more
• You can see cord or fabric information.
showing through the tire’s rubber.
Buying New Tires monitoring performance. GM’s

TPC Spec number is molded { CAUTION
GM has developed and matched onto the tire’s sidewall near the
specific tires for your vehicle. The tire size. If the tires have an Mixing tires could cause you
original equipment tires installed all-season tread design, the TPC to lose control while driving. If
on your vehicle, when it was new, Spec number will be followed by you mix tires of different sizes,
were designed to meet General an MS for mud and snow. See brands, or types (radial and
Motors Tire Performance Criteria Tire Sidewall Labeling on bias-belted tires), the vehicle
Specification (TPC Spec) system page 5-44 for additional may not handle properly, and
rating. If you need replacement information. you could have a crash. Using
tires, GM strongly recommends tires of different sizes, brands,
that you get tires with the same GM recommends replacing tires or types may also cause
TPC Spec rating. This way, your in sets of four. This is because damage to your vehicle. Be
vehicle will continue to have tires uniform tread depth on all tires sure to use the correct size,
that are designed to give the will help keep your vehicle brand, and type of tires on all
same performance and vehicle performing most like it did when wheels. It is all right to drive
safety, during normal use, as the the tires were new. Replacing with your compact spare
original tires. less than a full set of tires can temporarily, as it was
affect the braking and handling developed for use on your
GM’s exclusive TPC Spec performance of your vehicle. See
system considers over a dozen vehicle. See Compact Spare
Tire Inspection and Rotation on Tire on page 5-71.
critical specifications that impact page 5-56 for information on
the overall performance of your proper tire rotation.
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire pressure
Non-TPC Spec rated tires may Additionally, if your vehicle has

{ CAUTION give a low-pressure warning that electronic systems such as, anti-lock
is higher or lower than the proper brakes, rollover airbags, traction
If you use bias-ply tires on the warning level you would get with control, and stability control, the
vehicle, the wheel rim flanges TPC Spec rated tires. See Tire performance of these systems can
could develop cracks after Pressure Monitor System on be affected.
many miles of driving. A tire page 5-51.
and/or wheel could fail
suddenly, causing a crash. Your vehicle’s original equipment { CAUTION
Use only radial-ply tires with tires are listed on the Tire and
Loading Information Label. If you add different sized wheels,
the wheels on the vehicle.
See Loading the Vehicle on your vehicle may not provide an
page 4-28, for more information acceptable level of performance
If you must replace your vehicle’s about the Tire and Loading and safety if tires not
tires with those that do not have Information Label and its location recommended for those wheels
a TPC Spec number, make sure on your vehicle. are selected. You may increase
they are the same size, load
range, speed rating, and the chance that you will crash and
construction type (radial and Different Size Tires and suffer serious injury. Only use
bias-belted tires) as your Wheels Saturn specific wheel and tire
vehicle’s original tires. systems developed for your
If you add wheels or tires that are vehicle, and have them properly
Vehicles that have a tire pressure a different size than your original installed by a Saturn certified
monitoring system could give an equipment wheels and tires,
technician.
inaccurate low-pressure warning this may affect the way your vehicle
if non-TPC Spec rated tires performs, including its braking,
are installed on your vehicle. ride and handling characteristics, See Buying New Tires on page 5-58
stability, and resistance to rollover. and Accessories and Modifications
on page 5-3 for additional
information.
Uniform Tire Quality use spare tires, tires with nominal The relative performance of
Grading rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches tires depends upon the actual
(25 to 30 cm), or to some conditions of their use, however,
Quality grades can be found limited-production tires. and may depart significantly from
where applicable on the While the tires available on the norm due to variations in
tire sidewall between tread driving habits, service practices,
General Motors passenger cars
shoulder and maximum section and differences in road
and light trucks may vary
width. For example: characteristics and climate.
with respect to these grades,
Treadwear 200 Traction AA they must also conform to Traction – AA, A, B, C
Temperature A federal safety requirements and
additional General Motors The traction grades, from highest
The following information relates Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
to the system developed by the standards. Those grades represent the tire’s
United States National Highway ability to stop on wet pavement
Traffic Safety Administration Treadwear as measured under controlled
(NHTSA), which grades tires conditions on specified
The treadwear grade is a
by treadwear, traction, and government test surfaces of
comparative rating based on
temperature performance. This the wear rate of the tire when asphalt and concrete. A tire
applies only to vehicles sold in marked C may have poor traction
tested under controlled
the United States. The grades performance.
conditions on a specified
are molded on the sidewalls of government test course.
most passenger car tires. The
For example, a tire graded 150
Uniform Tire Quality Grading would wear one and a half (1.5)
(UTQG) system does not apply to
deep tread, winter-type snow times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
tires, space-saver, or temporary
Temperature – A, B, C car tires must meet under the Wheel Alignment and
The temperature grades Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Tire Balance
are A (the highest), B, and C, Standard No. 109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of The tires and wheels on your vehicle
representing the tire’s resistance performance on the laboratory were aligned and balanced carefully
to the generation of heat and test wheel than the minimum at the factory to give you the longest
its ability to dissipate heat tire life and best overall performance.
required by law. It should be
when tested under controlled Adjustments to wheel alignment and
conditions on a specified indoor noted that the temperature grade
for this tire is established for a tire tire balancing will not be necessary
laboratory test wheel. Sustained on a regular basis. However, if you
that is properly inflated and not
high temperature can cause the notice unusual tire wear or your
overloaded. Excessive speed,
material of the tire to degenerate underinflation, or excessive vehicle pulling to one side or the
and reduce tire life, and loading, either separately or in other, the alignment might need to be
excessive temperature can checked. If you notice your vehicle
combination, can cause heat
lead to sudden tire failure. The vibrating when driving on a smooth
grade C corresponds to a level of buildup and possible tire failure.
road, the tires and wheels might
performance which all passenger need to be rebalanced. See your
dealer/retailer for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement Used Replacement Wheels

Replace any wheel that is bent,
{ CAUTION
cracked or badly rusted or corroded. Using the wrong replacement { CAUTION
If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts Putting a used wheel on your
nuts on your vehicle can be
should be replaced. If the wheel vehicle is dangerous. You cannot
dangerous. It could affect the
leaks air, replace it (except some know how it has been used or
braking and handling of your
aluminum wheels, which can how far it has been driven. It
vehicle, make your tires lose air
sometimes be repaired). See your could fail suddenly and cause a
and make you lose control. You
dealer/retailer if any of these crash. If you have to replace a
could have a collision in which
conditions exist. wheel, use a new Saturn original
you or others could be injured.
equipment wheel.
Your dealer/retailer will know the Always use the correct wheel,
kind of wheel you need. wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for
replacement. Tire Chains
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset and be Notice: The wrong wheel can
mounted the same way as the one also cause problems with bearing
{ CAUTION
it replaces. life, brake cooling, speedometer Do not use tire chains. There is
or odometer calibration, headlamp
If you need to replace any of your not enough clearance. Tire chains
aim, bumper height, vehicle
wheels, wheel bolts or wheel used on a vehicle without the
ground clearance, and tire or tire
nuts, replace them only with new chain clearance to the body and proper amount of clearance can
Saturn original equipment parts. chassis. cause damage to the brakes,
This way, you will be sure to have suspension or other vehicle parts.
the right wheel, wheel bolts and See Changing a Flat Tire on
wheel nuts for your vehicle. page 5-64 for more information. (Continued)
If a Tire Goes Flat It may be very bumpy and noisy, but

CAUTION (Continued) you can still steer. Gently brake to a
It is unusual for a tire to blowout stop, well off the road if possible.
The area damaged by the tire while you are driving, especially if
chains could cause you to lose you maintain your vehicle’s tires
control of the vehicle and you or properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is { CAUTION
others may be injured in a crash. much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever have a Lifting a vehicle and getting under
Use another type of traction blowout, here are a few tips about it to do maintenance or repairs is
device only if its manufacturer what to expect and what to do: dangerous without the appropriate
recommends it for use on the safety equipment and training. If a
vehicle and tire size combination If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates jack is provided with the vehicle, it
and road conditions. Follow that a drag that pulls the vehicle toward is designed only for changing a
manufacturer’s instructions. To that side. Take your foot off the flat tire. If it is used for anything
help avoid damage to the vehicle, accelerator pedal and grip the
else, you or others could be badly
drive slowly, readjust or remove steering wheel firmly. Steer to
injured or killed if the vehicle slips
maintain lane position, and then
the device if it is contacting the off the jack. If a jack is provided
gently brake to a stop well out of
vehicle, and do not spin the with the vehicle, only use it for
the traffic lane.
vehicle’s wheels. If you do find changing a flat tire.
traction devices that will fit, install A rear blowout, particularly on a
them on the front tires. curve, acts much like a skid and may If a tire goes flat, the next part
require the same correction you shows how to use the jacking
would use in a skid. In any rear equipment to change a flat tire
blowout remove your foot from the safely.
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle
under control by steering the
way you want the vehicle to go.
Changing a Flat Tire

CAUTION (Continued)
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly 3. Turn off the engine and do
to a level place. Turn on the hazard not restart while the vehicle
warning flashers. See Hazard
is raised.
Warning Flashers on page 3-5.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
{ CAUTION To be certain the vehicle will not
Changing a tire can be dangerous. move, put blocks at the front and
The vehicle can slip off the jack rear of the tire farthest away from
and roll over or fall on you or other the one being changed. That
people. You and they could be would be the tire on the other A. Wheel Block
badly injured or even killed. Find side, at the opposite end of the B. Flat Tire
a level place to change your tire. vehicle.
To help prevent the vehicle from The following information explains
moving: When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), how to use the jack and change
use the following example as a a tire.
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
guide to assist you in the placement
2. Put an automatic of wheel blocks (A).
transmission shift lever in
P (Park), or shift a manual
transmission to 1 (First) or
R (Reverse).
(Continued)
Removing the Spare Tire 3. Lift the load floor and hang the
hook to the tailgate opening.
and Tools
To access the spare tire:
1. Open the liftgate.
5. Remove the wheel retainer bolt

holding down the spare tire by
4. Remove the tire protector foam. turning it counterclockwise.
6. Remove the compact spare tire.
See Compact Spare Tire on
2. Push the levers on the load floor.
The tools are located between the 3. Remove the straps holding the Removing the Flat Tire
compact spare tire and the bag containing the wheel wrench and Installing the
liftgate. To access the tools: and extension jack handle.
Remove the wheel wrench and
Spare Tire
extension jack handle from 1. Do a safety check before
the bag. proceeding. See Changing a Flat
Tire on page 5-64 for more
The tools you will be using include: information.
A. Tool Bag
B. Wing-bolt
C. Jack
1. Remove the wing-bolt (B) from A. Tool Bag

the jack. 2. Use the wheel wrench to loosen
B. Jack all the wheel nuts. Do not remove
2. Remove the jack (C) and tool C. Wheel Wrench them yet.
bag (A).
D. Extension Jack Handle 3. Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack bolt head and rotate the
wheel wrench clockwise to raise
the lift head a little.
{ CAUTION
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.
{ CAUTION
4. Position the lift head at the jack 6. Raise the vehicle by turning Raising your vehicle with the jack
location nearest the flat tire. Make the jack handle clockwise. Raise improperly positioned can damage
sure all of the jack lift head is the vehicle far enough off the the vehicle and even make the
touching the jacking flange under ground so there is enough room vehicle fall. To help avoid
the body. Do not place the jack for the road tire to be removed. personal injury and vehicle
under a body panel. The lower
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
body panel has an arrow to aid in
head into the proper location
locating the jacking location.
before raising the vehicle.
5. Put the compact spare tire
near you.
9. Remove any rust or dirt from the 11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten
{ CAUTION wheel bolts, mounting surfaces each nut by hand until the wheel
and spare wheel. is held against the hub.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the appropriate { CAUTION { CAUTION
safety equipment and training. If a
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Never use oil or grease on bolts
jack is provided with the vehicle, it
parts to which it is fastened, can or nuts because the nuts might
is designed only for changing a
make wheel nuts become loose come loose. The vehicle’s wheel
flat tire. If it is used for anything
after time. The wheel could come could fall off, causing a crash.
else, you or others could be badly
off and cause an accident. When
injured or killed if the vehicle slips
changing a wheel, remove any
off the jack. If a jack is provided
rust or dirt from places where the
with the vehicle, only use it for
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
changing a flat tire.
an emergency, use a cloth or a
paper towel to do this; but be sure
Notice: Make sure that the jack to use a scraper or wire brush
lift head is in the correct later, if needed, to get all the rust
position or you may damage your or dirt off. See Changing a Flat
vehicle. The repairs would not Tire on page 5-64.
be covered by your warranty.
7. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 10. Place the compact spare tire on
8. Remove the flat tire. the wheel-mounting surface.
12. Lower the vehicle by turning the
jack handle counterclockwise.
14. Lower the jack all the way and

CAUTION (Continued) remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
tightened with a torque wrench to
the proper torque specification 15. Tighten the bolts firmly with the
wheel wrench.
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the When reinstalling full plastic covers
aftermarket manufacturer when or center caps, tighten all the plastic
using accessory locking wheel caps hand snug, then tighten with
nuts. See Capacities and the wheel wrench an additional
Specifications on page 5-86 for one-quarter of a turn.
original equipment wheel nut Notice: Wheel covers will not fit
torque specifications. on your vehicle’s compact spare.
13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as If you try to put a wheel cover on
shown. Notice: Improperly tightened the compact spare, the cover or
wheel nuts can lead to brake the spare could be damaged.
pulsation and rotor damage. To
{ CAUTION avoid expensive brake repairs,
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in
Wheel nuts that are improperly or the proper sequence and to
incorrectly tightened can cause the the proper torque specification.
wheels to become loose or come See Capacities and Specifications
off. The wheel nuts should be on page 5-86 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
(Continued)
Storing a Flat or Spare

Tire and Tools
{ CAUTION
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place. Before
2. Install the jack between the back
of the trunk and the compact
To store the flat or spare tire and
spare tire and secure with the
tools, do the following:
wing bolt.
1. Place the wheel wrench into the
3. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 under
bag and use the straps to secure
Removing the Spare Tire and
the bag to the fully collapsed jack.
Tools on page 5-65 to replace
the floor and lock in place.
4. Place the flat, or damaged tire,
face down, on the bottom of
the spare tire compartment.
After
5. Remove the disk (A) from the Compact Spare Tire and have your full-size tire repaired
retainer bolt. Turn the disk (A) or replaced where you want. Replace
over and place it back on your spare with a full-size tire as
the retainer bolt. { CAUTION soon as you can.
Return the disk back to its original Driving with more than one Notice: When the compact spare
position after removing the flat tire compact spare tire at a time could is installed, do not take the vehicle
from the spare tire compartment result in loss of braking and through an automatic car wash
and before storing the spare tire. handling. This could lead to a with guide rails. The compact
crash and you or others could be spare can get caught on the rails
injured. Use only one compact which can damage the tire, wheel
spare tire at a time. and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use your compact spare on
The compact spare tire was fully other vehicles.
inflated when the vehicle was
Do not mix your compact spare tire
new, however, it can lose air after a
or wheel with other wheels or tires.
time. Check the inflation pressure
Keep your spare tire and its wheel
regularly. It should be 60 psi
together.
(414 kPa).
After installing the compact spare Notice: Tire chains will not fit
on your vehicle, you should stop as the compact spare. Using them
6. Place the wheel retainer bolt soon as possible and make sure can damage the vehicle and can
onto the wheel stow rod and your spare tire is correctly inflated. damage the chains too. Do not use
tighten by turning it clockwise. The compact spare is intended to tire chains on the compact spare.
The compact spare is for temporary perform well at speeds up to 50 mph
use only. Replace the compact spare (80 km/h), so you can finish your trip
tire with a full-size tire as soon as
possible.
Appearance Care When cleaning the vehicle’s interior,

only use cleaners specifically
Many cleaners contain solvents that
may become concentrated in the
designed for the surfaces being vehicle’s breathing space. Before
Interior Cleaning cleaned. Permanent damage may using cleaners, read and adhere to
The vehicle’s interior will continue result from using cleaners on all safety instructions on the label.
to look its best if it is cleaned often. surfaces for which they were not While cleaning the vehicle’s interior,
Although not always visible, dust intended. Use glass cleaner only on maintain adequate ventilation by
and dirt can accumulate on the glass. Remove any accidental opening the vehicle’s doors and
upholstery. Dirt can damage carpet, over-spray from other surfaces windows.
fabric, leather, and plastic surfaces. immediately. To prevent over-spray,
Dust may be removed from small
Regular vacuuming is recommended apply cleaner directly to the cleaning
buttons and knobs using a small
to remove particles from the cloth.
brush with soft bristles.
upholstery. It is important to keep
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners Products that remove odors from the
the upholstery from becoming and
when cleaning glass surfaces vehicle’s upholstery and clean the
remaining heavily soiled. Soils
on the vehicle, could scratch the vehicle’s glass can be obtained from
should be removed as quickly as
glass and/or cause damage to your dealer/retailer.
possible. The vehicle’s interior may
the rear window defogger. When
experience extremes of heat that
cleaning the glass on the vehicle,
could cause stains to set rapidly.
use only a soft cloth and glass
Lighter colored interiors may cleaner.
require more frequent cleaning.
Use care because newspapers and
garments that transfer color to home
furnishings may also transfer color to
the vehicle’s interior.
Do not clean the vehicle using: Fabric/Carpet 3. Start on the outside edge of the
• A knife or any other sharp object soil and gently rub toward the
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft center. Continue cleaning, using
to remove a soil from any interior brush attachment frequently to
surface. a clean area of the cloth each
remove dust and loose dirt. A time it becomes soiled.
• A stiff brush. It can cause damage canister vacuum with a beater bar in
to the vehicle’s interior surfaces. the nozzle may only be used on floor 4. Continue to gently rub the soiled
carpet and carpeted floor mats. For area until the cleaning cloth
• Heavy pressure or aggressive remains clean.
any soil, always try to remove it first
rubbing with a cleaning cloth. Use
with plain water or club soda. Before 5. If the soil is not completely
of heavy pressure can damage
cleaning, gently remove as much of removed, use a mild soap
the interior and does not improve
the soil as possible using one of the solution and repeat the cleaning
the effectiveness of soil removal.
following techniques: process that was used with
• Laundry detergents or • For liquids: gently blot the plain water.
dishwashing soaps with
remaining soil with a paper towel. If any of the soil remains, a
degreasers can leave residue
Allow the soil to absorb into the commercial fabric cleaner or spot
that streaks and attracts dirt. For
paper towel until no more can be lifter may be necessary. When a
liquid cleaners, about 20 drops
removed. commercial upholstery cleaner or
per gallon (3.78 L) of water is a
good guide. Use only mild, • For solid dry soils: remove as spot lifter is to be used, test a small
neutral-pH soaps. much as possible and then hidden area for colorfastness first.
vacuum. If the locally cleaned area gives any
• Too much cleaner that saturates impression that a ring formation may
the upholstery. To clean: result, clean the entire surface.
• Organic solvents such as naptha, 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white After the cleaning process has been
alcohol, etc. that can damage the cloth with water or club soda. completed, a paper towel can be
vehicle’s interior. 2. Wring the cloth to remove excess used to blot excess moisture from
moisture. the fabric or carpet.
Leather Instrument Panel, Vinyl, Some commercial products may

and Other Plastic increase gloss on the instrument
A soft cloth dampened with panel. The increase in gloss may
water can be used to remove dust. Surfaces cause annoying reflections in the
If a more thorough cleaning is windshield and even make it difficult
A soft cloth dampened with
necessary, a soft cloth dampened to see through the windshield under
water may be used to remove
with a mild soap solution can be certain conditions.
dust. If a more thorough cleaning
used. Allow the leather to dry
is necessary, a clean soft cloth
naturally. Do not use heat to dry.
Never use steam to clean leather.
dampened with a mild soap solution Care of Safety Belts
can be used to gently remove dust
Never use spot lifters or spot Keep belts clean and dry.
and dirt. Never use spot lifters or
removers on leather. Many
removers on plastic surfaces. Many
commercial leather cleaners and
coatings that are sold to preserve
commercial cleaners and coatings { CAUTION
that are sold to preserve and
and protect leather may permanently Do not bleach or dye safety
protect soft plastic surfaces may
change the appearance and belts. It may severely weaken
permanently change the appearance
feel of the leather and are not
and feel of the interior and are not them. In a crash, they might
recommended. Do not use silicone
recommended. Do not use silicone not be able to provide adequate
or wax-based products, or those
or wax-based products, or those protection. Clean safety belts only
containing organic solvents to clean
containing organic solvents to with mild soap and lukewarm
the vehicle’s interior because they
clean the vehicle’s interior because water.
can alter the appearance by
they can alter the appearance by
increasing the gloss in a non-uniform
increasing the gloss in a non-uniform
manner. Never use shoe polish on
manner.
leather.
Weatherstrips Do not wash the vehicle in direct High pressure car washes may
sunlight. Use a car washing soap. cause water to enter the vehicle.
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will Do not use cleaning agents that are Avoid using high pressure washes
make them last longer, seal better, petroleum based or that contain acid closer than 12 inches (30 cm) to
and not stick or squeak. Apply or abrasives, as they can damage the surface of the vehicle. Use of
silicone grease with a clean cloth. the paint, metal or plastic on the power washers exceeding 1,200 psi
During very cold, damp weather vehicle. Approved cleaning products (8 274 kPa) can result in damage or
frequent application may be required. can be obtained from your dealer/ removal of paint and decals.
See Recommended Fluids and retailer. Follow all manufacturers’
Lubricants on page 6-13. directions regarding correct product Cleaning Exterior
usage, necessary safety precautions Lamps/Lenses
Washing Your Vehicle and appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
The best way to preserve the
soft cloth and a car washing soap to
vehicle’s finish is to keep it clean Rinse the vehicle well, before clean exterior lamps and lenses.
by washing it often. washing and after to remove all Follow instructions under Washing
cleaning agents completely. If they Your Vehicle on page 5-75.
Notice: Certain cleaners contain
are allowed to dry on the surface,
chemicals that can damage the
they could stain.
emblems or nameplates on the
vehicle. Check the cleaning Dry the finish with a soft, clean
product label. If it states that it chamois or an all-cotton towel to
should not be used on plastic avoid surface scratches and
parts, do not use it on the vehicle water spotting.
or damage may occur and it would
not be covered by the warranty.
Finish Care industrial chimneys, etc., can to clean aluminum. A coating of

damage the vehicle’s finish if they wax, rubbed to high polish, is
Occasional waxing or mild polishing remain on painted surfaces. Wash recommended for all bright metal
of the vehicle by hand may be the vehicle as soon as possible. parts.
necessary to remove residue from If necessary, use non-abrasive
the paint finish. Approved cleaning cleaners that are marked safe for Windshield and Wiper
products can be obtained from your painted surfaces to remove foreign
dealer/retailer. matter.
Blades
If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Clean the outside of the windshield
Exterior painted surfaces are with glass cleaner.
clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather and
gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their Clean the rubber blades using a lint
colored basecoat. Always use waxes toll over a period of years. To free cloth or paper towel soaked with
and polishes that are non-abrasive help keep the paint finish looking windshield washer fluid or a mild
and made for a basecoat/clearcoat new, keep the vehicle garaged detergent. Wash the windshield
paint finish. or covered whenever possible. thoroughly when cleaning the blades.
Notice: Machine compounding Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
Protecting Exterior Bright of vehicle wash/wax treatments may
or aggressive polishing on a Metal Parts
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish cause wiper streaking. Replace the
may damage it. Use only Bright metal parts should be cleaned wiper blades if they are worn or
non-abrasive waxes and polishes regularly to keep their luster. damaged.
that are made for a basecoat/ Washing with water is all that is Wipers can be damaged by:
clearcoat paint finish on the usually needed. However, chrome
polish may be used on chrome or • Extreme dusty conditions
vehicle.
stainless steel trim, if necessary. • Sand and salt
Foreign materials such as calcium
chloride and other salts, ice melting Use special care with aluminum trim. • Heat and sun
agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, To avoid damaging protective
• Snow and ice, without proper
bird droppings, chemicals from trim, never use auto or chrome
removal
polish, steam or caustic soap
Aluminum Wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft Notice: Driving the vehicle
clean cloth with mild soap and through an automatic car wash
Notice: Chrome wheels and water. Rinse with clean water. After that has silicone carbide tire
other chrome trim may be rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft cleaning brushes, could damage
damaged if the vehicle is not clean towel. A wax may then the aluminum or chrome-plated
washed after driving on roads be applied. wheels. The repairs would not be
that have been sprayed with covered by the vehicle warranty.
magnesium, calcium or sodium Notice: Using chrome polish on Never drive a vehicle that has
chloride. These chlorides are aluminum wheels could damage aluminum or chrome-plated
used on roads for conditions the wheels. The repairs would wheels through an automatic car
such as ice and dust. Always not be covered by the vehicle wash that uses silicone carbide
wash the vehicle’s chrome with warranty. Use chrome polish on tire cleaning brushes.
soap and water after exposure. chrome wheels only.
Notice: Using strong soaps, The surface of these wheels is Tires

chemicals, abrasive polishes, similar to the painted surface of the
vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, To clean the tires, use a stiff brush
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners with tire cleaner.
that contain acid on aluminum or chemicals, abrasive polishes,
chrome-plated wheels, could abrasive cleaners, cleaners with Notice: Using petroleum-based
damage the surface of the acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes tire dressing products on the
wheel(s). The repairs would not on them because the surface vehicle may damage the paint
be covered by the vehicle could be damaged. Do not use finish and/or tires. When applying
warranty. Use only approved chrome polish on aluminum wheels. a tire dressing, always wipe off
cleaners on aluminum or any overspray from all painted
chrome-plated wheels. surfaces on the vehicle.
Sheet Metal Damage Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting

If the vehicle is damaged and Chemicals used for ice and snow Some weather and atmospheric
requires sheet metal repair or removal and dust control can collect conditions can create a chemical
replacement, make sure the body on the underbody. If these are not fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
repair shop applies anti-corrosion removed, corrosion and rust can upon and attack painted surfaces on
material to parts repaired or replaced develop on the underbody parts such the vehicle. This damage can take
to restore corrosion protection. as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped
exhaust system even though they discolorations, and small, irregular
Original manufacturer replacement
have corrosion protection. dark spots etched into the paint
parts will provide the corrosion
surface.
protection while maintaining the At least every spring, flush these
vehicle warranty. materials from the underbody Although no defect in the paint job
with plain water. Clean any areas causes this, we will repair, at no
Finish Damage where mud and debris can collect. charge to the owner, the surfaces
Dirt packed in close areas of of new vehicles damaged by this
Any stone chips, fractures or deep the frame should be loosened before fallout condition within 12 months
scratches in the finish should be being flushed. Your dealer/retailer or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of
repaired right away. Bare metal will or an underbody car washing purchase, whichever occurs first.
corrode quickly and may develop system can do this.
into major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be
repaired with touch-up materials
available from your dealer/retailer.
Larger areas of finish damage can be
corrected in your dealer’s/retailer’s
body and paint shop.
Vehicle Identification Service Parts Electrical System

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label is on the inside of the
Add-On Electrical
Number (VIN) glove box. It is very helpful if parts Equipment
need to be ordered. The label Notice: Do not add anything
has the following information: electrical to the vehicle unless you
• Vehicle Identification check with your dealer/retailer
Number (VIN) first. Some electrical equipment
This is the legal identifier for the • Model designation can damage the vehicle and the
vehicle. It appears on a plate in the damage would not be covered
• Paint information by the vehicle’s warranty. Some
front corner of the instrument panel,
on the driver side. It can be seen • Production options and special add-on electrical equipment can
through the windshield from outside equipment keep other components from
the vehicle. The VIN also appears on working as they should.
Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Add-on equipment can drain the
Parts labels and the certificates of vehicle’s battery, even if the vehicle
title and registration. is not operating.
Engine Identification The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
The eighth character in the VIN is the
electrical to the vehicle, see
engine code. This code helps identify
Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped
the vehicle’s engine, specifications,
Vehicle on page 1-56.
and replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications on page 5-86 for the
vehicle’s engine code.
Windshield Wiper Fuses Fuses and Circuit Instrument Panel Fuse

The windshield wiper motor is Breakers Block
protected by a circuit breaker and a The wiring circuits in the vehicle are The instrument panel fuse block is
fuse. If the motor overheats due protected from short circuits by located on the passenger side
to heavy snow or ice, the wiper will fuses. This greatly reduces of the lower console.
stop until the motor cools. If the the chance of circuit overload and
overload is caused by some fire caused by electrical problems.
electrical problem, have it fixed.
There are two fuse blocks — the
Power Windows and underhood fuse block, and the
instrument panel fuse block.
Other Power Options
To identify and check fuses and
Circuit breakers in the fuse block relays, refer to the Fuse Usage
protect the power windows and Chart on the inside surface of the
other power accessories. When the fuse panel door.
current load is too heavy, the
circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the
problem is fixed or goes away.
Pull the latch of the fuse box cover
straight back to access the fuses.
Fuses Usage
ISRVM Inside Rearview

Mirror
Instrument Panel
CLUSTER
Cluster
AIR BAG Airbag System
Outside Rearview
OSRVM
Mirror
KEY CAP Key Capture

Solenoid
Steering Wheel
WHL S/W Switch
Front Driver
F/DR LCK Door Lock
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
Accessory Power
APO2
PWR SEAT Power Seat CIGAR Cigarette Lighter Outlet 2
PASS Passenger Side Engine Control BCM (VB3) Body Control Module
(BCM) (VB3)
P/WIN Power Window Module (ECM)/
ECM/TCM Transmission
DRIV Driver Side Power Control Module DR LCK Door Lock
P/WIN Window (TCM)
BCM (VB6) Body Control
Module (VB6)
S/ROOF Sunroof Module Fuel Storage Control
FSCM Module
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Underhood Fuse Block

The underhood fuse block is located
Module (VB4) FSCM Fuel Storage Control
Module on the driver side of the engine
compartment, near the battery.
Module (VB5)
RR CLR Rear Closure
Notice: Spilling liquid on
BCM (VB2) Body Control any electrical components on the
TRL Trailer Module (VB2) vehicle may damage it. Always
AIRCON Air Conditioner Daytime Running keep the covers on any electrical
DRL Light component.
AUDIO Audio
BCM (VB1) Body
Control
Body Control Module (VB1)
BCM (VB7) Module (VB7)
ONSTAR OnStar®
IGN SW Ignition Switch
AIR BAG Air Bag System Relays Usage
WASHER Washer Pump RELAY Accessory, Retained
Accessory Power
ACC/RAP (RAP) Relay
Accessory Power
APO1 Outlet 1 RELAY
RUN/ Run/Crank Relay
CRANK
Fuses Usage
ECM Engine Control

Module
ENG-3 Engine 3
ENG-2 Engine 2
ENG-1 Engine 1
HYBRID
BEC Not Used
RUN Run
S/ROOF Sunroof Module
HTD/SEAT Heated
Seat Control
Module
Body Control
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage BCM Module
FAN MAIN Cooling Fan Main Engine Control STRTR Starter Motor
Module/
REAR/WPR Rear Wiper Motor
ECM/TCM/ Transmission
Control Module/
WPR Windshield Wiper
Cooling Fan SGCM Serial Data Gateway
FAN AUX Auxiliary Communication
Module
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
4WD/ESCM All-Wheel
System
Drive FRT FOG Front Fog Lamps STOP LP Stoplamps
Instrument Panel DEFOG Defroster Fog
ABS Antilock Brake I/P BEC Bussed Electrical
System Module Center HDLP Driver Side
LO RT Low-Beam
A/C CLTCH Air Conditioning DRL Daytime Running Headlamp
Compressor Light
Passenger Side
BLWR MTR Blower Motor HDLP
T/LAMP RT Right Turn and LO LT Low-Beam
Parking Lamps Headlamp
AMP Amplifier
HORN Horn T/LAMP LT Left Turn and HDLP Driver Side
Parking Lamps High-Beam
HI RT Headlamp
ABS Antilock Brake TRLR Trailer Parking
System Module T/LAMP Lamps OSRVM Outside Rearview
HTR Mirror Heating
Instrument Panel Passenger Side
I/P BEC Bussed Electrical HDLP HI LT High-Beam
Center Headlamp
Relays Usage Relays Usage Relays Usage

FAN MAIN Cooling Fan Main RUN RLY Run Relay HDLP HI High-Beam
RLY Relay RLY Headlamp Relay
A/C CLTCH Air Conditioning
FAN CTRL Cooling Fan Control RLY Compressor Relay HDLP LO Low-Beam
RLY Relay RLY Headlamp Relay
WPR SPD Windshield Wiper
FAN AUX Cooling Fan RLY Speed Relay FRT FOG Front Foglamp
RLY Auxiliary Relay RLY Relay
HORN RLY Horn Relay
Engine Control STOP LP Stoplamp Relay
Module/CAM, WPR Windshield Wiper RLY
PWR/TRN Canister, Injectors, CNTRL
RLY RLY Control Relay DEFOG
Electronic Throttle Defogger Relay
Control Relay RLY
T/LAMP
RLY Parking Lamp Relay
STRTR
Starter Relay
RLY
Capacities and Specifications

Capacities
Application
English Metric
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant caution label located
under the hood. See your dealer/retailer for more
information.
Engine Cooling System
2.4L L4 Engine 9.0 qt 8.5 L
3.5L V6 Engine 11.0 qt 10.4 L
3.6L V6 Engine 11.5 qt 10.9 L
Engine Oil with Filter
2.4L L4 Engine 5.0 qt 4.7 L
3.5L V6 Engine 4.0 qt 3.8 L
3.6L V6 Engine 5.5 qt 5.2 L
Fuel Tank
All Wheel Drive 16.7 gal 63.0 L
Front Wheel Drive 19.2 gal 73.0 L
Capacities
Application
English Metric
Transmission Fluid*
Four-Speed Automatic 6.9 qt 6.5 L
Six-Speed Automatic 9.5 qt 9.0 L
Wheel Nut Torque 100 ft lb 140 Y
*Transmission fluid capacity is approximate. See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5-18 for information on
checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.4L L4 (LE5) P Automatic 0.040 in (1.01 mm)
3.5L V6 (LZ4) N Automatic 0.040 in (1.01 mm)
3.6L V6 (LY7) 7 Automatic 0.044 in (1.1 mm)
✍ NOTES
Maintenance Schedule 6-1
Maintenance Maintenance Your Vehicle and the

Schedule Environment
Schedule Proper vehicle maintenance not only
Introduction helps to keep the vehicle in good
working condition, but also helps the
Important: Keep engine oil at the environment. All recommended
Maintenance Schedule proper level and change as
Introduction ..........................6-1 maintenance is important. Improper
recommended.
Maintenance Requirements .....6-1 vehicle maintenance can even
Your Vehicle and the affect the quality of the air we
Environment ........................6-1 Maintenance breathe. Improper fluid levels or the
Using the Maintenance Requirements wrong tire inflation can increase
Schedule ............................6-2 the level of emissions from the
Scheduled Maintenance .........6-3 Notice: Maintenance intervals, vehicle. To help protect the
Additional Required Services ....6-6 checks, inspections, replacement
Maintenance Footnotes ..........6-8 environment, and to keep the
parts, and recommended fluids vehicle in good condition, be sure to
Owner Checks and and lubricants as prescribed
Services ...........................6-10 maintain the vehicle properly.
in this manual are necessary to
At Each Fuel Fill .................6-10
At Least Once a Month ........6-10 keep this vehicle in good working
At Least Once a Year ..........6-11 condition. Any damage caused
Recommended Fluids by failure to follow scheduled
and Lubricants ...................6-13 maintenance might not be
Maintenance Replacement covered by the vehicle warranty.
Parts ................................6-15
Engine Drive Belt Routing .....6-16
Maintenance Record ............6-17
6-2 Maintenance Schedule
Using the Maintenance This schedule is for vehicles that:

Schedule • carry passengers and cargo { CAUTION
within recommended limits on the Performing maintenance work on
We want to help keep this vehicle in Tire and Loading Information
good working condition. But we a vehicle can be dangerous. In
label. See Loading the Vehicle on
do not know exactly how you trying to do some jobs, you can
page 4-28.
will drive it. You might drive very be seriously injured. Do your own
short distances only a few times a • are driven on reasonable road maintenance work only if you
week. Or you might drive long surfaces within legal driving have the required know-how and
distances all the time in very hot, limits. the proper tools and equipment
dusty weather. You might use • are driven off-road in the for the job. If you have any doubt,
the vehicle in making deliveries. Or recommended manner. See see your dealer/retailer to have a
you might drive it to work, to do Off-Road Driving on page 4-13. qualified technician do the work.
errands, or in many other ways. See Doing Your Own Service
• use the recommended fuel. See
Because of all the different Gasoline Octane on page 5-5. Work on page 5-4.
ways people use their vehicles,
maintenance needs vary. You might The services in Scheduled Some maintenance services can be
need more frequent checks and Maintenance on page 6-3 should be complex. So, unless you are
replacements. So please read the performed when indicated. See technically qualified and have the
following and note how you Additional Required Services necessary equipment, have your
drive. If you have any questions on on page 6-6 and Maintenance dealer/retailer do these jobs.
how to keep the vehicle in good Footnotes on page 6-8 for further
information. When you go to your dealer/retailer
condition, see your dealer/retailer.
for service, trained and supported
service technicians will perform
the work using genuine parts.
To purchase service information, Scheduled Maintenance If the engine oil life system is ever
see Service Publications Ordering reset accidentally, service the vehicle
Information on page 7-15. When the Change Engine Oil within 3,000 miles (5 000 km) since
light displays, service is required for the last service. Remember to reset
Owner Checks and Services on the vehicle. Have the vehicle the oil life system whenever the oil is
page 6-10 tells what should serviced as soon as possible within changed. See Engine Oil Life
be checked, when to check it, and the next 600 miles (1 000 km). It System on page 5-16 for information
what can easily be done to help is possible that, if driving under the on the Engine Oil Life System and
keep the vehicle in good condition. best conditions, the engine oil resetting the system.
The proper replacement parts, life system may not indicate that
vehicle service is necessary for over When the Change Engine Oil light
fluids, and lubricants to use are
a year. However, the engine oil appears, certain services, checks,
listed in Recommended Fluids and
and filter must be changed at least and inspections are required.
Lubricants on page 6-13 and
once a year and at this time the Required services are described in
Maintenance Replacement Parts on
system must be reset. Your the following for “Maintenance I”
page 6-15. When the vehicle is
dealer/retailer has trained service and “Maintenance II.” Generally, it is
serviced, make sure these are used.
technicians who will perform recommended that the first service
All parts should be replaced and all
this work using genuine parts and be Maintenance I, the second
necessary repairs done before you
reset the system. service be Maintenance II, and then
or anyone else drives the vehicle.
alternate Maintenance I and
We recommend the use of genuine
Maintenance II thereafter. However,
parts from your dealer/retailer.
in some cases, Maintenance II
may be required more often.
Maintenance I — Use Maintenance II — Use Maintenance II whenever the light

Maintenance I if the Change Engine Maintenance II if the previous displays 10 months or more since
Oil light displays within 10 months service performed was the last service or if the light has not
since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance I. Always use come on at all for one year.
Maintenance II was performed.
Scheduled Maintenance
Service Maintenance I Maintenance II
Change engine oil and filter. See Engine Oil on page 5-14. Reset oil life
system. See Engine Oil Life System on page 5-16. An Emission Control • •
Service.
Visually check for any leaks or damage. See footnote (j). • •
Inspect engine air cleaner filter. If necessary, replace filter. See Engine Air
•
Cleaner/Filter on page 5-17. See footnote (l).
Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear. See Tire Inspection and
Rotation on page 5-56 and “Tire Wear Inspection” in At Least Once a Month on • •
page 6-10.
Inspect brake system. See footnote (a). • •
Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as
• •
needed.
Scheduled Maintenance (cont’d)

Service Maintenance I Maintenance II
Perform any needed additional services. See “Additional Required Services” in
• •
this section.
Inspect suspension and steering components. See footnote (b). •
Inspect engine cooling system. See footnote (c). •
Inspect wiper blades. See footnote (d). •
Inspect restraint system components. See footnote (e). •
Lubricate body components. See footnote (f). •
Automatic Transmission Only: Check automatic transmission fluid level and
•
add fluid as needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. See footnote (k). •
L4 engine: Inspect throttle system. See footnote (g). •
Additional Required Services

The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service (I or II) after the indicated miles
(kilometers) shown for each item.
Additional Required Services

25,000 50,000 75,000 100,000 125,000 150,000
Service and Miles (Kilometers)
(40 000) (80 000) (120 000) (160 000) (200 000) (240 000)
Inspect fuel system for damage or
• • • • • •
leaks.
Inspect exhaust system for loose or
• • • • • •
damaged components.
Replace engine air cleaner filter. See
• • •
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-17.
Change automatic transmission fluid
• • •
(severe service). See footnote (h).
Change automatic transmission fluid
•
(normal service).
Replace spark plugs. An Emission
•
Control Service.
Additional Required Services (cont’d)

25,000 50,000 75,000 100,000 125,000 150,000
Service and Miles (Kilometers)
(40 000) (80 000) (120 000) (160 000) (200 000) (240 000)
Change transfer case fluid (severe
• • •
service). See footnote (h).
Change transfer case fluid (normal
•
service). See footnote (m).
Engine cooling system service (or
every five years, whichever occurs
•
first). An Emission Control Service. See
footnote (i).
Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service. See •
footnote (n).
Maintenance Footnotes (c) Visually inspect hoses and have (e) Make sure the safety belt
them replaced if they are cracked, reminder light and safety belt
† The U.S. Environmental Protection swollen, or deteriorated. Inspect assemblies are working properly.
Agency or the California Air all pipes, fittings, and clamps; Look for any other loose or
Resources Board has determined replace with genuine parts as damaged safety belt system parts. If
that the failure to perform this needed. To help ensure proper you see anything that might keep
maintenance item will not nullify the operation, a pressure test of a safety belt system from doing
emission warranty or limit recall the cooling system and pressure its job, have it repaired. Have any
liability prior to the completion of the cap and cleaning the outside of the torn or frayed safety belts replaced.
vehicle’s useful life. We, however, radiator and air conditioning Also see Checking the Restraint
urge that all recommended condenser is recommended at least Systems on page 1-58.
maintenance services be performed once a year.
at the indicated intervals and the (f) Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
maintenance be recorded. (d) Inspect wiper blades for wear, door hinges and latches, hood
cracking, or contamination. hinges and latches, glove box
(a) Visually inspect brake lines and Clean the windshield and wiper hinges, sunroof (if equipped), and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, blades, if contaminated. Replace any folding seat hardware. More
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. wiper blades that are worn or frequent lubrication may be required
Inspect disc brake pads for wear damaged. See Windshield Wiper when exposed to a corrosive
and rotors for surface condition. Blade Replacement on page 5-42 environment. Applying silicone
Inspect other brake parts, including and Windshield and Wiper grease on weatherstrips with a clean
calipers, parking brake, etc. Blades on page 5-76 for more cloth will make them last longer,
(b) Visually inspect front and rear information. seal better, and not stick or squeak.
suspension and steering system for
damaged, loose, or missing parts
or signs of wear.
(g) Check system for interference or (i) Drain, flush, and refill cooling (l) If driving regularly under dusty
binding and for damaged or missing system. This service can be conditions, inspect the filter at each
parts. Replace parts as needed. complex; you should have your engine oil change.
Replace any components that have dealer/retailer perform this service.
(m) Change the fluid the first
high effort or excessive wear. See Engine Coolant on page 5-22 for
time the vehicle is serviced after
what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
(h) Severe service is when the 100,000 miles (166 000 km) and
radiator, condenser, pressure cap,
vehicle is mainly driven under one when the vehicle is serviced after
and filler neck. Pressure test the
or more of these conditions: each subsequent 50,000 miles
cooling system and pressure cap.
− In heavy city traffic where the (83 000 km).
outside temperature regularly (j) A fluid loss in any vehicle system
(n) Visually inspect belt for fraying,
reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher. could indicate a problem. Have
excessive cracks, or obvious
the system inspected and repaired
− In hilly or mountainous terrain. damage. Replace belt if necessary.
and the fluid level checked. Add
− When doing frequent trailer fluid if needed.
towing.
(k) Or every 12 months, whichever
− Uses such as found in taxi, occurs first. If you drive regularly
police, or delivery service. under dusty conditions, the filter may
require replacement more often.
Owner Checks and At Each Fuel Fill Windshield Washer Fluid

Services Level Check
It is important to perform these
These owner checks and services underhood checks at each fuel fill. Check the windshield washer fluid
should be performed at the intervals level in the windshield washer
Engine Oil Level Check fluid reservoir and add the proper
specified to help ensure vehicle
safety, dependability, and emission Notice: It is important to check fluid if necessary.
control performance. Your the engine oil regularly and
dealer/retailer can assist with these keep it at the proper level. Failure At Least Once a Month
checks and services. to keep the engine oil at the
proper level can cause damage to Tire Inflation Check
Be sure any necessary repairs are
the engine not covered by the Inspect the vehicle’s tires and make
completed at once. Whenever
vehicle warranty. sure they are inflated to the correct
any fluids or lubricants are added to
pressures. Do not forget to check the
the vehicle, make sure they are Check the engine oil level and add
spare tire. See Inflation - Tire
the proper ones, as shown in the proper oil if necessary. See
Pressure on page 5-49. Check to
Recommended Fluids and Engine Oil on page 5-14.
make sure the spare tire is stored
Lubricants on page 6-13.
Engine Coolant Level Check securely. See Changing a Flat Tire
on page 5-64.
Check the engine coolant level
and add DEX-COOL® coolant Tire Wear Inspection
mixture if necessary. See Engine
Tire rotation may be required for
Coolant on page 5-22.
high mileage highway drivers prior to
the Engine Oil Life System service
notification. Check the tires for
wear and, if necessary, rotate the
tires. See Tire Inspection and
Rotation on page 5-56.
At Least Once a Year 3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission Shift

vehicles, try to start the engine in Lock Control System Check
Starter Switch Check each gear. The vehicle should
start only in P (Park) or
{ CAUTION N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts { CAUTION
in any other position, contact
When you are doing this
When you are doing this your dealer/retailer for service.
inspection, the vehicle could move
inspection, the vehicle could move For manual transmission suddenly. If the vehicle moves,
suddenly. If the vehicle moves, vehicles, put the shift lever in you or others could be injured.
you or others could be injured. Neutral, push the clutch
pedal down halfway, and try to
1. Before starting this check, be
1. Before starting this check, be start the engine. The vehicle
sure there is enough room
sure there is enough room should start only when the clutch
around the vehicle. It should be
around the vehicle. pedal is pushed down all the
parked on a level surface.
way to the floor. If the vehicle
2. Firmly apply both the parking starts when the clutch pedal 2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
brake and the regular brake. is not pushed all the way down, See Parking Brake on page 2-24.
See Parking Brake on page 2-24. contact your dealer/retailer Be ready to apply the regular
Do not use the accelerator for service. brake immediately if the vehicle
pedal, and be ready to turn off begins to move.
the engine immediately if it starts.
3. With the engine off, turn the Parking Brake and Automatic brake pedal. Do this until the
ignition to ON/RUN, but do Transmission P (Park) vehicle is held by the parking
not start the engine. Without Mechanism Check brake only.
applying the regular brake, try to • To check the P (Park)
move the shift lever out of
P (Park) with normal effort. If the { CAUTION mechanism’s holding ability: With
the engine running, shift to
shift lever moves out of P (Park). Then release the
When you are doing this check,
P (Park), contact your parking brake followed by the
the vehicle could begin to move.
dealer/retailer for service. regular brake.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission Lock and property could be damaged. Contact your dealer/retailer if
Check Make sure there is room in front service is required.
of the vehicle in case it begins to
While parked, and with the parking
roll. Be ready to apply the regular Underbody Flushing Service
brake set, try to turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF in each shift brake at once should the vehicle At least every spring, use plain
lever position. begin to move. water to flush any corrosive
materials from the underbody. Take
• For automatic transmission
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the care to clean thoroughly any
vehicles, the ignition should turn
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping areas where mud and other debris
to LOCK/OFF only when the
your foot on the regular brake, set can collect.
shift lever is in P (Park).
the parking brake.
The ignition key should come out
only in LOCK/OFF. • To check the parking brake’s
holding ability: With the engine
• For manual transmission
running and transmission in
vehicles, the ignition key should
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
come out only in LOCK/OFF.
pressure from the regular
Contact your dealer/retailer if service
is required.
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your
dealer/retailer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the
American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst
Engine Oil symbol. To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle’s engine, see
Engine Oil on page 5-14.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL®
Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 5-22.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 12377967,
Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 89021320).
Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent.
GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 89021184,
Hydraulic Power Steering System in Canada 89021186).
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
Parking Brake Cable Guides
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Transfer Case and Carrier SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 89021677,
Assembly - Differential in Canada 89021678) meeting GM Specification 9986115.
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241,
in Canada 10953474).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (Saturn Part No. 21038869 or
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, in Canada 992723) or lubricant
Release Pawl meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood, Liftgate Door, and Rear Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241,
Folding Seat Hinges in Canada 10953474).
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (Saturn Part No. 21038869 or
Sunroof Track GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, in Canada 992723) or lubricant
meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 3634770,
Weatherstrip Conditioning in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease
(GM Part No. U.S. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your retailer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96815102 —
Engine Oil Filter
2.4L L4 12605566 PF457G
3.5L V6 89017342 PF61
3.6L V6 89017524 PF48
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 19130294 —
Spark Plugs
2.4L L4 12625058 41-103
3.5L V6 12591131 41-100
3.6L V6 12597464 41-990
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 24 in (60.0 cm) 25925618 —
Passenger Side – 16 in (40.0 cm) 25925620 —
Rear – 12.0 in (30.0 cm) 96624648 —
Engine Drive Belt

Routing
3.5L V6 (LZ4) Engine

3.6L V6 (LY7) Engine
2.4L L4 (LE5) Engine

Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. See Maintenance Requirements on page 6-1. Any additional
information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6-10 can be added on the following record pages. You should
retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Record
Odometer Maintenance I or
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading Maintenance II
Maintenance Record (cont’d)



Customer Assistance Information 7-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Assistance to the United States and Information
Government ......................7-14
Reporting Safety Defects to
Information the Canadian Government ....7-14
Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects Procedure
to Saturn ..........................7-14 Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Service Publications
Customer Assistance and Ordering Information ...........7-15 important to your retailer and to
Information Saturn. Together we are committed
Customer Satisfaction Vehicle Data Recording to providing our customers with
Procedure ...........................7-1 and Privacy unparalleled service, before, during,
Online Owner Center .............7-4 Vehicle Data Recording and after the purchase of a
Customer Assistance for and Privacy .......................7-16 Saturn vehicle, for total customer
Text Telephone (TTY) Event Data Recorders ..........7-16 satisfaction. We call this the Saturn
Users .................................7-5 OnStar® .............................7-17 Difference. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance Offices ....7-5 Navigation System ...............7-17
Radio Frequency with the sales transaction or the
GM Mobility Reimbursement operation of the vehicle are resolved
Program .............................7-6 Identification (RFID) ............7-17
Roadside Assistance by the retailer’s sales or service
Program .............................7-6 departments. If, for any reason, your
Scheduling Service ownership experience falls below
Appointments ......................7-8 your expectations, we suggest
Courtesy Transportation .........7-9 you take the following action:
Collision Damage Repair ......7-10
STEP ONE: Contact the Retail
Customer Assistance Liaison. Any
member of the retail management
team has the authority and the
desire to resolve your concerns.
7-2 Customer Assistance Information
Normally, concerns can be quickly We encourage you to call the toll-free When contacting Saturn, please
resolved at this level. number in order to give your inquiry remember that your concern
prompt attention. Please have the will likely be resolved at a retailer’s
STEP TWO: Should you need following information available to facility. That is why we suggest
additional assistance, in the U.S., give the Customer Assistance you follow Step One first.
contact the Saturn Customer Representative:
Assistance Center by calling STEP THREE (U.S. Owners):
1-800-553-6000. In Canada, call the • Vehicle Identification Number Both Saturn and its retailers are
Saturn Customer Communication (VIN). This 17-digit number can committed to making sure you are
Centre at 1-800-263-1999. A Saturn be found on the vehicle completely satisfied with your Saturn
Customer Assistance Center team registration or title, on the upper vehicle. However, if you continue to
member will handle your call and driver side corner of the remain unsatisfied after following the
assist in providing product and instrument panel, or on your procedure outlined in Steps One and
warranty information, the nearest roadside assistance key card. Two, Saturn and its retailers offer the
retailer location, roadside assistance, • The name of your selling and additional assistance of a neutral
brochures, literature and discuss any servicing retail facility. party through our voluntary
concerns you may have. participation in a mediation/
• Vehicle delivery date and present arbitration program called Better
mileage. Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line.
• Your daytime and evening phone
numbers. The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered by
the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. This program is
available at no cost to you, our
customer.
Although you may be required to This program is available in all final decision, should be completed
resort to this informal dispute 50 states and the District of in approximately 70 days. We
resolution program prior to filing a Columbia. Eligibility is limited by believe our impartial program offers
court action, use of the program is vehicle age, mileage and other advantages over courts in most
free of charge and your case is factors. Saturn Corporation reserves jurisdictions because it is informal,
generally heard within 40 days. If you the right to change eligibility quick, and free of charge.
do not agree with the decision given limitations and/or discontinue its
For further information concerning
in your case, you can reject it and participation in this program.
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
proceed with any other venue for
STEP THREE (Canadian Owners): Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
relief available to you.
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685.
General Motors Participation in Alternatively, you may call the
Contact the BBB Auto Line Program
the Mediation/Arbitration Program Saturn Customer Communication
by using the toll-free telephone
number or by writing them at the In the event that you do not feel Centre, 1-800-263-1999, or you may
following address: your concerns have been addressed write to:
after following the procedure Mediation/Arbitration Program
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business outlined in Steps 1 and 2, General c/o Customer Communication
Bureaus, Inc. Motors of Canada Limited has Centre
4200 Wilson Boulevard committed to binding arbitration of General Motors of Canada Limited
Suite 800 owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Arlington, VA 22203-1838 factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 the review of the facts involved
dr.bbb.org/goauto Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
by an impartial third party arbiter,
and may include an informal hearing Your inquiry should be accompanied
before the arbiter. The program is by the Vehicle Identification
designed so that the entire Number (VIN).
dispute settlement process, from the
time you file your complaint to the
Online Owner Center Other Helpful Links: Here are a few of the valuable tools
Saturn — www.saturn.com and services you will have access to:
Online Owner Center (U.S.) — • My Showroom: Find and save
www.gmownercenter.com/ Saturn Merchandise —
information on vehicles and
saturn www.saturncollection.com
current offers in your area.
Information and services customized Help Center — • My Dealers/Retailers: Save
for your specific vehicle — all in www.saturn.com/helpcenter details such as address and
one convenient place. • FAQ phone number for each of your
• Digital owner manual, warranty • Contact Us preferred GM dealers/retailers.
information, and more • My Driveway: Access quick links
• Online service and maintenance My GM Canada (Canada) — to parts and service estimates,
records www.gm.ca check trade-in values, or schedule
• Find Saturn retailers for service My GM Canada is a a service appointment by adding
nationwide password-protected section of the vehicles you own to your
www.gm.ca where you can save driveway profile.
• Exclusive privileges and offers information on GM vehicles, get • My Preferences: Manage your
• Recall notices for your specific personalized offers, and use handy profile and use tools and forms
vehicle tools and forms with greater ease. with greater ease.
• OnStar® and GM Cardmember To sign up, visit the My GM Canada
Services Earnings summaries section within www.gm.ca.
Customer Assistance for Customer Assistance In Canada, write to:

Text Telephone (TTY) Offices Saturn Customer Communication
Users Centre
Saturn encourages customers to General Motors of Canada Ltd.
To assist owners who have hearing call the toll-free number for CA1-163-005
difficulties, Saturn has installed assistance. If a customer wishes to 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
special TDD (Telecommunication write to Saturn, the letter should Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Devices for the Deaf) equipment in be addressed to:
GMcanada.com
its Saturn Customer Assistance Saturn Customer Assistance Center 1-800-263-1999
Center. P.O. Box 33173 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Any hearing or speech-impaired Detroit, MI 48232-5173 Telephone devices (TTYs))
customer who has access to a TDD 1-800-553-6000 Roadside Assistance:
or to a conventional Text Telephone 1-800-833-6000 (For Text 1-800-268-6800
(TTY) can communicate with Telephone devices (TTYs))
Saturn by dialing 1-800-TDD-6000. Roadside Assistance:
TTY users in Canada may dial 1-800-553-6000
1-800-263-3830.
GM Mobility For more details, or to determine Calling for Assistance

your vehicle’s eligibility, visit
Reimbursement Program your Saturn retailer or call the
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
Saturn Customer Assistance Center
ready:
at 1-800-553-6000. Text telephone
(TTY) users, call 1-800-833-6000. • Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
In Canada, customers may call
the Saturn Customer • Telephone number of your
Communication Centre at location
1-800-263-1999. TTY users in • Location of the vehicle
This program, available to qualified
Canada may call 1-800-263-3830.
applicants, can reimburse you up to • Model, year, color, and license
$1,000 toward eligible aftermarket plate number of the vehicle
driver or passenger adaptive Roadside Assistance
Program • Odometer reading, Vehicle
equipment you may require for your
Identification Number (VIN), and
vehicle such as hand controls, For U.S. purchased vehicles, call delivery date of the vehicle
wheelchair/scooter lifts, etc. 1-800-553-6000; (Text Telephone
• Description of the problem
The offer is available for a limited (TTY): 1-800-889-2438).
period of time from the date of For Canadian purchased vehicles, Coverage
vehicle purchase/lease. call 1-800-268-6800. Services are provided up to
Service is available 24 hours a day, 5 years/100,000 miles (160 000 km),
365 days a year. whichever comes first.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is
not covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of • Emergency Tow From a Public • Trip Interruption Benefits and
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Road or Highway: Tow to the Assistance: If your trip is
Saturn and General Motors of nearest Saturn retailer for interrupted due to a warranty
Canada Limited reserve the right to warranty service, or if the vehicle failure, incidental expenses may
make any changes or discontinue was in a crash and cannot be be reimbursed during the 5 years/
the Roadside Assistance program at driven. Assistance is also 100,000 miles (160 000 km)
any time without notification. given when the vehicle is stuck Powertrain warranty period. Items
Saturn and General Motors of in sand, mud, or snow. considered are hotel, meals, and
Canada Limited reserve the right to • Flat Tire Change: Service is rental car.
limit services or payment to an provided to change a flat tire Services Not Included in
owner or driver if they decide the with the spare tire. The spare tire, Roadside Assistance
claims are made too often, or if equipped, must be in good
the same type of claim is made condition and properly inflated. It • Impound towing caused by
many times. is the owner’s responsibility violation of any laws.
for the repair or replacement of • Legal fines.
Services Provided the tire if it is not covered by
• Mounting, dismounting or
• Emergency Fuel Delivery: the warranty.
changing of snow tires, chains,
Delivery of enough fuel for • Battery Jump Start: Service is or other traction devices.
the vehicle to get to the nearest provided to jump start a dead
service station. • Towing or services for vehicles
battery.
driven on a non-public road or
• Lock-Out Service: Service is highway.
provided to unlock the vehicle
if you are locked out. A remote
unlock may be available if
you have OnStar®. For security
reasons, the driver must
present identification before this
service is given.
Services Specific to Canadian • Trip Interruption Benefits and Scheduling Service

Purchased Vehicles Assistance: Must be over Appointments
• Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is 250 kilometres from where your
trip was started to qualify. General When your vehicle requires warranty
approximately $5 Canadian.
Motors of Canada Limited service, contact your dealer/retailer
Diesel fuel delivery may
requires pre-authorization, and request an appointment. By
be restricted. Propane and other
original detailed receipts, and a scheduling a service appointment
fuels are not provided through
copy of the repair orders. Once and advising your service consultant
this service.
authorization has been received, of your transportation needs, your
• Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the Roadside Assistance advisor dealer/retailer can help minimize
registration is required. will help you make arrangements your inconvenience.
• Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive If your vehicle cannot be scheduled
maps of North America are payment. into the service department
provided when requested either • Alternative Service: If immediately, keep driving it until it
with the most direct route or assistance cannot be provided can be scheduled for service,
the most scenic route. There is a right away, the Roadside unless, of course, the problem is
limit of six requests per year. Assistance advisor may give you safety-related. If it is, please
Additional travel information permission to get local emergency call your dealership/retailer, let them
is also available. Allow road service. You will receive know this, and ask for instructions.
three weeks for delivery. payment, up to $100, after
If the dealer/retailer requests
sending the original receipt to
you to bring the vehicle for service,
Roadside Assistance. Mechanical
you are urged to do so as early
failures may be covered, however
in the work day as possible to allow
any cost for parts and labor for
for the same day repair.
repairs not covered by the
warranty are the owner
responsibility.
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel

Reimbursement
To enhance your ownership Warranty service can generally
experience, we and our participating be completed while you wait. If your vehicle requires overnight
retailers are proud to offer Courtesy However, if you are unable to wait, warranty repairs, and public
Transportation, a customer Saturn helps to minimize your transportation is used instead of the
support program for vehicles with inconvenience by providing several retailer’s shuttle service, the expense
the Bumper to Bumper (Base transportation options. Depending on must be supported by original
Warranty Coverage period in the circumstances, your retailer can receipts and can only be up to the
Canada), extended powertrain, and offer you one of the following: maximum amount allowed by Saturn
hybrid specific warranties in both for shuttle service. In addition, for
Shuttle Service U.S. customers, should you arrange
the U.S. and Canada.
Shuttle service is the preferred transportation through a friend or
Several courtesy transportation means of offering Courtesy relative, limited reimbursement for
options are available to assist Transportation. Retailers may reasonable fuel expenses may be
in reducing your inconvenience provide you with shuttle service to available. Claim amounts should
when warranty repairs are required. get you to your destination with reflect actual costs and be supported
Courtesy Transportation is not a minimal interruption of your daily by original receipts. See your retailer
part of the New Vehicle Limited schedule. This includes one-way or for information regarding the
Warranty. A separate booklet round trip shuttle service within allowance amounts for
entitled “Warranty and Owner reasonable time and distance reimbursement of fuel or other
Assistance Information” furnished parameters of the retailer’s area. transportation costs.
with each new vehicle provides
detailed warranty coverage
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Collision Damage Repair

Your retailer may arrange to provide Information
If your vehicle is involved in a
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle collision and it is damaged, have
reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at the damage repaired by a qualified
that you obtain if your vehicle is kept every retailer. Please contact your technician using the proper
for an overnight warranty repair. retailer for specific information equipment and quality replacement
Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy parts. Poorly performed collision
and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will repairs diminish your vehicle’s
receipts. This requires that you sign be administered by appropriate resale value, and safety
and complete a rental agreement retailer personnel. performance can be compromised
and meet state/provincial, local, and in subsequent collisions.
rental vehicle provider requirements. Saturn reserves the right to
Requirements vary and may include unilaterally modify, change or Collision Parts
minimum age requirements, discontinue Courtesy Transportation
at any time and to resolve all Genuine GM Collision parts are new
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
questions of claim eligibility pursuant parts made with the same materials
You are responsible for fuel usage
to the terms and conditions and construction methods as the
charges and may also be
described herein at its sole parts with which your vehicle
responsible for taxes, levies, usage
discretion. was originally built. Genuine GM
fees, excessive mileage, or rental
Collision parts are your best choice
usage beyond the completion of the
to ensure that your vehicle’s
repair.
designed appearance, durability,
It may not be possible to provide a and safety are preserved. The use
like-vehicle as a courtesy rental. of Genuine GM parts can help
maintain your GM New Vehicle
Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts any vehicle failure related to such aftermarket collision parts. Some
may also be used for repair. These parts are not covered by that insurance companies will not specify
parts are typically removed from warranty. aftermarket collision parts. When
vehicles that were total losses in purchasing insurance, we
prior crashes. In most cases, the Repair Facility recommend that you assure your
parts being recycled are from We recommend that you choose a vehicle will be repaired with
undamaged sections of the vehicle. collision repair facility that meets GM original equipment collision
A recycled original equipment GM your needs before you ever parts. If such insurance coverage is
part, may be an acceptable choice to need collision repairs. Your not available from your current
maintain your vehicle’s originally dealer/retailer may have a collision insurance carrier, consider switching
designed appearance and safety repair center with GM-trained to another insurance carrier.
performance, however, the history of technicians and state of the art If your vehicle is leased, the leasing
these parts is not known. Such parts equipment, or be able to company may require you to have
are not covered by your GM New recommend a collision repair center insurance that assures repairs with
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any that has GM-trained technicians Genuine GM Original Equipment
related failures are not covered by and comparable equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
that warranty.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
Insuring Your Vehicle
Aftermarket collision parts are also parts. Read your lease carefully, as
available. These are made by Protect your investment in your GM you may be charged at the end of
companies other than GM and vehicle with comprehensive and your lease for poor quality repairs.
may not have been tested for your collision insurance coverage. There
vehicle. As a result, these parts are significant differences in the
may fit poorly, exhibit premature quality of coverage afforded
durability/corrosion problems, and by various insurance policy terms.
may not perform properly in Many insurance policies provide
subsequent collisions. Aftermarket reduced protection to your GM
parts are not covered by your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and damage repairs by using
If a Crash Occurs • If you need roadside assistance, • Gather the important information
Here is what to do if you are call GM Roadside Assistance. you will need from the other
involved in a crash. See Roadside Assistance driver. Things like name,
Program on page 7-6 for more address, phone number, driver’s
• Check to make sure that you are information. license number, vehicle license
all right. If you are uninjured, plate, vehicle make, model
make sure that no one else in • If your vehicle cannot be driven,
know where the towing service and model year, Vehicle
your vehicle, or the other vehicle, Identification Number (VIN),
is injured. will be taking it. Get a card
from the tow truck operator or insurance company and policy
• If there has been an injury, call write down the driver’s name, the number, and a general
emergency services for help. service’s name, and the phone description of the damage to the
Do not leave the scene of a crash number. other vehicle.
until all matters have been • If possible, call your insurance
taken care of. Move your vehicle • Remove any valuables from your
vehicle before it is towed away. company from the scene of
only if its position puts you in the crash. They will walk
danger or you are instructed to Make sure this includes your
insurance information and you through the information they
move it by a police officer. will need. If they ask for a
registration if you keep these
• Give only the necessary and items in your vehicle. police report, phone or go to the
requested information to police department headquarters
police and other parties involved the next day and you can get
in the crash. Do not discuss a copy of the report for a nominal
your personal condition, mental fee. In some states/provinces
frame of mind, or anything with “no fault” insurance laws, a
unrelated to the crash. This will report may not be necessary.
help guard against post-crash This is especially true if there are
legal action. no injuries and both vehicles
are driveable.
• Choose a reputable collision Managing the Vehicle Damage Insurance pays the bill for the
repair facility for your vehicle. Repair Process repair, but you must live with the
Whether you select a dealer/ repair. Depending on your
In the event that your vehicle policy limits, your insurance
retailer or a private collision repair
requires damage repairs, GM company may initially value the
facility to fix the damage, make
recommends that you take an active repair using aftermarket parts.
sure you are comfortable with
role in its repair. If you have a Discuss this with your repair
them. Remember, you will have to
pre-determined repair facility professional, and insist on Genuine
feel comfortable with their work for
of choice, take your vehicle there, or GM parts. Remember if your
a long time.
have it towed there. Specify to the vehicle is leased you may be
• Once you have an estimate, read facility that any required obligated to have the vehicle
it carefully and make sure you replacement collision parts be repaired with Genuine GM parts,
understand what work will be original equipment parts, either new even if your insurance coverage
performed on your vehicle. If you Genuine GM parts or recycled does not pay the full cost.
have a question, ask for an original GM parts. Remember,
explanation. Reputable shops recycled parts will not be covered If another party’s insurance
welcome this opportunity. by your GM vehicle warranty. company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept
a repair valuation based on
that insurance company’s collision
policy repair limits, as you have
no contractual limits with that
company. In such cases, you can
have control of the repair and
parts choices as long as cost stays
within reasonable limits.
Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to Saturn
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to In addition to notifying NHTSA
Reporting Safety Defects safercar.gov; or write to: (or Transport Canada) in a situation
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA like this, please notify Saturn.
Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Call 1-800-553-6000, or write:
Washington D.C., 20590 Saturn Corporation
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could You can also obtain other 100 Saturn Parkway
cause a crash or could cause information about motor vehicle Mail Drop 371-999-S24
injury or death, you should safety from safercar.gov. Spring Hill, TN 37174-1500
immediately inform the National In Canada, call 1-800-263-1999, or
Highway Traffic Safety Reporting Safety Defects write:
Administration (NHTSA) in to the Canadian Saturn Customer Communication
addition to notifying General Government Centre
Motors. General Motors of Canada Limited
If you live in Canada, and you
If NHTSA receives similar CA1-163-005
believe that your vehicle has 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
complaints, it may open an a safety defect, notify Transport
investigation, and if it finds that a Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Canada immediately, in addition to
safety defect exists in a group of notifying General Motors of
vehicles, it may order a recall and Canada Limited. Call them at
remedy campaign. However, 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between Transport Canada
you, your dealer/retailer, or Road Safety Branch
General Motors. 2780 Sheffield Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9
Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, ORDER TOLL FREE:

Owner Manual, and Warranty 1-800-551-4123 Monday-Friday
Ordering Information Booklet. 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time
Service Manuals RETAIL SELL PRICE: For Credit Card Orders Only
Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit
and repair information on engines, Helm, Inc. on the World Wide
Without Portfolio: Owner Web at: helminc.com
transmission, axle suspension, Manual only.
brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc. Or you can write to:
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Service Bulletins $25.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Service Bulletins give additional Current and Past Model Order Detroit, MI 48207
technical service information needed Forms
to knowledgeably service General Prices are subject to change without
Motors cars and trucks. Each Technical Service Bulletins and notice and without incurring
bulletin contains instructions to Manuals are available for current obligation. Allow ample time for
assist in the diagnosis and service and past model GM vehicles. delivery.
of your vehicle. To request an order form, specify Note to Canadian Customers: All
year and model name of the vehicle. listed prices are quoted in U.S.
Owner Information funds. Canadian residents are to
Owner publications are written make checks payable in U.S. funds.
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
owner manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances
Recording and This vehicle has an Event in which crashes and injuries
Data Recorder (EDR). The main
Privacy purpose of an EDR is to record, in
occur.
Important: EDR data is recorded
Your Saturn vehicle has a number certain crash or near crash-like
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial
of sophisticated computers that situations, such as an airbag
crash situation occurs; no data
record information about the deployment or hitting a road
is recorded by the EDR under
vehicle’s performance and how it is obstacle, data that will assist in
normal driving conditions and no
driven. For example, your vehicle understanding how a vehicle’s
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
uses computer modules to monitor systems performed. The EDR is
age, and crash location) is
and control engine and transmission designed to record data related to
recorded. However, other parties,
performance, to monitor the vehicle dynamics and safety
such as law enforcement, could
conditions for airbag deployment systems for a short period of time,
combine the EDR data with the type
and deploy airbags in a crash and, typically 30 seconds or less.
of personally identifying data
if so equipped, to provide antilock The EDR in this vehicle is designed
routinely acquired during a crash
braking to help the driver control the to record such data as:
investigation.
vehicle. These modules may • How various systems in your
store data to help your vehicle were operating To read data recorded by an EDR,
dealer/retailer technician service special equipment is required,
your vehicle. Some modules • Whether or not the driver and and access to the vehicle or the
may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were EDR is needed. In addition to
operate the vehicle, such as rate buckled/fastened the vehicle manufacturer, other
of fuel consumption or average • How far, if at all, the driver was parties, such as law enforcement,
speed. These modules may pressing the accelerator and/or that have the special equipment, can
also retain the owner’s personal brake pedal read the information if they have
preferences, such as radio pre-sets, access to the vehicle or the EDR.
• How fast the vehicle was
seat positions, and temperature
traveling
settings.
Saturn will not access this data or OnStar® Radio Frequency

share it with others except: with
the consent of the vehicle owner or, If your vehicle has OnStar and you Identification (RFID)
if the vehicle is leased, with the subscribe to the OnStar services, RFID technology is used in some
consent of the lessee; in response please refer to the OnStar Terms and vehicles for functions such as
to an official request of police or Conditions for information on data tire pressure monitoring and ignition
similar government office; as part of collection and use. See also OnStar® system security, as well as in
Saturn’s defense of litigation System on page 2-33 in this manual connection with conveniences such
through the discovery process; or, for more information. as key fobs for remote door
as required by law. Data that Saturn locking/unlocking and starting, and
collects or receives may also be Navigation System in-vehicle transmitters for garage
used for Saturn research needs or If your vehicle has a navigation door openers. RFID technology in
may be made available to others system, use of the system may Saturn vehicles does not use
for research purposes, where result in the storage of destinations, or record personal information or
a need is shown and the data is not addresses, telephone numbers, and link with any other Saturn system
tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle other trip information. Refer to the containing personal information.
owner. navigation system operating manual
for information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
✍ NOTES
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont.)

Passenger Sensing
Appearance Care
Aluminum Wheels ............. 5-77
About Driving Your Vehicle ......... ii
System ........................ 1-51 Care of Safety Belts .......... 5-74
Accessories and
Servicing Your Chemical Paint Spotting ..... 5-78
Modifications ...................... 5-3
Airbag-Equipped Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Accessory Power ................. 2-17
Vehicle ........................ 1-56 Lenses ........................ 5-75
Accessory Power Outlets ...... 3-16
What Makes an Airbag Fabric/Carpet ................... 5-73
Adding Equipment to Your
Inflate? ........................ 1-49 Finish Care ...................... 5-76
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-57
What Will You See After Finish Damage ................. 5-78
Additional Required Services,
an Airbag Inflates? ........ 1-50 Instrument Panel, Vinyl,
Scheduled Maintenance ....... 6-6
When Should an Airbag and Other Plastic
Additives, Fuel ...................... 5-6
Inflate? ........................ 1-47 Surfaces ...................... 5-74
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? ..... 1-45 Interior Cleaning ............... 5-72
Equipment ....................... 5-79
Airbags Leather ........................... 5-74
Adjustment
Passenger Status Sheet Metal Damage ........ 5-78
Chime Level .................... 3-93
Indicator ....................... 3-30 Tires ............................... 5-77
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ....... 5-17
All-Wheel Drive .................... 5-35 Underbody Maintenance .... 5-78
Air Conditioning ................... 3-17
All-Wheel Drive Disabled Washing Your Vehicle ........ 5-75
Air Filter, Passenger
Light ............................... 3-40 Weatherstrips ................... 5-75
Compartment ................... 3-24
All-Wheel-Drive (AWD) Windshield and Wiper
Airbag
System ............................. 4-9 Blades ......................... 5-76
Readiness Light ................ 3-29
Antenna Assistance Program,
Airbag System ..................... 1-42
Fixed Mast ...................... 3-93 Roadside .......................... 7-6
Adding Equipment to
Antenna, XM™ Satellite Audio System ...................... 3-64
Your Airbag-Equipped
Radio Antenna System ...... 3-93 Audio Steering Wheel
Vehicle ........................ 1-57
Antilock Brake Controls ....................... 3-92
How Does an Airbag
System (ABS) .................... 4-6 Navigation/Radio System,
Restrain? ..................... 1-49
Warning Light ................... 3-32 see Navigation Manual ... 3-81
i-2 INDEX
Audio System (cont.) Brakes ............................... 5-28 Camera, Rear Vision ............ 2-31
Setting the Clock .............. 3-65 Antilock ............................. 4-6 Canadian Owners ..................... ii
XM™ Satellite Radio Parking ........................... 2-24 Capacities and
Antenna System ............ 3-93 System Warning Light ....... 3-31 Specifications ................... 5-86
Audio System(s) .................. 3-67 Braking ................................ 4-5 Carbon Monoxide
Audio Systems Braking in Emergencies .......... 4-6 Engine Exhaust ................ 2-28
Radio Reception ............... 3-92 Break-In, New Vehicle .......... 2-15 Liftgate ............................. 2-9
Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 3-91 Bulb Replacement ................ 5-41 Winter Driving .................. 4-25
Automatic Climate Control Fog Lamp ........................ 3-14 Care of
System ........................... 3-20 Front Turn Signal and Safety Belts ..................... 5-74
Automatic Door Lock .............. 2-8 Parking Lamps .............. 5-40 Cargo
Automatic Door Unlock ........... 2-8 Halogen Bulbs .................. 5-39 Tie Downs ....................... 2-44
Automatic Headlamp Headlamp Aiming .............. 5-36 Cargo Cover ....................... 2-44
System ........................... 3-13 Headlamps ...................... 5-39 Cargo Management System ... 2-44
Automatic Transmission License Plate Lamps ......... 5-41 CD, MP3 ............................ 3-75
Fluid ............................... 5-18 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Center Console Storage ........ 2-42
Operation ................ 2-19, 2-22 Stoplamps and Back-up Chains, Tire ........................ 5-62
Lamps ......................... 5-40 Charging System Light .......... 3-31
Buying New Tires ................. 5-58 Check
B Engine Lamp ................... 3-35
Battery ............................... 5-30 Checking Things Under
Electric Power C the Hood ......................... 5-10
Management ................. 3-15 Calibration .......................... 3-47 Chemical Paint Spotting ........ 5-78
Run-Down Protection ......... 3-16 California Child Restraints
Belt Routing, Engine ............. 6-16 Perchlorate Materials Infants and Young
Bluetooth® .......................... 3-81 Requirements ................. 5-4 Children ....................... 1-26
Brake California Fuel ....................... 5-6 Lower Anchors and
Emergencies ...................... 4-6 California Proposition 65 Tethers for Children ....... 1-31
Brake Fluid ......................... 5-28 Warning ............................ 5-4
INDEX i-3
Child Restraints (cont.) Cleaning (cont.) Customer Assistance .............. 7-5

Older Children .................. 1-23 Weatherstrips ................... 5-75 Offices .............................. 7-5
Securing a Child Windshield and Wiper Text Telephone (TTY)
Restraint in a Rear Blades ......................... 5-76 Users ............................ 7-5
Seat Position ................ 1-37 Climate Control System ......... 3-17 Customer Information
Securing a Child Restraint Outlet Adjustment ............. 3-24 Service Publications
in the Right Front Climate Control Systems Ordering Information ...... 7-15
Seat Position ................ 1-39 Automatic ........................ 3-20 Customer Satisfaction
Systems .......................... 1-29 Clock, Setting ...................... 3-65 Procedure ......................... 7-1
Where to Put the Collision Damage Repair ....... 7-10
Restraint ...................... 1-30 Compact Spare Tire ............. 5-71
Chime Level Adjustment ........ 3-93 Compass ............................ 3-47 D
Circuit Breakers ................... 5-80 Content Theft-Deterrent ......... 2-12 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 7-10
Cleaning Control of a Vehicle ............... 4-4 Data Recorders
Aluminum Wheels ............. 5-77 Convenience Net ................. 2-44 Event .............................. 7-16
Exterior Lamps/Lenses ...... 5-75 Coolant Daytime Running
Fabric/Carpet ................... 5-73 Engine ............................ 5-22 Lamps (DRL) ................... 3-13
Finish Care ...................... 5-76 Engine Temperature Daytime Running Lamps
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, Warning Light ............... 3-34 Indicator Light .................. 3-39
and Other Plastic Surge Tank Pressure Cap ... 5-25 Defensive Driving ................... 4-3
Surfaces ...................... 5-74 Cooling System ................... 5-19 Delayed Locking .................... 2-8
Interior ............................ 5-72 Courtesy Transportation .......... 7-9 DIC Compass ...................... 3-47
Leather ........................... 5-74 Cruise Control ....................... 3-9 Disc, MP3 ........................... 3-75
Tires ............................... 5-77 Cruise Control Light .............. 3-38 Doing Your Own
Underbody Maintenance .... 5-78 Cupholders ......................... 2-41 Service Work ..................... 5-4
Washing Your Vehicle ........ 5-75 Dome Lamp ........................ 3-14
i-4 INDEX
Door Driving (cont.) Electronic Immobilizer

Ajar Light ........................ 3-40 In Rain and on Wet Operation
Automatic Door Lock .......... 2-8 Roads ......................... 4-23 PASS-Key® III+ ................ 2-14
Automatic Door Unlock ........ 2-8 Loss of Control ................ 4-12 Engine
Delayed Locking ................. 2-8 Off-Road ......................... 4-13 Air Cleaner/Filter ............... 5-17
Locks ............................... 2-7 Off-Road Recovery ........... 4-11 Change Engine Oil Light .... 3-38
Power Door Locks .............. 2-8 Rocking Your Vehicle to Check and Service
Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-8 Get it Out .................... 4-27 Engine Soon Lamp ........ 3-35
Drive Systems Winter ............................. 4-25 Compartment Overview ...... 5-12
All-Wheel Drive ................ 5-35 Driving for Better Fuel Coolant ........................... 5-22
Driver Economy ........................... 4-3 Coolant Heater ................. 2-18
Seat Height Adjuster ........... 1-4 Coolant Temperature
Driver Behavior ..................... 4-2 Warning Light ............... 3-34
Driver Information E Cooling System ................ 5-19
Center (DIC) .................... 3-42 EDR .................................. 7-16 Drive Belt Routing ............. 6-16
DIC Operation and Electrical Equipment Exhaust ........................... 2-28
Displays ....................... 3-42 Add-On Equipment ............ 5-79 Oil .................................. 5-14
DIC Vehicle Electrical System Oil Life System ................. 5-16
Customization ............... 3-57 Fuses and Circuit Overheating ..................... 5-25
DIC Warnings and Breakers ...................... 5-80 Reduced Power Light ........ 3-39
Messages .................... 3-49 Instrument Panel Fuse Starting ........................... 2-17
Driving Block ........................... 5-80 Entry Lighting ...................... 3-14
At Night .......................... 4-22 Power Windows and Reporting Safety Defects
Before a Long Trip ............ 4-24 Other Power Options ..... 5-80 to the United States
Defensive .......................... 4-3 Underhood Fuse Block ...... 5-82 Government ..................... 7-14
Drunk ............................... 4-4 Windshield Wiper Fuses .... 5-80 Event Data Recorders .......... 7-16
Environment ...................... 4-2 Electronic Immobilizer Extender, Safety Belt ............ 1-23
Highway Hypnosis ............ 4-24 PASS-Key® III+ ................ 2-13 Exterior Lamps .................... 3-12
Hill and Mountain Roads .... 4-24
INDEX i-5
F Fuel (cont.)
Filling the Tank .................. 5-8
Gate Ajar Light .................... 3-40
Glove Box ........................... 2-41
Filter
Fuels in Foreign Countries ... 5-8 GM Mobility Reimbursement
Engine Air Cleaner ............ 5-17
Gage .............................. 3-41 Program ............................ 7-6
Finish Damage .................... 5-78
Gasoline Octane ................ 5-5
Fixed Mast Antenna ............. 3-93
Gasoline Specifications ........ 5-6
Flashers, Hazard Warning ....... 3-5
Low Fuel Warning Light ..... 3-41 H
Flash-to-Pass ........................ 3-7 Halogen Bulbs ..................... 5-39
Fuses
Flat Tire .............................. 5-63 Hazard Warning Flashers ........ 3-5
Fuses and Circuit
Flat Tire, Changing ............... 5-64 Head Restraints ..................... 1-2
Breakers ...................... 5-80
Flat Tire, Storing .................. 5-70 Headlamp
Instrument Panel Fuse
Fluid Aiming ............................ 5-36
Block ........................... 5-80
Automatic Transmission ..... 5-18 Headlamps .......................... 5-39
Underhood Fuse Block ...... 5-82
Power Steering ................. 5-26 Bulb Replacement ............. 5-39
Windshield Wiper .............. 5-80
Windshield Washer ........... 5-27 Daytime Running
Fog Lamp Lamps (DRL) ................ 3-13
Fog ................................ 3-14 G Exterior Lamps ................. 3-12
Fog Lamp Light ................... 3-38 Gage Flash-to-Pass ..................... 3-7
Folding Rear Seat ................. 1-9 Speedometer ................... 3-28 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 3-7
Folding Seatback, Passenger ... 1-8 Tachometer ...................... 3-28 Wiper Activated ................ 3-12
Front Storage Area ............... 2-42 Gages Heated Seats ........................ 1-5
Fuel ..................................... 5-5 Fuel ................................ 3-41 Heater ................................ 3-17
Additives ........................... 5-6 Trip Odometer .................. 3-28 Engine Coolant ................. 2-18
California Fuel ................... 5-6 Garage Door Opener ............ 2-37 Height Adjuster, Driver Seat .... 1-4
Economy Driving ................ 4-3 Gasoline Highbeam On Light .............. 3-39
Filling a Portable Fuel Octane ............................. 5-5 High-Speed Operation,
Container ..................... 5-10 Specifications ..................... 5-6 Tires ............................... 5-50
i-6 INDEX
Highway Hypnosis ................ 4-24

Hill and Mountain Roads ....... 4-24
K Lights
Airbag Readiness ............. 3-29
Keyless Entry, Remote
Hood All-Wheel Drive Disabled .... 3-40
Operation .......................... 2-4
Checking Things Under ..... 5-10 Antilock Brake System
Keyless Entry System ............ 2-3
Release .......................... 5-11 (ABS) Warning .............. 3-32
Keys .................................... 2-2
Horn .................................... 3-5 Brake System Warning ...... 3-31
How to Wear Safety Belts Change Engine Oil ........... 3-38
Properly .......................... 1-14 L Charging System .............. 3-31
Labeling, Tire Sidewall .......... 5-44 Cruise Control .................. 3-38
Daytime Running Lamps
I Lamp
Malfunction Indicator ......... 3-35 Indicator ....................... 3-39
Ignition Positions .................. 2-16 Door Ajar ......................... 3-40
Lamps
Infants and Young Children, Engine Coolant
Daytime Running (DRL) ..... 3-13
Restraints ........................ 1-26 Temperature Warning ..... 3-34
Dome ............................. 3-14
Inflation - Tire Pressure ......... 5-49 Exterior Lamps ................. 3-12
Front Turn Signal and
Instrument Panel Flash-to-Pass ..................... 3-7
Parking Lamps .............. 5-40
Brightness ....................... 3-14 Fog Lamp ........................ 3-38
License Plate ................... 5-41
Cluster ............................ 3-27 Gate Ajar ......................... 3-40
Reading .......................... 3-15
Overview ........................... 3-4 Highbeam On ................... 3-39
Lap-Shoulder Belt ................ 1-19
Storage Area .................... 2-42 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 3-7
LATCH System for Child
Introduction ........................... 6-1 Low Fuel Warning ............. 3-41
Restraints ........................ 1-31
Liftgate Low Washer Fluid
J Carbon Monoxide ............... 2-9 Warning ....................... 3-40
Jump Starting ...................... 5-31 Lighting Oil Pressure ..................... 3-37
Entry .............................. 3-14 Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator ....................... 3-30
INDEX i-7
Lights (cont.)
Reduced Engine Power ..... 3-39
M Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Maintenance
Safety Belt Reminders ....... 3-28 Rearview ...................... 2-29
Footnotes .......................... 6-8
Security ........................... 3-38 Manual Rearview Mirror ..... 2-29
Maintenance Schedule
Service Vehicle Soon ........ 3-40 Outside Convex Mirror ....... 2-30
Additional Required
StabiliTrak® Indicator ......... 3-33 Outside Heated Mirrors ...... 2-30
Services ........................ 6-6
Tire Pressure ................... 3-34 Outside Power Mirrors ....... 2-29
At Each Fuel Fill .............. 6-10
Traction Control System MP3 ................................... 3-75
At Least Once a Month ..... 6-10
(TCS) Warning .............. 3-33
At Least Once a Year ....... 6-11
Warning, Power Steering ... 3-33
Loading Your Vehicle ............ 4-28
Maintenance Record ......... 6-17 N
Maintenance Replacement Navigation System, Privacy ... 7-17
Locks
Parts ........................... 6-15 Navigation/Radio System,
Automatic Door Lock .......... 2-8
Maintenance Requirements ... 6-1 see Navigation Manual ...... 3-81
Automatic Door Unlock ........ 2-8
Owner Checks and Net
Delayed Locking ................. 2-8
Services ....................... 6-10 Convenience .................... 2-44
Door ................................. 2-7
Recommended Fluids and New Vehicle Break-In ........... 2-15
Lockout Protection .............. 2-8
Lubricants .................... 6-13
Power Door ....................... 2-8
Scheduled Maintenance ....... 6-3
Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-8
Using ............................... 6-2 O
Loss of Control .................... 4-12 Odometer ........................... 3-28
Your Vehicle and the
Low Fuel Warning Light ........ 3-41 Odometer, Trip ..................... 3-28
Environment ................... 6-1
Low Washer Fluid Warning Off-Road ............................. 4-13
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 3-35
Light ............................... 3-40 Driving ............................ 4-13
Manual Lumbar Controls ......... 1-5
Lower Anchors and Tethers Recovery ......................... 4-11
Manual Seats ........................ 1-3
for Children ...................... 1-31
Message
Luggage Carrier ................... 2-43
DIC Warnings and
Lumbar
Messages .................... 3-49
Manual Controls ................. 1-5
i-8 INDEX
Oil Parking Pregnancy, Using Safety

Change Engine Oil Light .... 3-38 Over Things That Burn ...... 2-27 Belts ............................... 1-23
Engine ............................ 5-14 Parking Brake ...................... 2-24 Privacy ............................... 7-16
Engine Oil Life System ...... 5-16 Passenger Airbag Status Navigation System ............ 7-17
Pressure Light .................. 3-37 Indicator .......................... 3-30 OnStar ............................ 7-17
Older Children, Restraints ...... 1-23 Passenger Compartment Air Radio Frequency
Online Owner Center .............. 7-4 Filter ............................... 3-24 Identification (RFID) ....... 7-17
OnStar, Privacy .................... 7-17 Passenger Sensing System ... 1-51 Proposition 65 Warning,
OnStar® System, see Passing .............................. 4-11 California .......................... 5-4
OnStar® Manual ............... 2-33 PASS-Key® III+ Electronic
Operation, Universal Home Immobilizer ...................... 2-13
Remote System ................ 2-37 PASS-Key® III+ Electronic R
Outlet Adjustment ................. 3-24 Immobilizer Operation ........ 2-14 Radio Frequency
Outlets Perchlorate Materials Identification (RFID),
Accessory Power .............. 3-16 Requirements, California ...... 5-4 Privacy ............................ 7-17
Outside Phone Radio(s) ............................. 3-67
Convex Mirror .................. 2-30 Bluetooth® ....................... 3-81 Radios
Heated Mirrors ................. 2-30 Power Navigation/Radio System,
Power Mirrors .................. 2-29 Door Locks ........................ 2-8 see Navigation Manual ... 3-81
Owner Checks and Services ... 6-10 Electrical System .............. 5-80 Reception ........................ 3-92
Owners, Canadian .................... ii Reduced Engine Light ....... 3-39 Setting the Clock .............. 3-65
Retained Theft-Deterrent ................. 3-91
Accessory (RAP) ........... 2-17 Rainsense™ II Wipers ............ 3-8
P Seat ................................. 1-4 Reading Lamps ................... 3-15
Paint, Damage ..................... 5-78 Steering Fluid ................... 5-26 Rear Door Security Locks ....... 2-8
Park Windows ......................... 2-10 Rear Seat Armrest ............... 2-44
Shifting Into ..................... 2-25 Power Steering Warning Rear Vision Camera (RVC) .... 2-31
Shifting Out of .................. 2-27 Lights ............................. 3-33 Rear Window Washer/Wiper .... 3-9
INDEX i-9
Rearview Mirror, Automatic Reporting Safety Defects Safety Belts (cont.)

Dimming .......................... 2-29 to the Canadian Lap-Shoulder Belt ............. 1-19
Rearview Mirrors .................. 2-29 Government ..................... 7-14 Safety Belts Are for
Reclining Seatbacks ............... 1-6 Restraint System Check Everyone ..................... 1-10
Recommended Fluids and Checking the Restraint Use During Pregnancy ...... 1-23
Lubricants ........................ 6-13 Systems ....................... 1-58 Safety Defects
Recreational Vehicle Towing ... 4-32 Replacing Restraint Reporting to Saturn ........... 7-14
Reduced Engine Power System Parts After a Reporting to the United
Light ............................... 3-39 Crash .......................... 1-59 States Government ........ 7-14
Reimbursement Retained Accessory Safety Warnings and Symbols .... iii
Program, GM Mobility ......... 7-6 Power (RAP) .................... 2-17 Scheduled Maintenance .......... 6-3
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roadside Assistance Additional Required
System ............................. 2-3 Program ............................ 7-6 Services ........................ 6-6
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rocking Your Vehicle to Scheduling Appointments ........ 7-8
System, Operation .............. 2-4 Get it Out ........................ 4-27 Seatback, Folding Passenger ... 1-8
Remote Vehicle Start ............. 2-5 Roof Seats
Removing the Flat Tire and Sunroof ........................... 2-45 Driver Seat Height
Installing the Spare Tire ..... 5-66 Running the Vehicle While Adjuster ......................... 1-4
Removing the Spare Tire Parked ............................ 2-28 Head Restraints ................. 1-2
and Tools ........................ 5-65 Heated Seats ..................... 1-5
Replacement Bulbs .............. 5-41 Manual Lumbar .................. 1-5
Replacement Parts, S Passenger Folding
Maintenance .................... 6-15 Safety Belt Reminders .......... 3-28 Seatback ....................... 1-8
Reporting Safety Defects Safety Belts Power Seat ....................... 1-4
Canadian Government ....... 7-14 Care of ........................... 5-74 Reclining Seatbacks ............ 1-6
Reporting Safety Defects Extender ......................... 1-23 Split Folding Rear Seat ....... 1-9
to Saturn ......................... 7-14 How to Wear Safety
Belts Properly ............... 1-14
i-10 INDEX
Securing a Child Restraint Spare Tire Storage Areas (cont.)

Rear Seat Position ............ 1-37 Compact ......................... 5-71 Luggage Carrier ............... 2-43
Right Front Seat Position ... 1-39 Installing .......................... 5-66 Rear Seat Armrest ............ 2-44
Security Light ...................... 3-38 Removing ........................ 5-65 Sunglasses Storage
Service ................................ 5-3 Storing ............................ 5-70 Compartment ................ 2-42
Accessories and Specifications and Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice,
Modifications .................. 5-3 Capacities ....................... 5-86 or Snow .......................... 4-27
Adding Equipment to the Speedometer ....................... 3-28 Sun Visors .......................... 2-11
Outside of the Vehicle ..... 5-5 Split Folding Rear Seat .......... 1-9 Sunroof .............................. 2-45
Doing Your Own Work ........ 5-4 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light ..... 3-33
Engine Soon Lamp ........... 3-35 StabiliTrak® System ............... 4-7
Publications Ordering Start Vehicle, Remote ............. 2-5 T
Information ................... 7-15 Starting the Engine .............. 2-17 Tachometer ......................... 3-28
Scheduling Appointments ..... 7-8 Steering ............................... 4-9 Taillamps
Vehicle Soon Light ............ 3-40 Power, Warning Lights ....... 3-33 Turn Signal, Stoplamps
Service Parts Identification Steering Wheel Controls, and Back-up Lamps ....... 5-40
Label .............................. 5-79 Audio .............................. 3-92 Text Telephone (TTY) Users .... 7-5
Servicing Your Steering Wheel, Tilt Wheel ...... 3-6 Theft-Deterrent Feature ......... 3-91
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-56 Storage Areas Theft-Deterrent Systems ........ 2-12
Setting the Clock ................. 3-65 Cargo Management Content Theft-Deterrent ..... 2-12
Sheet Metal Damage ............ 5-78 System ........................ 2-44 PASS-Key® III+ Electronic
Shifting Center Console ................ 2-42 Immobilizer ................... 2-13
Out of Park ..................... 2-27 Convenience Net .............. 2-44 PASS-Key® III+ Electronic
Shifting Into Park ................. 2-25 Cupholders ...................... 2-41 Immobilizer Operation .... 2-14
Signals, Turn and Front Storage Area ........... 2-42 Tilt Wheel ............................. 3-6
Lane-Change ..................... 3-6 Glove Box ....................... 2-41 Time, Setting ....................... 3-65
Instrument Panel .............. 2-42
INDEX i-11
Tire
Pressure Light .................. 3-34
Tires (cont.)
Uniform Tire Quality
U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading ... 5-60
Tires .................................. 5-43 Grading ....................... 5-60
Universal Home Remote
Aluminum Wheels, Wheel Alignment and
System ........................... 2-37
Cleaning ...................... 5-77 Tire Balance ................. 5-61
Operation ........................ 2-37
Buying New Tires ............. 5-58 Wheel Replacement .......... 5-62
Chains ............................ 5-62 When It Is Time for
Changing a Flat Tire ......... 5-64 New Tires .................... 5-57 V
Cleaning .......................... 5-77 Towing Vehicle
Compact Spare ................ 5-71 Recreational Vehicle .......... 4-32 Control ............................. 4-4
Different Size ................... 5-59 Towing a Trailer ................ 4-35 Design .............................. 4-2
High-Speed Operation ....... 5-50 Your Vehicle ..................... 4-32 Loading ........................... 4-28
If a Tire Goes Flat ............ 5-63 Traction Running While Parked ....... 2-28
Inflation - Tire Pressure ..... 5-49 Control System (TCS) ......... 4-8 Service Soon Light ........... 3-40
Inspection and Rotation ..... 5-56 Control System Warning Symbols .............................. iii
Installing the Spare Tire ..... 5-66 Light ............................ 3-33 Vehicle Customization, DIC .... 3-57
Pressure Monitor StabiliTrak® System ............ 4-7 Vehicle Data Recording and
Operation ..................... 5-53 Transmission Privacy ............................ 7-16
Pressure Monitor System ... 5-51 Fluid, Automatic ................ 5-18 Vehicle Data Recording,
Removing the Flat Tire ...... 5-66 Transmission Operation, Radio Frequency (RFID) .... 7-17
Removing the Spare Tire Automatic ................ 2-19, 2-22 Vehicle Identification
and Tools ..................... 5-65 Transportation, Courtesy ......... 7-9 Number (VIN) ................... 5-79
Sidewall Labeling .............. 5-44 Trip Odometer ..................... 3-28 Service Parts
Storing a Flat or Spare Turn and Lane-Change Identification Label ......... 5-79
Tire and Tools ............... 5-70 Signals ............................. 3-6 Vehicle, Remote Start ............. 2-5
Terminology and Turn Signal/Multifunction Ventilation Adjustment ........... 3-24
Definitions .................... 5-46 Lever ................................ 3-6 Visors ................................. 2-11
i-12 INDEX
W Windshield (cont.)
Wiper Blade
Warning Lights, Gages, and
Replacement ................ 5-42
Indicators ........................ 3-26
Wiper Blades, Cleaning ..... 5-76
Warnings
Wiper Fuses .................... 5-80
DIC Warnings and
Wipers .............................. 3-7
Messages .................... 3-49
Winter Driving ...................... 4-25
Hazard Warning Flashers .... 3-5
Wiper Activated Headlamps ... 3-12
Safety and Symbols .............. iii
Wipers
Washer Fluid, Low Warning
Rear Washer ..................... 3-9
Light ............................... 3-40
Wheels
Alignment and Tire X
Balance ....................... 5-61 XM Radio Messages ............ 3-79
Different Size ................... 5-59 XM™ Satellite Radio
Replacement .................... 5-62 Antenna System ............... 3-93
When It Is Time for New
Tires ............................... 5-57
Where to Put the Child Y
Restraint ......................... 1-30 Your Driving, the Road and
Windows ............................. 2-10 Your Vehicle ...................... 4-1
Power ............................. 2-10 Your Vehicle and the
Windshield Environment ...................... 6-1
Rainsense™ II Wipers ......... 3-8
Washer ............................. 3-8
Washer Fluid .................... 5-27

2009 Saturn VUE Owner Manual: Seats and Restraint System

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2009 Saturn VUE Owner Manual: Seats and Restraint System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2009 Saturn VUE Owner Manual M

Read this manual from beginning to Propriétaires Canadiens

Index Vehicle Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart I: Cruise Control }: Power

Seats and Child Restraints

Push down on the head restraint

Seat Height Adjuster Power Seat

Raise or lower the front or rear part

If the vehicle has this feature, the

Reclining Seatbacks To recline the seatback:

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To raise the seatback: Rear Seats { CAUTION

Safety Belts { CAUTION

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

Questions and Answers About Q: If I am a good driver, and I

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong A: The belt is over an armrest.

Q: What is wrong with this?

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

Safety Belt Extender

Infants and Young Children who are not restrained

Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular

Child Restraint Systems

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats

Wherever a child restraint is

Securing a Child Restraint

Securing a Child that come with the child restraint

6. If the child restraint has a top

7. If the vehicle does not have a

Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

Here are the most important things

{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

Where Are the Airbags?

Driver Side shown, Passenger

{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

In many crashes severe enough to • Let only qualified technicians work

The passenger sensing system According to accident statistics,

The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing

A thick layer of additional material, Servicing Your

Features and Theft-Deterrent Systems

Luggage Carrier ..................2-43 Keys

Battery Replacement Remote Vehicle Start

The vehicle must be started with

Liftgate Liftgate Operation with Loss of

Windows Power Windows

The power windows operate Window Lockout

Automatic Transmission regular brakes first and then press

Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P (Park): Parking Over Things

Engine Exhaust Running the Vehicle

{ CAUTION Mirrors Your vehicle may also have a Rear

Object Detection CAUTION (Continued)

Rear Vision Camera Location When the System Does Not

A. View displayed by the camera.

Erasing Universal Home Reprogramming a Single Storage Areas

1. Press and hold down the

Instrument Panel Storage Front Storage Area Center Console Storage

Luggage Carrier If your vehicle has a luggage carrier,

Rear Seat Armrest Cargo Cover

Cargo Tie Downs